-Fry

>--tel'!^t?Wrir%

^'

.^'^

^t^..MBf^ ^ ^ii

'^i^-*^

-^

'/V/

-^

:.v-

V

^fl

\:

^MJ

1 t

Undergraduate Bulletin

2007-2008 mmm

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2013

http://archive.org/details/lagrangecollegeu2007lagr

VOLUME CLXVI JUNE 2007 NUMBER l

LAGRANGE COLLEGE
BULLETIN

LAGRANGE, GEORGIA

CATALOGUE ISSUE 2007-2008

Communications Directory

LaGrange College

601 Broad Street

LaGrange, Georgia 30240-2999

(706) 880-8000 Fax: (706) 880-8358 www.lagrange.edu

For prompt attention, please address inquiries as indicated below.

The Area Code of 706 is required when dialing.

LaGrange College (general information) 880-8000

Office of the President 880-8230

Executive Director of Instructional & Information Tech 880-8050

Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean 880-8236

Registrar 880-8997

Vice President & Dean for Student Life and Retention 880-8004

Director of Career Planning and Placement 880-8286

Vice President for Enrollment Management 880-8736

Director of Admission 880-8253

Director Student Financial Planning 880-8229

Executive Vice President for Administration 880-8267

Controller 880-8232

Vice President for Advancement 880-8257

Director of Communications and Marketing 880-8246

Visitors are welcome at LaGrange College throughout the year. The

administrative offices in the Quillian Building are open Monday through Friday from
8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Saturday visits may be arranged by appointment. Visitors
desiring interviews with members of the staff are urged to make appointments in advance.
LaGrange College admits qualified students of any race, color, national and ethnic
origin to all rights, privileges, programs and activities generally accorded or made
available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race,
color, national or ethnic origin in administration of its educational policies, admissions
policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.

LaGrange College Bulletin, Volume CLXVI, Number 1

President: Dr. F. Stuart Gulley Editor: Dr. Sharon Livingston

LaGrange College Bulletin, the official publication of LaGrange College for current
and future students, is published annually. Correspondence should be directed to the
Office of Academic Dean, LaGrange College, 601 Broad Street, LaGrange, GA
30240-2999. E-mail correspondence to slivingston@lagrange.edu or fax to
(706) 880-8358.

Challenging the mind. Inspiring the soul.

4 '^">i -/"^^ ' I

Contents

Communications Directory 2

Calendar 5

About LaGrange College, Mission, and History 12

LaGrange College at Albany 15

The LaGrange College Campus 16

Admission and Enrollment 23

Financial Information 29

Financial Aid 35

Student Life 48

Academic Policies 66

Information Technology and Academic Support 82

Academic Programs 90

Departments and Courses 108

Academic Divisions, Departments and Courses 110

Faculty 286

Board of Trustees 297

Administrative Staff 300

Index 304

Change of Regulations

The College reserves the right to make modifications in the degree
requirements, courses, schedules, calendar, regulations, fees and other
changes deemed necessary or conducive to the efficient operation of the
College. Such changes become effective as announced by the proper
college authorities.

Note: For information, regulations and procedures for graduate study,
please see the Graduate Bulletin. For information, regulations and
procedures for evening courses, please see the Evening College Bulletin.
For information, regulations and procedures of the Albany campus, please
see the Albany Bulletin.

2007-2008

Academic Calendar
Day Program

August 2007 Fall Semester (63 Class Days)

21 Breakfast for new faculty and staff members

21 Orientationfor new faculty and staff members

21 Cornerstone Advisors Meeting

22 Opening Session and Faculty Institute begins

23 President's Buffet for faculty, administration, staff, and

their spouses.

24 Faculty Institute ends

24 Departmental and/or Division meetings

27 New students move in

27 First Week begins

27 Math placement test for all new students, Jolly Room,
Science Building

27-Sept4 First Week

3 1 Work aid and work study time sheets due

September 2007

3 Labor Day - College Closed

3-4 First Year Student Assessment Days

4 Returning students move in

4 Registration for new and returning Day students not

prepaid. Advisors for first year, transfer and readmitted
students are available.

4 Fair on the Square, Lafayette Square

5 All Classes Begin

5 Opening Convocation

1 1 End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual

classes dropped after this date. Last day for late

registration.
1 1 "Incomplete" grades must be changed to permanent

grades.

1 1 Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office.

12 Faculty & Staff Coffee
14 Day of Record

September 2007

20 Administrative Council Meeting

20 Spring & Summer 2008 Class Schedules due in the

Registrar's Office
24-27 Interim Term 2008 Pre-Registration

27 Faculty Assembly

28 Work aid and work study time sheets due

October 2007

1 Last day to withdrawal with an automatic " W"

2 Named Annual Scholarships Luncheon
4 Staff Council Meeting

4 Faculty Meeting

1 Faculty & Staff Coffee
15-16 Fall Break No Classes

17 Midterm. Faculty should submit deficiency reports

electronically to the Dean's office by 5:00 p.m. so
that advisors may have copies before pre-registration
advising.

18 Administrative Council Meeting
23-24 Senior Assessment Days

25 Faculty Assembly

25-26 Board of Trustees Meeting
26-28 Homecoming
29-Nov 2 Advising period and pre-registration for Day students.
Students completing degree requirements by end of
Fall, Jan, or Spring terms should file petitions for
graduation. Students may declare majors. Advisors
available.

31 Work aid and work study time sheets due

November 2007

1 Staff Council Meeting

1 Faculty Meeting

5 Proposals for Interim 2009 Travel Courses due
7 Last day to drop a class

11 Loyalty Fund Scholars Luncheon

14 Faculty & Staff Coffee

15 Administrative Council Meeting

20 Last Day of Classes before Thanksgiving Break

22-23 Administrative Offices Closed

26 Classes resume after Thanksgiving Break

26- Dec. 2 Celebrate the Servant

29 Faculty Assembly

30 Work aid and work study time sheets due

December 2007

5 Faculty & Staff Coffee

6 Staff Council Meeting

6 Faculty Meeting

7 Last Day of Fall Term Classes for Day College

8 Reading Day
10-14 Final Exams

14 Begin term break

14 Summer research proposals due in Dean's Office

20 Grades due

20 Last day to confirm pre-registration for Interim Term

2008; otherwise, pre-registered students must go
through registration, January 2, 2008.

20 Administrative Council Meeting

24-26 Holidays for administration and staff- College Closed

27-28 Administrative offices open

3 1 Work aid and work study time sheets due.

^siiiuary 2008 Interim Term (17 Class Days)

1 New Year's Holiday - College Closed

2 Residence halls open

2 Registration for new and returning Day students.

3 First Day of Class

3 Staff Council Meeting

3 Faculty Meeting

4 End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual

classes dropped after this date. Last day for late
registration.

4 Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office.

7 Last day to withdrawal with an automatic "W"

January 2008

9 Interim Day of Record

9 Faculty & Staff Coffee

1 8 Last day to drop a class

1 8 Last day to confirm pre-registration for Spring Term

2008; otherwise, pre-registered students must go through
registration, February 1, 2008.

21 Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - College Closed.

28 Last day of class

30 Fall Term 2008 and Spring Term 2009 schedules are due

in the Registrar's Office.

3 1 Work aid and work study time sheets due

3 1 Nursing Aptitude Test (Sims Scholarship Examination)

February 2008 Spring Semester (63 Class Days)

m

1 Math placement test for all new students. Jolly Room,

Science Building
1 Day program registration for new and returning students

not prepaid. Advisors for first year, transfer and
readmitted students are available.

I Interim Term Grades due
4 Classes begin

7 Staff Council Meeting

7 Faculty Meeting

8 End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual

classes dropped after this date. Last day for late
registration.

8 "Incomplete" grades must be changed to permanent

grades.
8 Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office

I I First Year Student Assessment
13 Faculty & Staff Coffee

1 5 Day of Record

21 Administrative Council Meeting

23 Make-up for snow, if necessary, for Day and Evening

classes

February 2008

26 Endowed Scholarship Luncheon

28 Faculty Assembly

29 Work aid and work study time sheets due

29 Last day to withdrawal with an automatic "W"

March 2008

6 Staff Council Meeting

6 Faculty Meeting

12 Faculty & Staff Coffee

17 Midterm. Faculty should submit deficiency reports

electronically to the Dean's office by 5:00 p.m. so that
advisors may have copies before pre-registration
advising.

18 Interim Term Info Session
19-20 Senior Assessment Days

20 Administrative Council Meeting

21 Good Friday-Half Day -College Closed at Noon
24 Proposals for Interim 2009 Non-Travel Courses

27 Faculty Assembly

28 Work aid and work study time sheets due
3 1 -Apr 4 Spring Break - No Classes

April 2008

7-11 Advising period and pre-registration for upper class Day
students. Students completing degree requirements in
summer or fall should file petitions for graduation.
Students may declare majors. Advisors available.

9 Faculty & Staff Coffee

10 Staff Council Meeting

10 Faculty Meeting

1 1 Last Day to Drop a Class
17-18 Board of Trustees Meeting

21-24 Interim Term 2009 Travel Pre-Registration
24 Administrative Council Meeting

24 Faculty Assembly

30 Work aid and work study time sheets due

May 2008

1 Staff Council Meeting

1 National Day of Prayer

2 Honors Day begins at 2:30 pm
2-4 Family Weekend

3 May Day

6 Faculty Meeting

7 Last Day of Classes for Day Program

8 Faculty & Staff Coffee
8 Reading Day

9-14 Final Exams

GRADES DUE FOR GRADUATES BY 12:00 P.M. ON MAY 15

15 Administrative Council Meeting

16 Graduation rehearsal, faculty marshals and student

marshals attend
16 Senior brunch, faculty and staff are invited.

16 Baccalaureate Reception with the President.

16 Baccalaureate at First United Methodist Church. All

faculty should plan to attend.

16 Grades for those not graduating due at 5:00 p.m.

17 Graduation on Residential Quadrangle. All faculty

should plan to attend.
19 Flex time begins

26 Memorial Day Holiday - College Closed

w^-^^ ;X,vs'i^x^*--%;^^^?

May 2008 Suiiiiiier I Term 2008

28 Residence halls open

28 Math placement test for all new students, Jolly

Room, Science Building

28 Registration

29 All classes meet

30 End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual

classes dropped after this date. Last day for late
registration.
30 Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office

30 Work aid and work study time sheets

10

June 2008

5 Staff Council Meeting

6 Last day to withdrawal with an automatic "W"
20 Last day to drop a class

30 Work aid and work study time sheets due

30 Departmental Annual Reports due in Dean's Office

July 2008

1 12:00 and 2:00 classes have exams during class times

2 7:30 and 9:30 classes have exams during class times
2 Grades due by Noon

4 July 4"^ Holiday - College Closed

July 2008 Summer II Term 2008

7 Math placement test for all new students, Jolly Room,

Science Building

7 Registration

7 Residence halls open

7 All classes meet

9 End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual

classes dropped after this date. Last day for late

registration.

9 Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office

1 5 Last day to withdrawal with an automatic " W"

29 Last day to drop a class

3 1 Work aid and work study time sheets due

August 2008

6 12:00 and 2:00 classes have exams during class times

7 7:30 and 9:30 classes have exams during class times

8 Grades due by Noon
8 Flex time ends

29 Work aid and work study time sheets due

About LaGrange College

LaGrange College is called through the United Methodist Church to
challenge the minds and inspire the souls of students by improving their
creative, critical and communicative abilities in a caring and ethical
community.

Mission

LaGrange College, established in 1 83 1 , is owned by the North Georgia
Conference of the United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is proud
of this relationship and believes that its mission is an extension of the
work of The United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is committed
to the free, uninhibited pursuit of truth. Academic freedom and free
expression of faculty and students are integral to the LaGrange College
ethos. LaGrange College is committed to challenging the minds and
inspiring the souls of students by improving their creative, critical and
communicative abilities. Faculty recognize the part they play in a
student's development by serving as mentors and role models. The total
LaGrange College program - curricular and co-curricular - is designed to
challenge and support students as they deal with fundamental issues of
self, world, and God.

The principal curricular methods by which the College assists students
in the improving of their creative, critical, and communicative abilities
are an interdisciplinary, technologically sophisticated liberal arts
program (A.A., B.A., B.S., B.M.), and professional programs in
business, nursing (B.S.N.) and education (B.A., M.Ed., M.A.T.) The
principal co-curricular means is through a comprehensive program of
student life and athletics.

LaGrange College strives to be a caring and ethical community. The
hallmark of the LaGrange College community is the quest for civility,
diversity, service, and excellence.

Adopted by Faculty, Administration, and Board of Trustees, 1997;
reaffirmed by Board of Trustees on October 20, 2000.

History and Description

The history of LaGrange College is closely associated with the history of
the City of LaGrange and Troup County. When the vast tract of land
lying between the Flint and Chattahoochee Rivers was secured by the
Indian Springs Treaty of 1 825 and was opened for settlement in 1827,
one of the five counties formed on the western border of the state was
named Troup in honor of Governor George Michael Troup.

12

An act was passed by the Georgia Legislature on December 24, 1 827,
providing for the selection of a county seat. It was named LaGrange
after the country estate of the Marquis de Lafayette, American
Revolutionary War hero who had visited the region in 1 825 as the guest
of Governor Troup. The site for the town of LaGrange was purchased in
1828 and the town was incorporated on December 18, 1828. On
December 26, 183 1, the charter for the LaGrange Female Academy was
granted at the state capitol, then in Milledgeville.

In 183 1 Andrew Jackson was president of the United States. Abraham
Lincoln was 22 years old. The Creek Indians had been moved out of
this area of the state only six years earlier. The only other college in the
state was Franklin College, now The University of Georgia.

In 1 847 the charter for the school was amended and the school became
the LaGrange Female Institute with power to confer degrees. The name
was changed to LaGrange Female College in 1851 and in 1934 it was
changed to LaGrange College. The College became officially
coeducational in 1953.

The first location of the school was in a large white building at what is
now 406 Broad Street. The school moved to its present location "On the
Hill," the highest geographical point in LaGrange, after the construction
of the building now known as Smith Hall in 1842.

The College was sold to the Georgia Conference of the Methodist
Episcopal Church South in 1856. Today it is an institution of the North
Georgia Conference of the United Methodist Church.

Strong in the liberal arts, LaGrange College has an outstanding
reputation in pre-professional programs, including pre-medical and
allied fields, pre-law, pre-theology, and pre-engineering.

LaGrange College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree with sixteen
majors, the Bachelor of Science degree in six areas, the Bachelor of
Music and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. The Master of
Arts in Teaching, and the Master of Education degree in Curriculum and
Instruction are offered. The Associate of Arts degree is offered in one
area.

LaGrange College operates on the modified (4-1-4) semester system for
day classes. In addition there is an evening session during the regular
year and in the summer. During the regular school year, the night
classes follow a modified quarter system. The summer is divided into
two sessions of day classes and one seven-week session in the evening.
For all day classes, credits earned are semester hour credits.

The College draws more than half of its student body from Georgia.
However, students from at least one-third of the other states in the U.S.
and from abroad nourish a rich cosmopolitan and international
community which includes various religious and ethnic backgrounds.
Georgia's leader in granting academic credit through the College Level
Examination Program, the College also offers travel seminars, field
study programs and internships. Students in the college's nursing
department receive supervised learning experiences in many area
medical facilities. Campus art exhibitions, lectures, concerts, and varsity
and intramural sports add to the cultural enrichment and recreational
opportunities offered by the College. The College has a service learning
program unlike any in the state.

The College is located in the town of LaGrange, Georgia, which has
a population of 28,000. Nearby are Callaway Gardens, the Warm
Springs Foundation and Franklin D. Roosevelt's Little White House.
The West Point Dam on the Chattahoochee River provides one of the
largest lakes in the region, with waterfronts and a marina within the city
limits of LaGrange.

Accreditation

LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award associates,
bachelors, and masters' degrees.

LaGrange College is also approved by the United Methodist
University Senate. It has membership in the National Association of
Independent Colleges and Universities and the Georgia Foundation for
Independent Colleges.

The Georgia Professional Standards Commission, which confers
professional certificates upon college graduates meeting requirements in
early childhood, middle grades, or secondary education, has awarded
highest approval to LaGrange College's program of teacher education.

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing program is accredited by the
National League for Nursing.

The undergraduate and graduate programs in business administration
are accredited by the Association of Collegiate Business Schools
and Programs.

14

Other Sessions
Evening College

Recognizing the unique needs of the nontraditional learner who may be
managing personal, professional, and collegiate careers, the Evening
College structure supports full-time or part-time evening study for
qualified adult students. Classes are scheduled Monday-Thursday
evenings during four academic quarters; students may enroll in
September, January, March, or June. Degrees offered include the
Bachelor of Arts degree in Business Administration, the Bachelor of
Arts degree in Human Development, and the Associate of Arts degree in
Liberal Studies. Students may also earn a minor in Sociology or Human
Resource Management .

View the Evening College Bulletin online at www.lagrange.edu or call
(706) 880-8298 for additional information.

LaGrange College at Albany

The academic program at LaGrange College at Albany has been created
in direct response to community and area needs. An extensive needs
assessment in southwest Georgia was initiated prior to the planning and
development of the program for LaGrange College at Albany. The
research results stressed the need for a program for non-traditional
students that would enable them to complete a baccalaureate degree.
The program offers a modular course schedule with a predictable
structure of course offerings, costs, and outcomes. The program
emphasizes leadership knowledge and skills in the workplace and in
the community.

Additional information is contained in the Albany Bulletin or by calling
229-420-8000.

15

The Lagrange College Campus

William and Evelyn Banks Library

The librarians and staff take great pride in the high level of service that is
offered at the Banks Library. Each year the library staff receives high
marks from faculty and students on the annual library survey. Library
instruction is highly emphasized, with both individual and group instruction offered.

The Banks Library provides up-to-date resources that support the
curriculum and general information needs of students and faculty. The
Online Catalog can be accessed from anywhere in the world on the Web.
Additionally, the library makes available to students and faculty full-text
databases on GALILEO plus other databases to which it subscribes
including JSTOR, GALE'S Business and Company Resource Center, ATLAS
Religion Database, CLNAHL, ProjectMuse, Wilson Omnifile and more.

Separate Education and Music & Art areas provide easy access to library
materials for those disciplines in a comfortable, user-friendly environment.
A Multi-Media Center provides access to the Internet, word processing,
presentation software, and the library's electronic resources. The library
provides a scanner, computer projector, multi-media and Finale music
workstations for student use. Group study rooms, study carrels, video
viewing-rooms, and a conference room are also available.

The Banks Library seeks to fulfill the mission of the College through the
provision of information resources and services supporting the curriculum,
co-curricular, and research needs of students and faculty.

J. K. BOATWRIGHT HALL

Completed in 1962, this three-story brick building serves as a men's
dormitory. J. K. Boatwright Hall is named in memory of a longtime
member of the College's Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's
executive committee from 1956-1962. New designs were incorporated in
renovations to the building in 2003.

Fuller E. Callaway Academic Building

Completed in 1981 and renovated in 2000, the Fuller E. Callaway
Academic Building houses the Departments of Nursing, Psychology,
History, Political Science, and Sociology and Anthropology.

16

Callaway Auditorium

Built in 1941, Callaway Auditorium was originally designed as a
multipurpose venue, and it served ably in that capacity for well over half
a century, hosting countless basketball games, volleyball matches,
dances, children's recitals, luncheons and other varied events. Though
versatile, the facility was severely limited in its ability to provide an
accommodation that was greatly needed by the community and
LaGrange College: an acoustically pleasing music performance venue.

The demand for such a facility was satisfied in 2005 with the
auditorium's transformation from a "gym with a stage" to a state-of-the-
art concert hall. Funded jointly by LaGrange College and Callaway
Foundation, Inc., the $5.5 million renovation called for an almost
complete internal makeover and a new roof. And while the hall's visual
appearance has changed dramatically, the single most important
improvement is the superior sound quality the Auditorium now delivers.

17

Callaway Campus

Acquired by the College in 1992 as a gift from Callaway Foundation, Inc.,
the campus includes three buildings of brick and concrete construction.
Callaway Foundation, Inc., donated funds to build a state-of-the-art lighted
soccer field there in 1995, and the Callaway Campus also includes a
Softball complex, tennis courts, swimming pools, and a football practice
field. Referring to this southernmost portion of campus as the Callaway
Campus can conftise visitors. Please use this label only when referring to
the historic gift and the property's origins.

Callaway Education Building

Built in 1965, renovated in 1994, and given a $2 million, 17,000 square-
foot addition in 2006, the building houses the Music Department, Offices
of Intercollegiate and Intramural Athletics, Offices of the Department of
Health and Physical Education, a weight room, an athletic training room
and a football locker room.

Cason J. Callaway Science Building

Built in 1972, this three-story brick building is supplied with the latest
equipment for instruction in general science, biology, chemistry, math, and
physics. The building is named in memory of a former member of the
College's Board of Trustees.

Warren A. Candler Cottage

Completed in 1929 as a home for the College president, Candler Cottage
now houses the Vice President for Advancement, Donor Relations, and
Advancement Services

Lee Edwards Candler and Vernon Street
Residence Halls

Lee Edwards Candler and Vernon Street Residence Halls were completed
in 2002. Each apartment-style hall houses 124 students. Arranged in
either two or four bedroom floor plans with one bathroom per two students,
the apartments are fiilly furnished and also have a full kitchen. A
community room also is located at the end of one wing in each building.
Candler Hall is named in memory of Mrs. Lee Edwards Candler.

18

The Chapel

The materials used in the construction of the Chapel in 1965 link it with
Christian worship in LaGrange and other parts of the world. Included in
the structure are two stained glass windows made in Belgium more than
100 years ago; a stone from the temple of Apollo at Corinth, Greece; a
stone from the Benedictine Monastery, lona, Scotland; and a stone from St.
George's Chapel, Windsor, England. Regular worship services are held
when the College is in session.

Cleaveland Field

Cleaveland Field opened in 2000 as LaGrange College's new $2.21 million
baseball facility. Callaway Foundation, Inc., gave a challenge grant as well
as the land to honor Philip Cleaveland, who served the College as a trustee
for 19 years

HawkesHall

Completed in 1911, this four-story brick building is named in memory of
Mrs. Harriet Hawkes, mother of College benefactor, the late A.K. Hawkes.
Following a $1.4 million renovation, the building now houses women
students on second, third, and fourth floors. Faculty offices and classrooms
for the Education Department occupy the ground floor. Also on the second
floor is the Nixon Parlor, named in honor of longtime supporter of the
College Winifred Adams Nixon '33.

Waights G. Henry, Jr., Residence Hall

Completed in 1970, this five-story brick building provides student housing.
The structure is named in honor of the late Dr. Waights G. Henry, Jr., who
served as president of the College from 1948-1978 and as chancellor from
1978 until his death in 1989. The building also houses a 24-hour computer
lab and tutoring center open to all students.

Charles D. Hudson Natatorium

The swimming pool was constructed in 1947 as an oversized pool with
dimensions of 80 by 150 feet. The cabana and bathhouse were built in
1956. Today, the oversized pool has been divided into an outdoor pool and a
natatorium, and the complex is now equipped for a year-round aquatics
program. The Natatorium is named in honor of Dr. Charles D. Hudson,
longtime chair of the Board of Trustees and retired chair of the Board's
Executive Committee.

19

Lamar Dodd Art Center

Completed in 1982, this building provides a physical environment and the
equipment needed for art instruction as well as gallery space for the
College's outstanding art collection. The building is named in honor of the
late Lamar Dodd, a Georgia artist who was reared in LaGrange and whose
paintings won international recognition.

Louise Anderson Manget Building

Built in 1959 and completely renovated in 2001, the Louise Anderson
Manget Building houses the Division of Humanities, including the
Departments of English, Latin American Studies and Modem Languages,
and Religion and Philosophy.

Alfred Mariotti Gymnasium

Built in 1959, the Mariotti Gymnasium houses physical education
classrooms and facilities for indoor athletics. The facility is named in
memory of Coach Alfred Mariotti, the College's basketball coach from
1962 until 1974 and a member of the faculty until his retirement in 1979.

Mitchell Building

The Mitchell Building is located on the grounds of Sunny Gables Alumni
House. It was named in memory of Evelyn Mitchell, a trustee of The
Arthur Vining Davis Foundations. The building formerly provided
classroom space for the Nursing Division and currently houses the
College's Communications and Marketing Department.

Margaret Adger Pitts Dining Hall

Completed in 1962 and renovated in 1998, this two-story brick building
houses the dining area, kitchen, and the College Bookstore. The building is
dedicated in honor of the late Margaret Adger Pitts, a former College trustee.

Pitts Residence Hall

Completed in 1941, this two-story brick women's dormitory was renovated
in 1990. Pitts Hall was rededicated in memory of Mr. and Mrs. W. I. H.
Pitts and in honor of their daughter, the late Miss Margaret Adger Pitts, a
former College trustee. The Pitts were longtime supporters of the College.

20

President's Home

Acquired by the College in 1964, this home originally was occupied by
local attorney and former trustee Hatton Lovejoy. The first College
family to live in the house was that of Dr. Waights G. Henry, Jr., who
moved from the former president's residence in Candler Cottage.
Designed in 1934, the home represents a combination of Georgian and
Neoclassical elements.

Price Theater

Completed in 1975, this building features a 280-seat proscenium theatre
with 36 fly lines, 8 electrics (including 4 beam positions over the
auditorium) and a hydraulic orchestra pit. It also houses the Department
of Theatre Arts, including faculty offices, a scenery workshop, dressing
rooms, a costume shop, an actors' lounge and a Black Box Theatre.

QuiLLiAN Building

Buih in 1949 and named in memory of a former president Hubert T.
Quillian, who served from 1938-1948, this building provides offices for
the President, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, the
Executive Vice President for Administration, the Business Office and
Institutional Research and Planning.

Smith Hall

Smith Hall is the oldest building on the campus. The main portion of the
building was constructed in 1 842 of handmade brick formed from native
clay. An addition was built in 1887 and a major renovation was
completed in 1989 at a cost of over $2.5 million. The building now
houses offices, classrooms and seminar rooms. Smith Hall was named
in memory of Mrs. Oreon Smith, wife of former College president Rufus
W. Smith, who served from 1885 until his death in 1915. The building
is on the National Register of Historic Places.

21

Student Center

Built in 1958 not long after the institution became co-educational, this
three-story brick building was first used to provide campus housing for
men, and later, women. In 2003, the structure was renovated and
enlarged to become the Student Center, featuring large and small
meeting rooms, a student grill and a game room on the first two floors.
Student housing remains on the third floor and is known as the William
H. Turner, Jr., Residence Hall. It is named in memory of Mr. Turner, a
textile executive of LaGrange who was a benefactor of the College, a
longtime member of the Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's
executive committee from 1929 until 1950.

Sunny Gables Alumni House

Built by Mary and Julia Nix in 1925, Sunny Gables Alumni House is an
outstanding example of early 20th century Tudor Revival architecture.
Designed by P. Thornton Marye, it is now part of the National Register
of Historic Places' Vernon Road Historic District. This multipurpose
facility serves as the permanent home for alumni as well as the Alumni and
Family Relations Office and the Development Office. The facility extends
entertainment space to the College's constituents for specific
programming purposes.

I

#- -

22

Admission And Enrollment

The application process at LaGrange College is selective and designed to
carefully consider each candidate's personal qualities and readiness for
college. We seek applicants who have the potential to be successful
academically and who will contribute to our community in meaningful
ways. We will evaluate the application, transcript(s), course selection,
SAT or ACT scores (if required), essay and recommendation when making
our decision. An admission counselor will assist each prospective student
throughout the application and enrollment process. We encourage
prospective students to visit campus for a personal interview as part of the
application process.

Students interested in attending LaGrange College must submit an
application for admission. March 1 is the deadline for best consideration
for admission, financial aid, and housing for the fall semester. Students
interested in scholarship consideration should apply before January 1 or the
published deadline for the scholarship, whichever is earlier. Students
applying for admission to the January or Summer terms should submit the
application and supporting documents at least one month prior to the
beginning of the term for which admission is desired.

Applying for Admission

Applicants for First-year admission must submit the following items: the
application form, application fee, official high school transcripts, official
SAT or ACT scores, essay and recommendation. The office of admission
reserves the right to request or waive documentation as appropriate.

Applicants who have attended a college or university following high school
graduation must submit the following items: application form, fee, college
or university transcripts, essay, and recommendation. If the applicant has
completed fewer than 30 semester hours or 40 quarter hours of college level
work, an ACT or SAT score and high school transcripts will also be required.

To be considered an official document, a transcript should be submitted
directly to LaGrange College in a sealed envelope from the sending
institution. Institutional records personally delivered to LaGrange College
by a student must also be in a sealed envelope to be considered official.
Photocopies, faxes, or transcripts in unsealed envelopes are not
considered official.

23

LaGrange College prefers SAT scores but will accept ACT scores. Test
results should be sent directly to LaGrange College, preferably by
March of the student's senior year of high school.

The Admission Committee may request additional materials from an
applicant or require an interview to gain a better understanding of the
student's potential for success in a challenging academic environment.
The Office of Admission notifies applicants of their application status
shortly after review by the Admission Committee. Admission to the
College requires satisfactory completion of academic work in progress.

LaGrange College values personal integrit>' in our community. Our
students sign an Honor Code statement pledging not to lie, cheat, steal,
nor tolerate these unethical behaviors in others. Recognizing the
importance of adherence to the Honor Code, the Office of Admission
extends this principle to our application process. Any student who omits
or falsifies material details in the application for admission will not be
admitted or their offer of admission may be revoked.

After an offer of admission is extended, candidates wishing to accept the
offer of admission are asked to submit a tuition deposit. The tuition
deposit reserves space for the student in the incoming class. The amount
of the tuition deposit is $100 for commuting students and $200 for
residential students. The $100 deposit will be placed on the student's
account for the first semester. The additional $100 for residential
students serves as a room reservation deposit and will reserve a space in
the residence halls for the student. The tuition deposit is fully
reftindable provided the student submits a written request to the Office
of Admission by the following dates: May 1 for Fall Semester,
December 1 for the Interim (January) Term, and Spring Semester.

LaGrange College encourages interested students to visit the campus.
Individual appointments may be scheduled by contacting the Office of
Admission at 1-800-593-2885 or by e-mail at admission@lagrange.edu.
Please contact the Office of Admission at least one week prior to the day
you plan to visit.

Academic Requirements for Admission

First-year Admission: Prior to enrollment, an applicant is expected to
complete graduation requirements from an approved high school.
Students graduating from Georgia high schools are normally expected to
complete the requirements for the College Preparatory Curriculum
(CPC) diploma.

24

LaGrange College students come from a variet>' of public and private
secondary' school backgrounds. Preference is given to applicants who
have strong academic preparation in high school. To qualify for regular
admission to the college, an applicant should complete at least the
following number of units, comparable to the Georgia College
Preparator)' Curriculum:

Subject Area Units

English 4

Social Studies (including American and world studies) 3

College Preparator)' Mathematics 4

(Algebra I, Algebra II, Geometr>% etc.)
Science (including lab courses for life and physical sciences) 3

Desirable electives include additional academic courses in languages,
mathematics, and the sciences. A basic understanding of computer
science is also encouraged.

LaGrange College invites home-educated students to apply for
admission. In addition to the items requested for First-year admission,
home-schooled students are asked to provide two letters of
recommendation. Please note family members may not submit
letters of recommendation.

Students holding a General Education Development (GED) (High
School Level) may be considered for admission although they will
generally not be accepted to the college prior to the year in which their
class would have normally been eligible for admission to the college.
Applicants must submit GED scores in addition to the certificate.
Students possessing a GED must also submit either SAT or ACT scores
as a part of the application process. The SAT or ACT requirement may
be waived for students who are at least 24 years of age.

Admission Status

A number of factors are considered in making an admission decision,
including a student's grade point average, difficult}- of course work,
standardized test scores, extracurricular and co-curricular activities,
recommendations and admission essay. Students may be accepted to
LaGrange College in one of several categories.

Regular Admission: Most students offered admission to LaGrange
College are accepted with no stipulations, other than successful
completion of their current academic course work and proof of high
school graduation.

25

Conditional Admission: In some cases a candidate who appears to
meet the standard requirements for admission may experience delays in
obtaining required documents. At the discretion of the Admission
Committee, a student may be granted Conditional Admission pending
receipt of required documents. Upon submission of the documents, the
student will be granted regular status. All documents must be submitted
within 30 days of matriculation.

Probation: In some cases candidates for admission may meet most of
the criteria for admission but still not qualify for regular admission. At
the discretion of the Admission Committee, such students may be
admitted on probation. Students admitted on probation must meet the
minimum stated grade point average requirement based on their class
level in order to be removed from probationary status.

Joint Enrollment: LaGrange College encourages qualified twelfth
grade students to consider simultaneous enrollment in LaGrange College
and their high school. Georgia high school seniors may also wish to
consider participating in the Georgia Ace Program. Students wishing to
apply for the joint enrollment program or Georgia Ace Program must
submit the following materials: an application for admission, application
fee, recommendation letter from the student's principal or headmaster,
SAT or ACT scores, and a high school average that indicates that the
student has the academic ability to be successful in the program.

Transfer Admission: Students attending another institution may apply
for transfer to LaGrange College provided they are eligible to return to
their current institution at the time of entry to LaGrange College. A
student may be accepted on probation under the standard probation
regulations. Prior to admission to LaGrange College, the Office of
Admission must receive all necessary documents, including official
transcripts of all college course work. Applicants may enroll at the
beginning of any semester.

LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane,
Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097: Telephone number 404-679-4501) to
award degrees of Associate of Arts, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
Music, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration,
Bachelor of Science in Nursing, Master of Education, and Master of
Arts in Teaching. Accordingly, the college accepts course work from
similarly regionally accredited colleges and universities. Academic
credit is normally given to students for grades of "C-" or above.
Acceptable credit from a junior college is limited to 60 semester hours.
Students enrolling from other senior colleges may be able to receive

26

additional semester credit but LaGrange College residency
requirements, the core curriculum, and appropriate major course work
must be satisfied. Transfer students who have attempted any
developmental-level course work must provide evidence that they have
completed all requirements and successfully exited the program prior
to evaluation by the Admission Committee. Members of Phi Theta
Kappa may qualify for academic scholarships reserved for members of
this society.

Transient Admission: Students currently enrolled in good standing at
another college may enroll at LaGrange College as transient students.
Approval of course work must be authorized by the primary institution
on the Transient Application for Admission, which is available in the
Admission Office. A permission letter from the student's home
institution certifying status and granting permission for specific transient
course work may also be sent.

Non-degree Undergraduate Admission: Students not working toward
a degree may register as non-degree undergraduate students in any
course for which they have the necessary prerequisites. An application
for non-degree undergraduate student status may be obtained through
the Admission Office. Students classified as non-degree undergraduate
students may become regular, degree-seeking, students by meeting
requirements for regular admission. No more that 6 credit hours earned
under this classification may be applied toward a degree.

Readmission to LaGrange College: Following an absence from
LaGrange College of 3 or more semesters, or any time a student was not
in good standing during the last term of attendance at LaGrange College,
any student wishing to return to attempt additional course work must
submit an Application for Readmission. This form is available in the
Office of Admission. Students absent from LaGrange College for 2
semesters or less, and who were in good standing when he/she last
attended LaGrange College may re-activate his/her file in the Registrar's
Office. These students do not need to apply for readmission.

In the event that a student seeking readmission has attended another
institution as a transfer student (not transient) since he/she left LaGrange
College, then the student, if readmitted, is treated as a new transfer
student. Students fitting this description are subject to the Bulletin in
force at the time of transfer back to LaGrange College. Students who
have not attended another institution are generally governed by the
catalog in force at the time of their initial admission. However, students
who have been out of school for four calendar years or more re-enter

27

LaGrange College under the Bulletin in force at the time of readmission
and resumption of study.

International Student Admission: Admission to LaGrange College
requires submission of the international student application, application
fee, and translated and certified documents attesting to the student's
academic performance in secondary and/or university studies. Students
seeking admission may submit one of the following to prove English
proficiency:

Minimum TOEFL score of 500 (173 computer-based);

Certificate of completion of level 1 12 from the ELS Centers, Inc.;

Grades of "C-" or better on G.C.E., G.S.C.E, or C.X.C. English
examinations or equivalent tests;

Minimum SAT verbal score of 450;

Minimum ACT English section score of 21 .

International students must submit an affidavit of support and financial
statements demonstrating the ability to pay the cost of attendance for at
least one year of study.

If the prospective student is in the United States, an interview at the
college is desirable. The Director of Admission should be contacted for
an appointment as well as for the current interpretation of regulations
with regard to obtaining an F-1 student visa.

28

Financial Information
expenses

Payment of Charges

All charges for the semester are due and payable at the beginning of the
term, and each student is expected to make satisfactory arrangements at
that time. Students who pre-register and pay in advance of the deadline
each semester are not required to attend final Registration. Students
completing Registration after the posted deadline will be assessed a Late
Registration Fee as enumerated below. Realizing that some families
prefer to pay on a monthly basis, the College has arrangements with
TuitionPay to offer families this option. This plan is between the family
and the company and there is no involvement by LaGrange College in
the agreement. For additional information on this plan, contact the
Business Office. The College also offers a deferred payment option that
allows students to make monthly payments to cover educational costs.
Interest will be assessed to students utilizing this option.

The College accepts American Express, Discover, MasterCard, and
VISA as payment on a student's account. Online payments are accessed
through the Quick Links on the College's website.

Charges

1. Admission

Application for admission (non-refundable) $30.00

2. Tuition

A. Undergraduate

(1) Part-time per semester hour

(1-1 1 or greater than 15) $762.00

(2) Full-time (12-15 semester hours) $9,250.00

(3) Nursing (NSG) courses per semester hour $762.00

B. Summer Term charges are listed in the summer brochure.

Students may request information regarding course offerings
and charges from the Registrar's Office.

C. Audit (per semester hour) $762.00

29

3. Room

Boatwright, Hawkes, Henry, Pitts, and Turner

(per semester) $2,225.00

Candler and Vernon (per semester) $2,542.00

Board

Boatwright, Hawkes, Henry, Pitts, and Turner

1 5-meal plan (per semester) $1 ,574.00

Candler and Vernon 10-meal plan (per semester) $1,500.00

{Note: All residential students are required to pay

room and board.)

4. Private Room

Private rooms are available at an additional charge

(per semester) $685.00

After the beginning of the semester any student occupying a double
room alone will be charged the private rate. If a student occupying a
double room alone does not wish to pay the private room rate, it is the
student's responsibility to find a suitable roommate. Willingness to
accept a roommate does not constitute grounds for waiving the single
room charge.

Fees - Miscellaneous

Late Registration (after Registration deadline) $50.00

Personal checks failing to clear $25.00

Student Identification Card replacement fee $ 1 5 .00

Document Fee (International Students) $175.00

Parking Permit $15.00

Testing Fee (All New Students) $60.00

' Room Deposit (Refundable) $100.00

Admission Deposit (New Students) $100.00

Summary of Standard Charges Per Semester Per Year

Non-Dormitory Students:

Tuition (ftill-time with 12-15 hours) $9,250 $18,500

Dormitory Students:

Boatwright, Hawkes, Henry, Pitts, and Turner residents

Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours) $9,250 $ 1 8,500

Semi-private Room $2,225 $4,450

Board Plan ( 1 5-meals) $1,574 $3,148

$13,049 $26,098

30

Apartment Students:

Candler and Vernon Road residents

Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours) $ 9,250 $ 1 8,500

Apartment $ 2,542 $ 5,084

Board Plan ( 1 0-meals) $ 1,500 $ 3,000

$13,292 $26,584

All undergraduate degree-seeking students taking twelve or more hours
who have been residents of the State of Georgia for twelve consecutive
months are eligible to receive a Tuition Equalization Grant (TEG)
regardless of need. The State Legislature establishes the amount of
this grant.

In addition, Georgia students who are entering First-year as Hope
Scholars (B or better high school grade point average) will receive a
$3,000 academic scholarship per year from the Georgia Hope
Scholarship program as long as a "B or better" average is maintained.
Eligibility is determined in the spring by the Financial Aid Office.

Fees relating to the Albany, Evening and Graduate Programs are
included in separate bulletins. You may contact the College to receive a
copy of these publications.

Federal Tax Credits

The Tax Reform Act of 1997 provided two tax credits for higher
education. The Hope Scholarship Credit provides up to a $1,500 tax
credit for the first two years of postsecondary education in a program
that leads to a degree, certificate, or other recognized educational
credential. The student must be enrolled at least halftime. Qualified
expenses are tuition and fees, and do not include room, board, books,
insurance, and other similar expenses.

The Lifetime Learning Credit provides up to a $2,000 per year tax credit
per family after the first two years of higher education. These tax
credits are phased out as the modified adjusted gross income exceeds
certain limits. Please check with your tax advisor regarding these limits.
For additional information about these credits, please consult the
Business Office or your tax preparer.

Miscellaneous

Depending upon individual requirements, a student may expect to spend
$1,000 per year on books. Bookstore charges for the fall term are
normally higher than the spring term.

31

The above charges are appHcable to an academic year of two semesters.
Summer charges and Interim Term fees, and curriculum, are available in
separate bulletins.

Nursing students should consult the Nursing Department concerning
required nursing supplies and their projected costs.

All students must present the College with proof of health insurance at
the time of Registration and complete a Waiver Form including provider
name and policy number. If the student does not have insurance, the
College will assess the student for a limited coverage group sickness and
accident insurance policy.

Official transcripts and diplomas are withheld for any student who has a
financial obligation to the College.

Credit Balances

Students who have a credit balance on their student accounts may obtain
a credit balance refund within fourteen (14) calendar days whichever is
the latest of:

the date the balance occurs,

the first day of classes of a payment period or enrollment period,
as applicable, or

the date the student rescinds authorization given the school to
hold the funds.

Refund and Repayment Policies

No refijnd of any nature will be made to any student who is suspended
or dismissed for disciplinary reasons.

No refund will be made for individual courses dropped after the end of
the drop/add period as established by the school calendar.

Refunds will be processed within thirty (30) days of notification of a
Complete Withdrawal. A Complete Withdrawal date is defined by:

the earlier of date student began school's withdrawal process or
date student otherwise provided "official" notice; or

if student did not notify school, the midpoint in the term, or the
date of student's last attendance at documented academically-
related activity; or

if student did not notify due to circumstances beyond student's
control, date related to that circumstance.

32

Refund Policies -- Tuition and Fees

A student withdrawing from the College must submit a Complete
Withdrawal Form, which may be obtained through the Registrar's
Office. The student should also consult the Financial Aid Office and the
Business Office to determine the financial consequences of a
Complete Withdrawal.

The Department of Education requires all unearned Title IV funds to be
returned to the program from which such aid was awarded. The College
will credit a student's account for all unearned institutional charges.
The Department of Education defines institutional charges as "all
charges for tuition, fees, and room and board, and expenses for required
course materials, if the student does not have a real and reasonable
opportunity to purchase the required course materials from any place but
the school."

In the event of a Complete Withdrawal from the College, refunds of
institutional charges will be calculated using the number of days
attended. The College will calculate the dollar amount of federal grant
and loan funds the student has earned during the term by dividing the
number of days a student actually completed by the total number of days
within the term (excluding breaks of five days or more). The resulting
percentage is then multiplied by the amount of federal funds that were
applied to the student's account. This is the amount of Title IV funding
the student actually earned. The remainder will be returned to the
originating program. If the resulting percentage exceeds 60 percent, the
student would be entitled to 100 percent of the federal funds. Refunds
of tuition will be applied to the student's account in the same manner as
the return of federal funds. After the student has completed 60 percent
of the term, there are no refunds of institutional charges.

In certain cases, these refund requirements may leave an indebtedness
on the student's account. This may also require the student to reimburse
the Department of Education for some or all of the applicable Federal
Pell and SEOG funds. It is therefore imperative that students fully
discuss the ramifications of a Complete Withdrawal with the Financial
Aid Office prior to making a final decision.

A student will not receive a refund until all financial aid programs have
been reimbursed. Refunds will be returned in the order indicated below:

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program

Federal Perkins Loan Program

33

Federal PLUS Program

Federal Pell Grant Program

Federal SEOG Program

Other Title IV Programs

Other state, private, or institutional assistance programs

To the student

Refund Policies - Room and Board

If a student does not enroll, the room deposit is refundable if the student
notifies the College of his/her cancellation by May 1st. There is no refund
of room deposits after this date. No refund of room or board will be made
if a student withdraws from the dormitory after Registration. In the event
of a Complete Withdrawal from the College, there is no refund of ROOM
charges. The BOARD charges will be prorated at the rate of $15 per day
from the move-in date.

Student Repayment Policy

Students who receive cash disbursements after Registration for that
enrollment period will be assessed liability for repayment of the
appropriate percentage of the refund due the Title IV programs upon
withdrawal, expulsion, or suspension.

Students who receive cash disbursements that are attributable to Federal
Pell or SEOG programs may owe a repayment of these funds to the College
to prevent an overpayment. A student who owes a repayment will be
deemed ineligible for any financial assistance from any source until the
student has resolved the overpayment. Repayments will be allocated to the
student aid programs in the following order: Pell Grant, SEOG, other Title
IV programs, and then to the institution.

Students have 45 days from the date of their notification to make
arrangements for repayment of the aid received. If they fail to make
satisfactory arrangements within the 45-day time period, the account will
be submitted to the Department of Education and the student could lose
future eligibility for financial aid programs.

34

Financial Aid

Philosophy

Recognizing the significant investment students and families make wlien
choosing a private college, LaGrange College offers a variety of
assistance and payment options. We expect students and families to use
a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and work to meet college
costs. These resources may come from family, college, community, and
state or federal sources. Payment plans are available to distribute
required payments over the course of an academic year or for longer
terms using Federal loan programs. We encourage students to apply for
financial aid and scholarships as early as possible to maximize eligibility
access to all available types of assistance.

Financial Aid Eligibility Requirements

In general, to be eligible for financial assistance, the applicant must:

Be a U.S. Citizen or permanent resident alien of the United States.

Be admitted or currently enrolled in an approved degree-seeking or
teacher certification program.

Have a high school diploma or a General Education Development
(GED) Certification, or pass an approved Ability-to-Benefit test.

Be making Satisfactory Academic Progress towards the completion
of their degree program.

Not be in default on any federal educational loan or have made
satisfactory arrangements to repay the loan.

Not owe a refund on a federal or state grant.

Not have borrowed in excess of federal loan limits.

Be registered with Selective Service, if required.

35

Financial Aid Application Procedures

Applicants for financial aid must:

Complete and submit a Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) or a Renewal FAFSA annually.

Complete a Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant Application, if
applicable.

Complete a HOPE Scholarship Application, if applicable.

Submit all required documents for verification, if selected.

Determining Financial Need

Students seeking financial assistance must complete the federal need
analysis form, the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA).
The FAFSA collects parental and student income and asset information
needed to determine eligibility for financial aid. This information is
used in a federal need analysis formula to determine the Expected
Family Contribution (EFC).

Undergraduate dependent residing on campus $29,388

Undergraduate dependent residing with parents $25,125

Undergraduate independent residing off campus $29,025

Undergraduate nursing dependent residing on campus $35,458

Undergraduate nursing dependent residing with parents $3 1 ,495

Undergraduate nursing independent residing off campus $35,095

The Financial Aid Office establishes Cost of Attendance Budgets each
year. A Cost of Attendance Budget includes tuition, fees, room, board,
books, supplies, and living expenses. Other components of the Cost of
Attendance, which is applied on an individual basis, are childcare
expenses, study abroad, and the purchase of a computer. These items
may require documentation from the student. Below are the Cost of
Attendance Budgets for the 2007-2008 academic year.

The Expected Family Contribution (EFC) is deducted from the Cost of
Attendance at LaGrange College to determine whether a need for
financial assistance exists. If the family's EFC is less than the Cost of
Attendance, a financial need is established. The Financial Aid Office
attempts to meet the demonstrated financial need of applicants with
federal, state, and institutional grants and scholarships, work programs,
and student loans.

36

Satisfactory Academic Progress

The United States Department of Education requires institutions of higher
education to establish a satisfactory academic progress policy to be applied
to all recipients of federal financial aid. Satisfactory academic progress
means the student is progressing in a manner consistent with fulfilling their
degree or certification requirements. Satisfactory academic progress is
evaluated throughout the course of the degree program. A Satisfactory
Academic Progress policy must include two components: qualitative and
quantitative. Qualitative measures cumulative grade point average.
Quantitative measures the number or percentage of courses completed.
The quantitative component also establishes the maximum time frame for
completing a degree program. Financial aid recipients must meet both of
these standards to receive financial aid.

The standards established in the Satisfactory Academic Progress policy
apply to the following financial aid programs: Federal Pell Grant, Federal
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG), Academic
Competitiveness Grant, National SMART Grant, Federal Perkins Loan,
Federal Stafford Loan (subsidized and unsubsidized), Federal Parent Loan
for Undergraduate Students (PLUS), Federal Work Study, HOPE
Scholarship, Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant (GTEG), Georgia LEAP,
State Service Cancelable Loans, LaGrange College Grant, LaGrange
College Academic and Merit scholarships, and LaGrange College Work
Aid.

Note: HOPE scholarship guidelines require a cumulative grade point
average of 3.0 to maintain eligibility.

Qualitative Standard

Federal regulations require a student to have a grade point average that is
consistent with the institution's policy governing academic progress.
LaGrange College has set the following minimum grade point average
requirements. The Registrar and Academic Dean monitor this component
of the policy each term.

Classification

Minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average

First-year

1.65

Sophomore

1.75

Junior

1.85

Senior

2.00

37

Quantitative Standard

Students receiving funds from any of the financial programs covered under
this policy must demonstrate measurable progress toward the completion of
their degree program. LaGrange College requires students to maintain an
overall completion rate of 67 percent. The credit hours considered under
this policy will be those for which the student is registered at the
conclusion of late registration. Grades of A, B, C, or D are considered as
successful completion of a course. Grades of F, W, WF, NR, or I are
considered failing and do not count as successfully completed courses.
Audited courses are not considered in either the quantitative or qualitative
standards.

In addition to maintaining a completion rate of 67 percent, federal
regulations allow a student to receive financial assistance for no more than
150 percent of the credit hours required to complete the degree program.
Therefore, students pursuing a bachelor's degree must complete their
program within 180 (162 attempted hours for students enrolling prior to
Fall 2006) attempted semester credit hours. Most students will complete
the program within the time frame; however, frequent withdrawals from
courses or school, changes of major, failed repeated courses, or taking
courses that are not related to your degree program could jeopardize
financial aid eligibility. All attempted hours are considered when
reviewing maximum time frame.

Transfer students must complete their program within a maximum of 1 80
(162 for students enrolling prior to Fall 2006) attempted semester credit
hours. Hours transferred to and accepted by LaGrange College from other
institutions are considered in the maximum time frame. For example, if a
student has 75 credit hours acceptable towards their degree program, the
student may receive financial assistance for 105 (87 for students enrolling
prior to Fall 2006) additional credit hours.

Students pursuing an additional bachelor's degree are allowed an additional
60 semester hours to complete the degree.

Evaluation

The cumulative academic history of all financial aid recipients is reviewed
each term to determine if the student is meeting the quantitative, qualitative
and time frame standards. This includes all courses attempted regardless of
whether financial aid was received or not. Transfer grade point averages
are not considered in either of these standards. However, accepted transfer
credit hours will be considered in the maximum time frame for completing

38

a degree program. Students who fail to meet both of these standards
will be placed on financial aid probation. Students placed on financial
aid probation are eligible for financial aid during the probationary term.
If the student does not meet the satisfactory academic progress standards
at the end of the probationary term, future financial aid will be
terminated effective with the next term of enrollment. Students whose
financial aid is terminated may appeal to the Financial Aid Appeals
Committee for reinstatement of financial aid. The chart below indicates
the minimum credits a student must earn to meet the quantitative
standard.

Total Attempted Hours Minimum Earned

30 20

60 40

90 60

120 80

150 100

180 120

Appeal Process

Student financial aid recipients who lose their eligibility for financial aid
may appeal in writing to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee except
for loss of eligibility due to time frame. Appeals must be submitted in
writing to the Director of Financial Aid outlining any mitigating
circumstance(s) that influenced the student's academic performance,
documentation of circumstance(s), if applicable, and the manner by
which the deficiency will be resolved. The Director will convene the
Financial Aid Appeals Committee to evaluate the request for
reinstatement of financial aid eligibility. The Director of Financial Aid
will notify the student in writing of the decision of the Committee and
any conditions associated with reinstatement. Students whose appeals
are approved will receive financial aid on probationary status for the
next term of enrollment and will have their academic performance
reviewed at the end of that term for continued eligibility.

39

Student Financial Aid Policies

Financial aid applications for the upcoming academic year are
available beginning January 1 in the financial aid office.

LaGrange College awards aid to eligible students on a first-come,
first-serve basis. In awarding, first priority is given to students
pursuing their first undergraduate degree. Transient, non-degree
seeking, and unclassified students are not eligible for
financial assistance.

All financial aid applications and documentation for verification
must be submitted before an official financial aid award letter

is mailed.

In constructing a financial aid award, funding is awarded in this order:
grants and scholarships, student loans, and student employment.

External sources of financial aid available to a financial aid
recipient must be considered in the awarding of Federal, State, and
LaGrange College need-based financial aid programs. LaGrange
College reserves the right to cancel or reduce financial aid awards
in the event that these resources result in financial aid in excess of
financial need.

Financial aid awards are made assuming full-time enrollment.
Most LaGrange College and State financial aid programs require
full-time enrollment, however, financial assistance is available to
students who enroll half-time.

A student's enrollment status will be based on the credit hours for
which the student is registered at the conclusion of late registration.
All financial aid awards will be calculated using final registration
information. If it is later determined that attendance in all or some
courses cannot be documented, financial aid awards will be
adjusted. The student will be responsible for repaying any
ineligible funds received.

Financial aid awards will be disbursed on the first day of
classes provided all required documents and eligibility
requirements are met.

40

Sources of Financial Aid

There are a variety of financial aid resources available to assist students
with funding their college education. These resources are in the form of
scholarships, grants, loans, or student employment and are made
possible by funding from federal, state, and institutional sources.
Although financial need is a primary factor in financial aid eligibility,
there are financial aid programs available to students who do not
demonstrate financial need. These programs may be awarded based on
residency, merit, academic excellence, talent, and other criteria.

LaGrange College Academic Scholarships

LaGrange College recognizes the academic excellence of outstanding
entering freshmen and transfer students by awarding scholarships
ranging from $4,000 to full tuition, room and board. These merit
scholarships are made possible by generous gifts and endowments of
alumni and supporters of LaGrange College. All entering freshmen are
evaluated for academic scholarships during the admission process. The
top applicants who are accepted for admission by January 15 are invited
to compete in the Scholar Weekend Competition. Scholarships are
awarded at the following levels:

Presidential Scholarship is a competitive four-year, renewable
academic scholarship awarded to incoming first year students on the
basis of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores,
and participation in the Scholar Weekend Competition. Recipients of
this prestigious award receive full tuition, mandatory fees, room, and
board. Presidential Scholarships of Georgia residents eligible for the
HOPE Scholarship and Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant will be
reduced by the value of these state programs. If selected to receive one
of the awards, the scholarship will replace any previous scholarship
award.

Dean's Scholarship is a competitive, four-year, renewable, $12,000
academic scholarship awarded to incoming first year students on the
basis of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores,
and the Scholar Weekend Competition. If selected to receive one of the
awards, the scholarship will replace any previous scholarship award.

41

Fellows Scholarship is a four-year, renewable, $10,000, academic
scholarship awarded to incoming first year students on the basis of
academic achievement in high school and SAT or ACT test scores.
Fellows Scholarship recipients are eligible to compete in the Scholar
Weekend Competition for a Presidential or Dean's Scholarship. If
selected to receive one of the awards, the scholarship will replace any
previous scholarship award.

Founders Scholarship is a four-year, renewable, $8,000 academic
scholarship awarded to incoming first year students on the basis of
academic achievement in high school and SAT or ACT test scores.
Founders Scholarship recipients are eligible to compete in the Scholar
Weekend Competition for a Presidential or Dean's Scholarship. If
selected to receive one of the awards, the scholarship will replace any
previous scholarship award.

Lafayette Scholarship is a four-year, $6,000 renewable academic
scholarship awarded to incoming first year students on the basis of
academic achievement in high school and SAT or ACT test scores.

Quadrangle Scholarship is a four-year, $4,500, renewable academic
scholarship awarded to incoming first year students on the basis of
academic achievement in high school and SAT or ACT test scores.

Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship is a two-year, renewable $6,000
academic scholarship awarded to qualified transfer students who are
U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens fully inducted into Phi Theta
Kappa Honor Society. Recipients must hold Associate of Arts or
Associate of Science degrees from an accredited two-year college and
have earned a 3.5 or better grade point average.

Transfer Scholarship is awarded to students transferring to LaGrange
College from a college or university with a minimum of 30 semester
hours and a minimum grade point average of 3.0 or higher. Scholarship
awards range from $2,000 to $4,000.

Fine Arts Scholarships

LaGrange College's Theatre Arts, Music, and Art and Design Programs,
through the generous support of alumni and supports of LaGrange
College Fine Art program, award the exceptional talents of prospective
and current students with departmental scholarships. These scholarships
are competitive and are awarded based on academic promise, audition,
portfolio, and departmental interviews. For a listing of these
scholarships, please visit the Financial Aid section of our website.

42

General Grants and Scholarships

Federal Pell Grant is awarded to undergraduate students pursuing a
first bachelor's degree. The student's Expected Family Contribution
(EFC) as determined by the results of the FAFSA, Cost of Attendance,
and enrollment status determines the Pell award. Students enrolling less
than full-time may qualify for a prorated amount of Pell Grant based on
their enrollment status and EFC.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant is awarded to
undergraduate students with exceptional financial need. Priority is
given to students eligible for Federal Pell Grant.

Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG Grant) is a new federal grant
program that began in the 2006-2007 award year for full-time
undergraduate students who are U.S. citizens and eligible to receive
Federal Pell Grant. Recipients must have completed a rigorous
secondary school program as defined by the U.S. Department of
Education. This grant is for the first and second academic years, as
defined by the student's institution of enrollment, of undergraduate
study. First year recipients must have graduated from a rigorous
secondary school program after January 1, 2006. The first year ACG
award is up to $750. Second year ACG recipients must have completed
a rigorous secondary after January 1, 2005 and must have a 3.0 GPA for
the first academic year. The ACG award is up to $1,300 for second
academic year undergraduates.

National Science and Mathematics Access to Retain Talent Grant
(National SMART Grant) is a new federal grant program for full-time
undergraduate students who are enrolled in the third or fourth academic
year of an eligible program, who receive Federal Pell Grants and are
U.S. citizens. An eligible program in the National SMART Grant is one
that leads to a bachelor's degree in an eligible major in physical, life, or
computer sciences, engineering, technology, mathematics, or a critical-
need foreign language. SMART Grant recipients must maintain a 3.0
grade point average for each semester of eligibility. The SMART Grant
award is up to $4,000 each of the third and fourth academic years as
defined by the student's institution.

Georgia LEAP Grant is a State of Georgia need-based grant awarded
to Georgia residents who qualify for Federal Pell Grant and have
substantial financial need. The annual amount is contingent upon
appropriations by Congress and the Georgia Legislature.

43

Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant is a State of Georgia non-need-
based grant awarded to Georgia residents attending a private college or
university as a full-time student. The annual amount is contingent upon
funding by the Georgia Legislature.

HOPE Scholarship is a State of Georgia non-need-based lottery funded
scholarship awarded to Georgia residents who graduate from an eligible
high school with a minimum of a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the
college preparatory core-curriculum subjects or a 3.2 minimum grade point
average in the career/technology core-curriculum subjects. HOPE Scholars
attending a private college or university are eligible for $1,500 per semester
as a full-time student or $750 per semester as a half-time student. Scholars
must maintain their enrollment status for 14 days beyond the end of late
registration (drop/add) to qualify for disbursement for a semester.

HOPE Scholars are evaluated annually at the end of the spring semester, as
well as, at increments of 30, 60, and 90 attempted hours. At each
evaluation point, the scholar must have a minimum cumulative grade point
average of 3.0 for continued eligibility. The calculation of grade point
average for HOPE purposes must include all courses attempted since the
scholar's high school graduation. A HOPE Scholar may receive assistance
for a maximum of 127 attempted-semester hours or once a baccalaureate
degree is earned, whichever occurs first.

Home schooled students and students who graduated from an ineligible
high school may receive HOPE retroactively for tier 1 if they earn a 3.0
cumulative grade point average after attempting 30 semester hours and
meet all other HOPE Scholarship requirements. Home-schooled students
will need to provide a copy of the "declaration of intent to home school"
submitted to their school system.

HOPE Promise Scholarship provides forgivable loans to undergraduate
students who plan to teach in Georgia upon completing their education
degree. Applicants must be of junior or senior standing with a 3.0 or better
grade point average. Georgia residency or full-time attendance is not a
requirement. HOPE Promise recipients may cancel the loan in full by
working at a Georgia public school at the preschool, elementary, middle or
secondary level one academic year for each $1,500 awarded through the
scholarship.

Law Enforcement Personnel Dependents Grants provides non-repayable
grants of up to $2,000 per year to eligible Georgia residents who are
dependent children of Georgia law enforcement officers, prison guards, or
firemen who were permanently disabled or killed in the line of duty.

44

LaGrange College Grants offer a variety of need-based institutional
grants made possible by the generosity of alumni, foundations, and
individuals. These grants are available to undergraduate degree seeking
students enrolled full-time. Recipients must be in good academic
standing. A list of LaGrange College grants and their eligibility
requirements are available on our website.

Loans

Federal Perkins Loan is a low interest, repayable loan awarded to
undergraduate and graduate students with exceptional financial need.
The interest rate is 5% and no interest accrues on the loan while the
borrower is enrolled half-time and during the grace period. Repayment
begins nine months after graduating or withdrawal from school. This
loan program has cancellation provisions for critical fields of study.
Contact the Financial Aid Office for more information.

Federal Stafford Loan is a low interest, repayable loan available to
undergraduate and graduate degree seeking students regardless of
financial need. The interest rate is a fixed rate of 6.80% for loans
disbursed after July 1, 2006. Federal Stafford Loans are available from
banks, credit unions, savings and loans, and other lending institutions.
The Federal Stafford Loan Program consists of a subsidized (need-
based) and unsubsidized (non-need-based) loan programs. Subsidized
loans will have interest subsidies paid by the federal government to the
lender while the student is enrolled in school. Unsubsidized loans are
available to students regardless of financial need. Interest accrues while
the borrower is in school. The borrower has the option of paying the
accruing interest or to allow the interest to accrue and capitalize.

The annual subsidized/unsubsidized Stafford Loan limit for a dependent
undergraduate is $3,500 for first year students, $4,500 for sophomores,
and $5,500 for juniors or seniors. The annual loan limits for an
independent undergraduate is $7,500 for first year students, $8,500 for
sophomores, and $10,500 for juniors and seniors. Federal Stafford
Loans are delivered to the borrower in two separate disbursements, one
at the beginning of the enrollment and the second at the middle of the
loan period.

Repayment of a Federal Stafford Loan begins six months after the
borrower graduates, withdraws, or ceases enrollment as at least a half-
time student. The standard repayment period for a Stafford Loan is 10 years.

45

Georgia Service Cancelable Stafford Loans provide forgivable
Stafford loans to Georgia residents who are pursuing degrees in areas
where there is a critical shortage of qualified professionals. The terms
and conditions of a service cancelable loan are the same as for a Federal
Stafford loan except the student may cancel the loan in full by working
one year at an approved Georgia location for each academic year
funding was received. The cancellation benefit will be principal and
accrued interest. The only approved critical field at LaGrange College
is nursing. Funding in this program is limited so awards are made on a
first-come, first-serve basis.

Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) is

available to the parents of a dependent student to defray remaining
educational expenses after all other financial aid resources are
exhausted. Eligible applicants may borrow up to the cost of attendance
less other financial aid. The interest rate is a fixed rate of 8.5% for loans
disbursed after July 1 , 2006. Unlike the Federal Stafford Loan
program, PLUS borrowers must be credit worthy to qualify for this loan
and repayment begins within 60 days of the loan disbursement. If the
parent borrower is denied a PLUS, the borrower may appeal to the lender
if an extenuating circumstance exists.

Student Employment

There are part-time job opportunities available to eligible students
through the Federal Work Study Program and LaGrange College's Work
Aid Program. Jobs are available on campus and off-campus in
community service activities. Funding in these programs is limited.
Students interested in student employment must complete the FAFSA.
The average student works 1 to 15 hours per week. Student
employment awards are made on a first-come, first-serve basis until
funds are depleted.

Federal Work-Study provides employment opportunities for
undergraduate and graduate students with financial need to defray
educational expenses.

LaGrange College Work Aid Program provides students, regardless
of financial need, with opportunities to earn additional money for
school through employment in campus departments and community
service activities.

46

Student Financial Aid and Federal Tax
Implications

Students receiving scholarships and grants that exceed their tuition, fees,
books and supplies should be aware that these funds are taxable under
federal and state tax law. It is important that students maintain records of
their grants and scholarships and documentation of educational expenses
for reporting purposes.

Federal tax law allows for only qualified scholarships and grants to be
excluded from income. Qualified scholarships are any amount of grant
and scholarship received that is used for tuition, fees, books, supplies and
equipment required for course instruction. Scholarships and grants that
are specifically designated for educational expenses other than those
described under qualified scholarships (room, board, transportation, or
living expenses) are taxable.

For information, please read IRS Publication 970, Tax Benefits for
Education, for more details on reporting requirements or consult a
tax professional.

Suspected Fraud

Institutions are required to report cases of suspected fraud to the Office
of the Inspector General of the Department of Education, or, if more
appropriate, to the state or local law enforcement agency having
jurisdiction to investigate these allegations. Fraud may exist if the
institution believes the applicant misreported or altered information in
order to increase their financial aid eligibility or fraudulently obtained
federal funds.

47

Student Life

The Student Life staff is concerned with providing those services which
assist individuals in their personal growth. Their purpose is to provide
assistance which facilitates the development of the total person. At
LaGrange College, the emphasis is upon the intellectual, social, physical
and spiritual development of each student.

Student Life involves a wide variety of programs and activities. The broad
range of available services is an outgrowth of complex student needs:
orientation, activities, student government, organizations, health services,
wellness programs, parking, food service, discipline, leadership
development, personal counseling, career development and placement,
fraternities and sororities, and all residence programming. The Student
Life staff is committed to creating a positive climate within which personal
growth and development occur.

Student Conduct / Social Code

LaGrange College, as a church-related college, is committed to an
honorable standard of conduct. As an educational institution the College
is concerned not only with the formal in-class education of its students,
but also with their welfare and their growth into mature men and women
who conduct themselves responsibly as citizens.

Like the Honor Code, the Social Code is the responsibility of every
student, faculty member, and staff member at LaGrange College. The
Social Code attempts to instill in every member of the student body a
sense of moral and community responsibility. As such, LaGrange
College expects its students to adhere to community standards. Likewise,
if some fail to live up to these codes of conduct, the College expects
students to enforce these standards through the Social Code and its
Social Council. In this way, students assume the obligation of upholding
the integrity of their community and of ethically preparing themselves
for the world beyond college.

The College has established guidelines and policies to assure the well-
being of the community. In general, the College's jurisdiction is limited
to events that occur on College property; however, the College and the
Social Council reserve the right to hear cases that concern students'
behavior when they are off-campus in the name of the College (e.g., with
a Jan Term travel course, an academic fieldtrip, or a campus organization
social), especially when such situations could be regarded as an adverse
reflection on the College's mission.

48

(For a complete description of the Social Code, its policies and
processes, please see the Student Handbook.)

The College reserves the right to dismiss at any time a student who, in
its judgment, is undesirable and whose continuation in the school is
detrimental to himself or his fellow student.

Furthermore, students are subject to federal, state and local laws as well
as College rules and regulations. A student is not entitled to greater
immunities before the law than those enjoyed by other citizens
generally. Students are subject to such disciplinary action as the
administration of the College may consider appropriate, including
possible suspension and expulsion for breach of federal, state or local
laws, or College regulations. This principle extends to conduct off
campus which is likely to have adverse effect on the College or on the
educational process or which stamps the offender as an unfit associate
for the other students. A complete description of student conduct
policies, rules and regulations can be found in the Student Handbook,
which is published in the Panther Planner each year. Copies of the
Handbook are available in the Student Development Office.

Statement of Policy on Harassment

All members of the college community have the right to be free from
discrimination in the form of harassment. Harassment may take two
forms: (1) creating a hostile environment, and (2) quid pro quo .

A hostile, demeaning, or intimidating environment created by
harassment interferes with an individual's full and free participation in
the life of the College.

Quid pro quo occurs when a position of authority is used to threaten to
impose a penalty or to withhold a benefit in return for sexual favors,
whether or not the attempt is successful. Sexual harassment may
involve behavior by a person of either gender against a person of the
same or opposite gender. It should be noted that the potential of
sexual harassment exists in any of the following relationships:
student/student, faculty/student, student/faculty, and faculty /faculty.
Here and subsequently "faculty" refers to faculty, staff, and
administration. Because of the inherent differential in power between
faculty and students, sexual relationships between faculty and students
are prohibited.

49

Sexual harassment may result from many kinds of behavior. These
behaviors may range from the most egregious forms, such as sexual
assault, to more subtle forms. Explicit behaviors include but are not
limited to requests for sexual favors, physical assaults of a sexual nature,
sexually offensive remarks, and rubbing, touching or brushing against
another's body. More subtle behaviors may be experienced as
intimidating or offensive, particularly when they recur or one person has
authority over another. Such behaviors may include but are not limited
to unwelcome hugs or touching, inappropriate staring, veiled
suggestions of sexual activity, requests for meetings in non-academic
settings, and risque jokes, stories, or images.

Accusations of harassment which are made without good cause shall not
be condoned. Such accusations are indeed grievous and can have
damaging and far-reaching effects upon the careers and lives of
individuals.

Any member of the college community having a complaint of
harassment may raise the matter informally and/or file a formal
complaint. The informal process is an attempt to mediate between the
parties in order to effect a mutually agreeable solution without entering
into the formal hearing process.

A. Informal Procedures

The following informal procedures may be followed:

Clearly say "no" to the person whose behavior is unwelcome.

Communicate either orally or in writing with the person whose
behavior is unwelcome. The most effective communication will
have three elements:

a factual description of the incident(s) including the time,
place, date, and specific behavior,

a description of the complainant's feelings, including any
consequences of the incident,

a request that the conduct cease.

Speak with a department chair, dean, director, counselor, or
chaplain who may speak to the person whose behavior is
unwelcome. The name of the complainant need not be disclosed.
The purpose of such conversation is the cessation of the
unwelcome behavior.

In the case of harassment of a student, it may be appropriate first
to seek the advice of his or her advisor.

50

B. Formal Procedures

To initiate a formal grievance procedure the complainant shall submit
a written statement to the President of the College. The President, after
such consultation as is deemed appropriate, will appoint a three-member
Review Committee from among the membership of the Institutional
Planning Council, the Academic Council, or other College committees as
the President deems appropriate. Members of the Review Committee
will then meet to discuss the complaint. Unless the Committee
concludes that the complaint is without merit, the parties to the dispute
will be invited to appear before the Committee and to confront any
adverse witnesses. The Committee may conduct its own inquiry, call

witnesses, and gather whatever information it deems necessary to assist
in reaching a determination as to the merits of the accusation. Once a
determination has been reached, the Committee shall report its findings
to the President of the College.

Possible outcomes of the investigation are (1) that the allegation is not
warranted and cannot be substantiated, (2) a negotiated settlement of the
complaint, or (3) that the allegation is substantiated requiring a
recommendation to the President that disciplinary action be taken.

C. Faculty

In the case of a faculty member subject to the provisions of the Parts A
or B of the 1977 tenure settlement, the Tenure Committee will be
involved. Discipline or dismissal of a faculty member will follow the
procedure outlined in the LaGrange College Tenure Regulations.

For those faculty members subject to the provisions of the 1999 tenure
policy, the Promotion and Tenure Committee will be involved according
to the procedures defined in the 1999 tenure policy.

D. Appeals

Faculty, staff, administration, and students can appeal a final decision
regarding a complaint to the Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees.

E. Special Circumstances

If the President of the College is the accused, the case is referred to the
Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees.

If the chairperson of the Review Committee is the accused, the complaint
shall be submitted to the President of the College. If any member of the
Review Committee is the accused or for reason of prejudice must be
recused, the President of the College shall appoint another member.

51

F. Confidentiality

The right to confidentiahty of all members of the college community
will be respected in both formal and informal procedures insofar as
possible.

LaGrange College is committed to preventing harassment. To that end,
this policy and these procedures will be printed in appropriate College
publications. In addition, educational programs will be conducted
annually by the College to (1) inform students, faculty, staff, and
administration about identifying harassment and the problems it causes;
(2) advise members of the college community about their rights and
responsibilities under this policy; (3) train personnel in the
administration of this policy. The Harassment Policy and Procedures
will be issued to all incoming students and personnel.

Aims of Student Development Services

To facilitate the transition from high school to college.

To develop and sustain ^through student-involvement activities,
organizations and services a campus life encouraging the cultural,
intellectual, social, physical and religious development of all students.

To assist students in discovering life goals and exploring career opportunities.

To create an environment which stimulates qualities of self-
discipline and personal responsibility.

To provide a suitable context whereby the student can explore new
ideas, skills and life styles, thus gaining the insight and experience
necessary to make intelligent choices.

To provide opportunity for the student to develop the understanding
and skills required for responsible participation in a democratic
community through involvement in self-government.

To serve a supervisory role in campus disciplinary concerns; to
develop, with campus community involvement, and to distribute the
necessary rules and regulations for a harmonious and productive
college community.

To mediate, where necessary, conflicts between individuals and
campus community standards.

To provide a comfortable, clean, safe environment that enhances the
personal growth as well as the academic pursuits of resident students.

To collect retention data and to suggest/plan programs and
strategies to increase retention based on data collected.

52

Residence Programs
Resident Classification

All traditional day students taking twelve or more hours are required to live
in college housing, so long as appropriate campus housing is available.
The Dean of Students may exempt a student for one of the following
reasons:

The student is married and living with spouse.

The student is residing exclusively with parents or legal guardian
in the parent's primary residence within a thirty-mile radius of
the College.

The student is a veteran with at least two years of active military
service.

Students are assigned rooms of their choice in so far as facilities
permit. Generally, first year students are assigned to double rooms in
Boatwright (men), Pitts, or Hawkes Hall (women). Roommates are
assigned by mutual preference whenever possible. The College
reserves the right of approval of all room and residence hall
assignments. Also, the College reserves the right to move a student
from one room or residence hall to another room or residence hall
during the year. Resident students are required to subscribe to the
board plan.

Room Deposit

A room and tuition deposit of $200 is required of all resident students. The
room deposit ($100) is not a prepayment to be applied to residence hall
charges but will remain on deposit with the College to be refunded,
provided the student's account with the College is cleared, upon one of the
following: (1) change of status from resident student to commuter student,
(2) formal withdrawal, or (3) graduation. The room reservation/damage
deposit serves as a room reservation while the student is not occupying
college housing and is refundable if a student cancels his/her reservation by
the following dates: May 1 for fall semester, December 1 for spring
semester. It serves as a damage deposit while the student is occupying
college housing and is refundable when the student leaves the College
housing minus any unpaid assessments and/or any debt owed to the
College. Complete residence information and regulations can be found in
the Student Handbook.

53

Residence Hall Activities

Residence Advisors also function as a governing body and coordinating
committee. They plan activities within the residence halls such as
cookouts, movie nights, decorating contests and other special events.

Office of Student Activities and Service

The Office of Student Activities and Service works closely with the
students, faculty, and staff of LaGrange College to bridge the curricular
and co-curricular experiences of students at LaGrange College. Located
in the Turner Hall Student Center, the Director of Student Activities and
Service strives to provide a diverse array of social, multicultural,
political, service, and leadership activities for the campus community.

The Director of Student Activities and Service is responsible for
advising the Student Government Association (SGA) and the Presidents'
Council as well as overseeing the activities and operations of all
Lagrange College student organizations. With over 52 active student
organizations at LaGrange College there is a club or organization for
every student. If students do not feel as though there is something
available of interest to them there is always the option of creating and
beginning a new organization on campus. Student Organizations are
divided into six categories: Departmental/Special Interest Organizations,
Honor Societies, Religious Life Organizations, Social Greek
Organizations, Service Organizations, and Student Publications. Please
refer to the following section. Student Government and Other
Organizations, for a complete listing of active student organizations at
LaGrange College.

Community Service is another large component of the Office of Student
Activities and Service. The Director of Student Activities and Service
works closely with the SGA's Service Council and the Servant
Leadership Program to provide LaGrange College students with a
variety of service projects throughout the academic year. The traditional
service activities offered at LaGrange College include, but are not
limited to the following: the First Week Service Project, the Service
Fair, the Annual West Point Lake Clean-up, the American Heart
Association's Heart Walk, Panther Toy Store, the Brian Center Beauty
Pageant, The Boys' and Girls' Club Annual Easter Egg Hunt, Blood
Drives, and the American Cancer Society's Relay for Life. In addition to
these activities, other service activities occur which are often associated
with one or more of the following local agencies and organizations:

54

American Cancer Society Girl Scouts

American Heart Association Habitat for Humanity

American Red Cross Hospice of LaGrange

Humane Society

Big Brothers Big Sisters of Interfaith Food Closet

Troup County

Boys' and Girls' Club Parks and Recreation Department
Boy Scouts of Troup County

Burwell Program Salvation Army

Carelink Americorps Special Olympics

CASA-Court Appointed Troup County Schools

Special Advocacy Group Twin Cedars Youth Services

Communities in Schools United Way

D.A.S.H.-Dependable West Point lake

Affordable, Sustainable West Georgia Medical Center

Housing

The Lagrange College Gameroom, located in the basement of the Turner
Hall Student Center, is also supervised by the Office of Student
Activities and Service. The Gameroom is open 7 days a week from
1 lam until 1 1pm and provides students with the opportunity to hang out
and play pool, ping pong, cards, board games, watch television, and
listen to music.

Student Government and Other
Organizations

The Student Government Association exists to serve as a medium for
student expressions, to coordinate campus activities, to promote good
citizenship and to govern within the parameters granted by the President
of the College. The SGA is an important part of student life. Upon
acceptance into the College, a student automatically becomes a member
of the association. All students are encouraged to become active
members, so that the association is a truly representative body of student
thought and opinion, voicing the needs and concerns of the student
body.

The SGA, as a voice of the student body, promotes diversity and
involvement through activities, entertainment, and service at LaGrange
College and in the surrounding community.

55

Traditional Activities

Fair on the Square Activities fair where students can become familiar
with LC student organizations and how to become
more involved.

Homecoming

Lip Sync
May Day
Greek Week
Vegas on the Hill

Fall weekend featuring a concert, a
parade, various alumni activities, and
culminating with crowning of Queen.

Step sing

Week of activities centering around campus Greek life

Quadrangle Dance Spring Formal scheduled around
Valentine's Day

Spring Concert Larger concert scheduled in April

There are numerous activities planned by the SGA and the Programming
Board. Please consult the Student Handbook for specific dates. The
Student Handbook is published by the Student Development Office
and contains guidelines and regulations for successful campus life. It
appears in each year's Panther Planner.

All clubs and organizations are sanctioned by LaGrange College. These
include:

Social Sororities

Alpha Kappa Alpha

Alpha Omicron Pi

Delta Sigma Theta

Kappa Delta

PhiMu
Zeta Phi Beta
Panhellenic Council *
* Sorority Governing Body

Student Publications

Citations (research journal)
The Hilltop News (newspaper)
The Scroll (literary magazine)

The Quadrangle (yearbook)

Social Fraternities

Delta Tau Delta
Phi Beta Sigma
Pi Kappa Phi
Interfratemal Council *

* Fraternity Governing Body

56

Service Clubs Religious Life Organizations

Circle K Baptist Student Union

FRISBEE Fellowship of Student Athletes

LC Buddies Gospel Choir

LC Bus Project Interfaith Council

Panther Toy Store Reformed Bible Fellowship

Service Council (SGA) Young Life

Wesley Fellowship
Various Bible study groups

Departmental/Special Interest Organizations

Art Student League

CRIS - Campus Recreation and Intramural Sports

Dialogue (Philosophy)

Hilltoppers (Admissions - Campus Ambassadors)

International Group

LC Dance Team

LC Student Nurses Association

Phi Eta Omega (Pre-Health Professionals)

Presidents' Council (SGA)

Student Athlete Advisory Council

Student National Association of Teachers of Singing

Society for Human Resource Management

Honor Societies

Alpha Psi Omega (Drama)

Alpha Sigma Lambda (Adult)

Delta Mu Delta (Business)

Honor Council

Kappa Delta Pi (Education)

Omicron Delta Kappa (Leadership)

Nursing Honor Society

Phi Alpha Theta (History)

Pi Gamma Mu (Social Science)

Pi Sigma Alpha (Political Science)

Psi Chi (Psychology)

Sigma Tau Delta (English)

Theta Alpha Kappa (Religious Studies)

57

Programs, Exhibitions and Forum Lectures

A balanced and comprehensive program of lectures, music
performances, dramatic presentations, workshops and other activities
contribute to student enrichment. Tuesdays and Thursdays from 11:15
a.m. until 12:20 p.m. are reserved for programs, exhibitions, and forum
lectures.

58

Athletic Program

LaGrange College is a member of the NCAA Division III and the Great
South Athletic Conference. College colors are red and black.
Intercollegiate teams compete in women's soccer, basketball, cross
country, volleyball, Softball, swimming and tennis, and men's baseball,
football, basketball, cross country, golf, soccer, swimming and tennis. It
is the philosophy of LaGrange College that the team participants are
attending college primarily for a quality education, and no athletic
scholarships are offered. The coaching staff is a group of highly
qualified teachers who stress the educational aims of the College.

LaGrange College is committed to a full program of non-scholarship
athletics that encourages the student-athlete to reap the benefits of
educationally sound activity that encourages and promotes a strong
academic regime. Students are given the opportunity to participate fully
in their given sport and to compete with other teams locally, statewide,
and regionally.

Philosophy Statement for Intercolleglvte
Athletics

Intercollegiate athletics at LaGrange College provide students with an
integral complement to their total educational experience. Recognizing
the importance of athletics to the individual student while seeking to
strike an appropriate balance between the life of the mind and
participation in co-curricular offerings, the College is committed to
providing a program of intercollegiate athletics that is student-centered
for both participants and spectators. The College believes that the
primary function of intercollegiate athletics at a small church-related,
liberal arts college is one of a high quality co-curricular complement to
its overall mission. As such, academics have priority over athletic or
other co-curricular pursuits.

LaGrange College seeks to recruit and retain student athletes who
understand the balance of priorities between academics and co-curricular
programs, whether the latter are athletics, the performing arts, or other
student activities. The College employs coaches who understand that
balance of priorities, and its coaches seek to recruit students who will be
successful student-athletes. Because the College awards no financial aid
based upon athletic ability, the aim of student-athlete recruitment by

59

coaches is not solely for athletic success but rather for student
contribution to the College's enrollment goals, although by no means do
those have to be mutually exclusive.

The College embraces a commitment to instill and develop the values of
superlative ethical conduct and fair play among its athletes, coaches,
spectators, and other constituents. Further, LaGrange College recognizes
that student-athletes are role models to their peers as well as
representatives of the College, and the College actively encourages
student-athletes to conduct themselves in a manner which befits
those roles.

LaGrange College is committed to gender equity and values cultural
diversity. The College will invest sufficient resources to ensure that
medical and athletic training services are available to all athletes at
appropriate times. It shall strive to ensure that all individuals and all
teams are treated with the same level of fairness, resources, and respect
so that all athletes are afforded an equal opportunity to develop their
potential as a student-athlete.

INTRAMURALS

Intramurals provide opportunities for wholesome recreation and
competition among members of the campus community. Teams
representing campus organizations and independents compete in
organized tournaments and events throughout the year. Competitive
events include flag football, volleyball, basketball, Softball, dodgeball,
and Ultimate Frisbee. Winners of the campus tournaments in some of
these events are eligible to represent LaGrange College in state or
regional tournaments.

Many opportunities are available for recreational use of the facilities in
the LaGrange College Aquatics Complex: recreational swimming and
lap swimming all year round in the indoor pool; the aquarius water
work-out stations, water aerobics or aqua exercise or aqua exercise class
(non-credit).

The facilities and equipment of the Physical Education Department also
are available for student recreational use when these are not scheduled
for instructional, athletic, or intramural sports use. The use of outdoor
equipment (canoes, backpacks, tents, stoves, lanterns) requires the
payment of a small deposit which is refunded upon the safe return of the
equipment. The fitness center, gymnasium, and pools are available for
student/faculty /staff use during posted hours. A valid LaGrange College
ID is necessary for admittance to all facilities.

60

Religious Life

College is a point of transition. Regardless of the student's age or
reason for being on campus, college is a turning point. It is a time of
exciting intellectual and social growth. During their collegiate
experiences, students will wrestle with new ideas, discover new
interests, and explore relationships and issues of identity. The struggle
to define identity and personal values are opportunities for spiritual
growth and faith relationships. Therefore, Religious Life programs at
LaGrange College offer students a chance to examine their faith, to
assess what is important, and to forge a system of values that will
sustain them through their adult years.

Growing out of its history of service and its affiliation with The United
Methodist Church, LaGrange College is committed to creating a caring
and ethical community that challenges student's minds and inspires their
souls. As a result, the College offers a number of opportunities for
students, faculty and staff members to celebrate life and explore God's
intention for human living. Included in these opportunities are
occasions for worship, fellowship, and service. Chapel services and
special worship services occur throughout the year.

Office of the Chaplain

To help students during their faith struggles when their spiritual
outlooks and understandings of God are challenged, the College
employs a full-time chaplain. The responsibility of the Chaplain is to
care for the spiritual needs of the college.

Our chaplain is an ordained United Methodist minister who is available
to persons of all faiths to help them sort out and make sense of life
crises. The Chaplain provides support and counseling for students,
faculty and staff members in times of crisis or transition. Through
worship programs, group activities, and community service, the
Chaplain invites students, faculty and staff members to further their own
religious development and explore their faith.

The chaplain serves as spiritual advisor to students, faculty, and
administration. The chaplain is responsible for providing and
supervising all aspects of religious life on campus, which include
community worship and prayer along with advising and coordinating the
activities of student religious groups.

In all the chaplain does, the goal is to help students, faculty and staff
members discover for themselves the values and ideals that they hold
most dear and to make sure that those views are fully examined and

61

rooted in the two great commandments of loving God and neighbor.
Because of this, much of the chaplain's work is done in talking and
listening to people for questions on matters of life, family, God,
spirituality, personal crisis, and religious faith on campus and in the
world; offering sacramental services such as communion; rituals to mark
life's transitions; assisting faculty and students with stress, personal
crises, and God's call for their lives, and addressing pressing moral,
ethical and theological questions.

Student Health Services

All students must have proof of medical insurance. For those not having
coverage through individual or group plans, LaGrange College makes
available accident and sickness coverage through a private carrier at
reasonable rates. Application forms are available at registration or
through the Business Office. In order to register for classes, students
must have a medical histoiy form on file with the Student Development Office.

For a description of health services available to LaGrange College
students, refer to the Student Handbook.

Career Development Center

The LaGrange College Career Development Center provides services to
students, alumni, faculty, and staff Students begin their career journeys
in the first year of school by coming to the Center to meet with
counselors. From the first to the final day of school, students are
encouraged to use the Center's resources to identify and prioritize
values, interests, passions, and skills, and to recognize the impact each
of these has on personal and career decisions.

The Center assists students in locating part- and full-time employment
while in school, internships, scholarships, fellowships, graduate
assistantships, summer jobs, and full-time jobs following graduation.
Additional resources and training provide students with job-search
skills, including resume preparation, interview skills, as well as assistance
with graduate school applications, test preparation, and online resources.

The LaGrange College Career Development Center is a member of the
Georgia Consortium of Colleges and the Georgia Association of
Colleges and Employers. Through these organizations, students receive
valuable information and can attend career fairs twice each year with
over 100 employers in a wide variety of fields.

The Internship program at LaGrange College utilizes over 1 50
employers from around the world, the nation, Georgia, Atlanta, and

62

Lagrange. Students may begin doing Exploratory internships as early as
the summer following the first year of study. These internships will aide
students in obtaining valuable experience as a prelude to future employment.

LaGrange College is a member of the Georgia Consortium of Colleges
and the Georgia Association of Colleges and Employers. Through these
organizations, students receive valuable information and can attend
career fairs twice each year with over 100 employers in a wide
variety of fields.

Personal and Academic Counseling

An important part of the philosophy of LaGrange College is that each
student should have access to personal and academic counseling
throughout his or her academic career. The Counseling office, located
on the first floor in Smith Hall offers a variety of counseling services to
assist students in reaching their academic and personal goals.
The Counseling office does this by providing short-term personal
counseling in the following ai'eas:

Conflict resolution

Adjustment to college life

Relationships Issues

Stress Reduction

Depression

Eating disorders

Alcohol or substance abuse

Healthy lifestyle choices

Gender identity issues

The Counseling office also provides study skills workshops, maintains
the campus tutoring center, and offers one-on-one academic coaching. In
addition, the Counseling office works to ensure that educational
programs are accessible to all qualified students in accordance with the
provisions of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and
expanded by Title III o f the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990.
Reasonable and appropriate accommodates, academic adjustments, and/
or auxiliary aids are determined on a case-by-case basis for otherwise
qualified students who have a demonstrated need for these services. The
Counseling office's Secfion 504 coordinator must receive proper
documentation for learning and attention disorders, psychiatric

63

disorders, chronic health impairments, physical disabilities, and any
other physical or mental condition that substantially limits a major life
activity prior to the academic term when accommodations are desired.

The Counseling office strives to help students make the most of
themselves as developing individuals along with creating successful
relationships with others. Additionally, it is important that students fmd
balance in their daily life which can be accomplished by practicing
healthy lifestyle choices. Some of these goals can be challenging to
attain. It is during these times that the Counseling office can be
extremely useful. Students can call the Counseling office (880-8177)
and set up weekly appointments to resolve personal and academic issues
when time slots are available. All discussions are confidential in
keeping with professional standards.

International Student Advising

International Student Advising Staff

Diana Celorio, International Advisor and DSO

(Handles CPT's and OPT's)

Lynn Murray, Assistant International Advisor

Cindy Saines, PDSO (Handles I-20s)

The International Student Advising Staff is here to assist international
students during their stay at LaGrange College. We assist with
integration into American and college life as well as assist with
international paperwork. (SEVIS, I-20s, etc.) Diana Celorio and Lynn
Murray oversee the Intemational/Rotaract Group which offers a network
of International and American Students. This group conducts service to
the community as well as coordinates annual trips to Atlanta and around
LaGrange. Every year in March the Intemational/Rotaract Group
dedicates a week to teaching campus faculty, staff, and students about
the countries represented at LaGrange College.

Vehicle Registration

To insure efficient control of traffic and parking on campus and the
safety of all persons and vehicles, every vehicle must be registered and
must have a parking permit. These permits are issued to students,
along with a copy of existing parking regulations. There is a fee.
Failure to adhere to published policies may result in vehicles being
ticketed and/or towed.

64

Student Appeal of Decisions

Recognizing that decisions must be made and that some students may
feel aggrieved by some decisions, LaGrange College provides the
following procedures:

A student must first attempt to resolve an issue with the college staff
member first rendering a decision. If this does not resolve the issue, a
decision rendered by a college staff member may be appealed by a
student as follows:

I. Student Life:

(a) A disciplinary decision rendered either by a duly constituted
student judicial board or by the Dean of Students. Disciplinary
decisions rendered originally by the Dean of Students may be
appealed in writing to the Vice President and Dean for Student
Life and Retention who shall seek, in an informal conference, to
settle the grievance to the satisfaction of the two parties involved.
If no resolution can be found, the Vice President will deliver
the appeal to the Student Affairs Committee of the faculty for its
determination.

(b) Other grievances in the area of student life may be appealed

to the Dean of Students. If the grievance involves an original
decision rendered by the Dean of Students, the decision may be
appealed as above.

II. Financial Aid. See the Financial Aid Section.

III. Academic Matters. See the Academic Advising Section.

65

Academic Policies

Honor Code

Students at LaGrange College sign the Honor Code, which states,

As a member of the student body of LaGrange College, I
confirm my commitment to the ideals of civility, diversity,
service, and excellence. Recognizing the significance of
personal integrity in establishing these ideals within our
community, I pledge that I will not lie, cheat, steal, nor tolerate
these unethical behaviors in others.

The Honor Council is selected each spring from student candidates by
the outgoing President of the Honor Council, the outgoing President of
the SGA, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, the
President of the Faculty Assembly, and the Advisor to the Honor
Council. A member of the faculty serves as advisor to the council. Both
members of the faculty and the student body are expected to report any
suspected violation of the Honor Code to the Honor Council, either to
the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean or to the President of
the Honor Council. Students who suspect a violation may, in a course-
related case, first report the suspected violation to the course instructor.
(For a complete description of the Honor Code and policies, please see
the Student Handbook.)

The following are examples of violations of the Honor Code:

1 . Lying in any academic matter

2. Cheating by either giving aid to or receiving aid from a student
or other source without the consent of the instructor

3. Plagiarizing (using another's words or ideas without proper
citation)

4. Failure to report a violation of the Honor Code

5. Failure to appear before the Honor Council as requested by
written notice

6. Failure to maintain confidentiality regarding an Honor Council
case.

66

Sanctions include the following:

1 . Assigning a grade of zero to the related academic work
(assignments, exams, reports, projects, case studies, etc.)

2. Lowering the final grade in the course by one letter, in a grade-
related offense

3. Assigning a grade of F in the course, in a grade-related offense

4. Suspension for the next semester, either fall or spring; or
suspension for the next semester and an F in the course, in a
grade-related offense; or

5. Dismissal from the College; or dismissal from the College and an
F in the course, in a grade-related offense.

When a student accused of a violation does not appear for a preliminary
interview when notified to do so, a hold will be placed on the student's
transcript. A hold will also be placed on the transcript when the
President of the Honor Council and the Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Dean determine that the case will proceed to a hearing. This
hold will be removed when the case has been resolved.

If a case cannot be heard before the end of a grading period, the
instructor will submit the grade of "I" until the Honor Council acts on
the case.

The Honor Council reserves the right to conduct a hearing in absentia
when a party to the case fails to appear as directed.

An investigation and hearing shall be confidential and those within the
bounds of confidentiality shall not divulge anything that is said or done
with regard to these proceedings to anyone outside the bounds of
confidentiality. Should anyone outside the bounds of confidentiality
receive information which is considered to be confidential, he or she
will automatically be bound by confidentiality. Those within the bounds
of confidentiality include Council members, the faculty advisor to the
Council, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, the
President, accusers, the accused, witnesses, persons interviewed during
the investigation, and the College's attorney. In addition, the accused
may include within the bounds of confidentiality his or her parents,
faculty, staff, minister, personal or legal counsel.

All tests at the College are conducted under the Honor Code.
Accordingly, instructors may leave the room during the examination and
students are on their honor to do their own work. The Honor Code

67

should be abbreviated on the outside of the test and signed by the student
before handing in the examination. Students should leave all books and
materials not pertaining to the test either in the hall outside the classroom,
or next to the wall in front of the classroom. Students should take the test
in the designated classroom, except under extenuating circumstances or
by prior arrangement.

Work prepared out of class should be that of the individual. Any
assistance from fellow students, books, periodicals, or other materials
should be carefully acknowledged. Instructors should give specific
guidance regarding what constitutes a violation of the Honor Code. If any
doubts about plagiarism arise, a question should be raised by the
instructor.

As early as possible in the term, the instructor should make clear to his or
her classes how the specifications of the Honor Code apply to class
requirements. For example, what constitutes a legitimate use of source
material, especially material on the Internet, should be made clear.

Orientation

All new students are introduced to LaGrange College through an
orientation and academic program which takes place during the summer.
The student life aspect of the program is designed to acquaint the new
students with various phases of the life of the College including traditions,
procedures, and regulations. Students profit from a proper introduction to
the opportunities and responsibilities of college life.

The academic component of the summer program is a one credit hour
course called the Cornerstone First Week Experience. Planned
concurrently with the student life aspect of the summer program, the
Cornerstone First Week Experience requires first year students to select
from a program of seminars where faculty present their research interests,
academic opportunities, and standards for excellence. In addition to the
six hours of academic seminars, the first year student is also required to
attend five hours of Cornerstone classes to discuss seminars and the
assigned summer reading, as well as a two hour Honor Code Presentation
and Signing Ceremony. The first year student will complete 13 hours of
academic work during First Week to earn one credit hour. Grading for this
one credit course is on a pass/fail system evaluated by a 500-word
summer reading essay graded with a common rubric, attendance and
disposition.

Following the Cornerstone First Week Experience students will enroll in
Cornerstone, a course designed to enhance the valuing and decision-

68

making processes emphasizing Christian influences on ethical behavior.
Students use skills of comparison, contrast, analysis, and synthesis of
multiple perspectives as they examine issues that imbue an ethical
obligation to oneself and to the community in the context of a global
ethical perspective. Cornerstone also addresses morality in a developmental
process that requires investigation into many ways of knowing. Caring for
the community is another integral aspect of the course along with
discussions about why academic integrity is essential for individual success
and critical for sustaining a college community.

To become successful in college, the student must acquire the skills to
think critically and read critically about ethics and the world. They also
must possess requisite life skills for a successful personal experience that
includes coming to know oneself in relationship to others, as well as time
and career management knowledge. All of these enduring understandings
are not achievable unless the student is equipped with library and research
skills. It is through these skills that the student can begin to synthesize and
evaluate complex phenomena. The course emphasizes active learning,
small group problem solving, and service learning, including reflection on
those experiences.

Registration and Advising

All students should register on the dates specified. All registration
procedures for all terms are under the direction of the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean. Students have not completed registration until
they have cleared the Registrar, Office of Student Life, and the Business
Office. Students enrolled for twelve or more hours must obtain a campus
post office box. Communications to the student will be through campus
email or campus mail.

Each student is assigned to a faculty adviser who assists the student in
planning an academic program. However, the ultimate responsibility for
meeting all requirements rests with the individual student.

A student interested in a particular major should inform his/her general
adviser in order that special prerequisite courses for the major may be
scheduled. A major may be formally declared any time by contacting the
Registrar's Office. The student must declare his/her major in writing to
the Department by the time the student has earned 51 semester hours of
credit. The student will then be assigned to an adviser in the department in
which the student will major.

A studenf s major program requirements are those described in the College
Bulletin at the time of declaration of the major.

69

Withdrawal

To withdraw from an individual course, a student must confer in the
office of the Registrar. Failure to withdraw officially through this office
may result in the assignment of a "WF." A student who wishes to
withdraw completely from the college must confer with the Director of
Counseling.

Medical Withdrawal

Medical withdrawal is defined as complete withdrawal without
academic penalty for reasons of health. Except in circumstances of
emergency, a physician licensed health care provider, or a qualified
counselor must provide a written recommendation for medical
withdrawal to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. This
written recommendation must be on file prior to approval for
withdrawal. Anytime medical withdrawal is initiated, the student's
instructors, the Office of Financial Aid, and the Business Office will be
notified by the Registrar. The re-entry of the student following medical
withdrawal for medical reasons requires a clearance from the attending
physician, licensed health care provider, or a qualified counselor with an
evaluation of the student's potential to resume study successfully at
LaGrange College. The Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
will review this evaluation and make the decision concerning the
student's re-entry.

Class Attendance Regulations

A student is expected to attend all classes, including labs, for all courses
for which he/she is registered. The student is solely responsible for
accounting to the instructor for any absence. An instructor may
recommend that the Registrar drop from class, with a grade of " W" or
"WF", any student whose absences are interfering with satisfactory
performance in the course.

Course Repetition

A student is prohibited from repeating a course in which he has made a
"C-" or better (while enrolled at LaGrange College or any institution)
without the approval of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Dean, and the Academic Council. Should a case arise in which counting
C- grades means the student's average in the major (or minor) drops
below a 2.0, the student could petition to repeat a course in which a C-
was awarded. All courses in which a student receives an unsatisfactory

70

grade must be repeated at LaGrange College. A student may not remove
from the transcript an unsatisfactory grade earned at LaGrange College or
elsewhere even if the course is repeated.

Acceleration

Students desiring to accelerate their college program may complete
requirements in less than four academic years. This may be
accomplished by attending summer schools and/or taking an academic
overload. Permission to take an overload in any semester is granted
only to those students who have earned at least a cumulative average of
"B" (3.0), except that a student may take an overload during one
semester of his or her senior year without respect to grade-point average.

Students may be eligible for credit and/or exemption in certain areas
through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) and other
recognized testing procedures. Advanced placement credit is accepted
for those students who present evidence from their high schools that
advanced placement programs have been completed and appropriate
scores earned on the advanced placement test of the College Entrance
Examination Board administered by Educational Testing Service. The
Registrar and department chairs keep up-to-date standards for AP credit.

Transient Work

(1) Students who have failed a course at LaGrange College are not
allowed to take the course elsewhere.

(2) Students must take ENGL 1 101 and 1 102 here.

(3) Students must take all CORE designated courses here.

Credit Through United States Armed Forces
Institute and Service Schools

Courses taken through The United States Armed Forces Institute and
other recognized military educational programs are accepted in
accordance with the policy governing transfer work when presented on
official transcripts from accredited institutions. Nine semester hours of
elective credit will be allowed for military service credit, including
USAFI correspondence courses and military service school courses as
recommended by the American Council on Education. Academic credit
for one activity course in physical education, up to a maximum of four,
will be awarded for each two months served in the Armed Forces.

71

International Students

Students who are on a student visa in the United States are subject to
special regulations mandated by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration
Services (USCIS) of the United States Government. As the institution
which issues documents certifying student status, LaGrange College is
subject to USCIS regulations as a matter of law. USCIS regulations
change from time to time, so students are encouraged to contact the
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean or the Registrar when
questions about USCIS regulations arise. Under current guidelines,
persons with student visas must be enrolled for a full academic load (at
least 12 semester hours) at all times. Federal regulations concerning
"status" for all international students on an F-1 visa state that any
student who falls below 12 semester hours at any time will be
considered out-of-status and must be reinstated by the U.S. Citizenship
and Immigration Services (USCIS).

English proficiency is fundamental to a successful academic course at
LaGrange College. Therefore, in addition to the minimum TOEFL
score required for admission, the Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean may require that a student attend a special, intensive English
language course if it is apparent that a student's English continues to
jeopardize a successful academic career. If such a requirement is
placed on a student, failure to attend the English language course can
result in withdrawal of the student visa.

International students must enroll in an English course each
semester they are in school until they satisfactorily complete their
English studies.

International Studies

Increasing international understanding is valued at LaGrange College.
In promoting that understanding, LaGrange College seeks to enroll an
internationally diverse student body. The College serves as a host or
home base institution for short-term international visitors and has
executed cooperative agreements with Seigakuin University in Tokyo,
Japan; Nippon Bunri in Oita City, Japan, Instituto Laurens in Monterrey,
Mexico, and Oxford-Brookes University in Oxford, England.

72

Grades and Credits

The definitions of grades given at LaGrange College are as follows:

A+

4.0

A

superior

4.0

A-

3.75

B+

3.25

B

above average

3.0

B-

2.75

C+

2.25

c

average

2.0

c-

1.75

D+

1.25

D

below average

1.0

F failing 0.0

I incomplete. This grade is assigned in case a student is doing
satisfactory work but for some reason beyond the student's
control has been unable to complete the work during that term.

P pass

NC no credit or non-credit

W withdrawn. During the first three weeks a student may withdraw
from a class with an "automatic" "W." After this trial period the
student may withdraw, but the grade assigned, "W" or " WF,"
will be at the discretion of the professor.

WF withdrawn failing. The grade of " WF" is included in computing
the grade-point average.

AW audit withdrawn

AU audit complete

NR grade not reported by instructor at the time the report issued.

A student may register for a course on a non-credit basis, for which he
or she pays full tuition. To have a grade of "NC" recorded, he or she
must fulfill all course requirements.

73

All requests for audit courses must be approved in writing by the
instructor and Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Only
lecture courses may be audited. No new First-year student may audit
any course during the first semester of residence at LaGrange College.

An "I" is a temporary grade, assigned by an instructor within the last
three weeks of the term to students who are doing satisfactory work and
who cannot complete the course due to circumstances beyond their
control. Should conditions prohibiting completion of a course arise
within the first eight weeks, students should withdraw.

An "I" is to be removed by the date indicated in the academic calendar.
Failure to remove an "I" by the date set initiates the following action:
The Registrar will write a letter to the student using the address on file.
The letter indicates that the student has two weeks to respond. Otherwise
the "I" grade will be converted to an "F".

Grades are assigned and recorded for each course at the end of
each term. Grades are available to students on the web. Transcripts
are withheld for any student who is under financial obligation to
the College.

Academic Standing Probation Regulations

Students are placed on academic probation when the quality of work
is such that progress toward graduation is in jeopardy. The purpose of
probation is to warn. It is not a penalty. Students on probation will
be notified, and the regulations governing probation will be called to
their attention.

First Years (fewer than 30 hours) must maintain a cumulative grade
point average (GPA) of at least 1.65 to avoid being placed on probation.
Sophomores (30-59 hours), a 1.75 GPA; Juniors (60-89 hours), a 1.85
GPA; and Seniors (90 or more hours), a 2.00 GPA. In most cases,
students have two semesters to remove their probationary status. Failure
to do so could result in suspension.

Students are also subject to suspension for failure to earn at least three
semester hours of academic credit in any semester, or for other valid
academic reasons (such as violating cheating and plagiarism standards).
In the case of part-time students, the extent of application of these
regulations will be at the discretion of the Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Dean. Normally, all applications of the regulations will be
based upon a full academic load.

74

A letter from the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean is sent
to the student providing information on standing. "Probation One"
means that the student's next term will be the first term on probation, etc.
"Dean's Decision" means that the student's academic records have been
given to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean for action.

Student Grade Appeals

The initial determination of a student's grade is entirely the prerogative
of the instructor. However, a student who wishes to contest a course
grade or other academic decision may initiate an appeal by the
procedures outlined below. Grade appeals must be initiated no later than
mid-term of the academic term following that in which the grade was
assigned. The date of the academic term is defined in the College
calendar in the front of this Bulletin.

The following procedures govern all student requests for grade changes:

The student should first attempt to resolve the matter by discussing
the question with the course instructor.

If the student and the instructor are unable to reach a resolution, the
student must then submit a written appeal to the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean. The appeal must state the manner in
which the course syllabus was violated.

The Dean shall then seek an informal conference between the
student and the instructor to settle the grievance to the satisfaction
of the two parties involved. If no resolution can be found, the Dean
will deliver the student's appeal, together with any other pertinent
documents provided by the student and/or the instructor, to the
Review Panel of the Academic Policies Committee for its
determination.

The Review Panel shall then convene to conduct a preliminary
review of the appeal, after which the Chair of the Review Panel will
set times convenient to the student and the instructor for hearing
both sides of the dispute.

Upon completion of its hearings, the Review Panel will report its
findings to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. The
Dean will in turn inform the principal parties involved of whether
the student's request for a change of grade or other decision was
denied or approved.

75

It is the responsibility of the Review Panel to make every reasonable
effort to complete its deliberations prior to the end of the term in
which an appeal was initiated.

Academic Forgiveness

Academic forgiveness is a process which allows a student to have his or
her prior academic record adjusted if:

1 . four or more calendar years have elapsed since the period of last
enrollment at LaGrange College;

2. the student applying for forgiveness has completed a minimum of
12 semester hours since readmission to LaGrange College and has
earned a GPA of 2.0 with no course grade lower than "C-" since the
time of readmission.

The student may petition for forgiveness through the Academic Council
and, if approved, the College will:

1 . apply toward the student's common core, general education
curriculum, and electives requirements but not necessarily toward
the student's academic major or minor, all those courses in which
the student earned a grade of "C-" or better;

2. set the student's cumulative grade point average to 0.0;

3. require the student to successfully complete a minimum of 30
semester hours after bankruptcy declaration in order to graduate;

4. and allow all graduation requirements (see LaGrange College
Bulletin) to remain the same and apply equally, except that students
who have petitioned for and received academic forgiveness will not
be eligible to receive honors at graduation.

LaGrange College will maintain the student's complete record, including
those courses excluded from the GPA by the granting of forgiveness.
No course work will be expunged from the student's academic record.
The student's official transcript will clearly indicate that the student has
been granted academic forgiveness. Ordinarily, no transfer or transient
credits will be accepted after academic forgiveness. A student may be
granted academic forgiveness only once during his or her academic
career at LaGrange College.

76

Requirements for Bachelor Degrees:
A Summary

LaGrange College's Undergraduate Day Program offers the Bachelor of
Arts degree, the Bachelor of Science degree, the Bachelor of Music
degree, and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. To obtain a
second bachelor's degree, at least 30 additional semester hours must be
earned beyond the first degree, in a minimum of two semesters.
Baccalaureate degrees require a minimum of 120 semester hours of
credit including required course work in the core curriculum, interim
terms, and the major. There is often an opportunity to select course work electives.

To be eligible for the degree, a student must meet all requirements for
the degree (core curriculum, major program, all necessary assessments,
120 semester hours and 2.0* cumulative grade point average in all
course work taken at LaGrange College), and make application for the
degree before the beginning of his or her final term. A student who does
not earn a degree in ten full semesters or the equivalent may be denied
further registration.

In order to graduate in four academic years a student, at a minimum,
should enroll for at least 30 semester hours each academic year. A
student who takes at least 12 semester hours credit is classified as full-
time. The maximum full load is 15 semester hours; anything beyond is
considered an overload. No student whose average is below 3.0 is
permitted to enroll for more than 15 (16 if lab is involved) hours in any
one term without the written permission of the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean.

The quality-point average is computed by multiplying the grade point by
the course value, summing, and then dividing the total quality points
earned by the total GPA hours. If a student has received credit for a
course and repeats that course, he or she receives no additional credit
toward the degree. In computing the student's average, GPA hours and
quality points are counted on all attempts.

Not more than 60 semester hours of credit earned at a junior college are
counted toward the degree. No credit is granted toward the degree for
course work taken at a junior college after a student has attained junior
standing except that up to 9 hours of transient credit from a junior
college may be granted for courses that are below the LaGrange College
3000-level. (The 60 credit-hour limit still applies.) A transfer student is
not given credit toward graduation for any Ds earned elsewhere.
Transient work with a grade of "C-" or better is acceptable. Academic
averages are computed on work done only at LaGrange College.

77

There are two ways by which a student must meet residency
requirements for graduation:

(1) The student must be in residence the last 39 credit hours;
Or

(2) 51 credit hours of the last 60 credit hours must be earned at
LaGrange College.

With prior approval of the adviser and the Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Dean up to nine hours of transient study may be earned at
another accredited institution. Transient credit is awarded only for
courses in which the grade is "C-" or better.

Grades earned for transient work are not included in the cumulative
grade average. Normally, after receiving an unsatisfactory grade in a
course at LaGrange College, a student will not be given permission to
repeat that course at another institution.

Transient credit for courses within a student's major will only be
accepted from a four-year baccalaureate degree conferring, regionally
accredited institution that offers a major in the specific discipline of the
course being requested for credit. The department chair retains the right
to deny the request.

Any regularly enrolled LaGrange College student who desires to take
course work for credit by extension, correspondence, or through on-line
vendors must obtain prior approval in writing from his academic adviser
and from the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Such
extension, correspondence, and on-line credit may in no case exceed six
hours (grades of "C-" or better); however, no credits earned in this
manner may be applied toward the fulfillment of the core
curriculum requirements of LaGrange College. No courses with the
subject code CORE or ENGL 1101 or 1102 may be met at
institutions other than LaGrange College. Any course or courses so
taken must be completed and all grades recorded before the end of the
student's final term, in order to be graduated that term.

A student is classified as a first-year student if he or she has earned
fewer than 30 hours of credit. A student is classified as a sophomore if
he or she has earned 30-59 hours of credit. To be classified as a junior, a
student must have completed 60 earned hours of credit. A student is
classified as a senior upon having earned 90 hours of credit. A student
should be alert to the fact that a minimum of 120 hours are required for
graduation and that some majors may require more than 120 hours.

78

Attaining these minimum progression requirements may not be sufficient
to insure graduation within the two semesters of the senior year.

Unless otherwise specified in the Bulletin, grades of "C-" may be
counted toward a major or minor, but the major or minor GPA must
remain at or above 2.0 (or the departmental minimum) in order for a
student to graduate with said major or minor. No grade below a "C-" in
any course above 1000-level may be applied toward a major or minor.

*2.5 for Education, Nursing, Business Management, and Accountancy.

Academic Honors

Upon graduation, students who have been in residence at LaGrange
College for at least their last 60 hours (90 quarter hours for Evening
College students) and

1. have attained a quality point average of 3.50 to 3.74 may be granted
the bachelor degree cum laude or

2. have attained a quality point average of 3.75 to 3.89 may be granted
the bachelor degree magna cum laude or

3. have attained a quality point average of 3.90 to 4.0 may be granted
the bachelor degree summa cum laude.

At the end of each academic semester, students who have maintained a
3.60 cumulative grade point average on a minimum of 12 GPA hours of
work will be placed on the Dean's List.

Upon graduation, students who have been in residence at LaGrange
College (as transfer students in the day program, in the Evening College,
or in the Albany program) for at least 42 semester hours (70 quarter
hours) and have attained a grade point average of 3.50 or higher may be
granted the bachelor degree with distinction.

Cultural Enrichment Requirement at
LaGrange College

Because the intellectual and cultural opportunities during one's college
years are exceptionally rich, and because exposure to a variety of
cultural experiences, and participation in a lively collegial atmosphere,
during one's intellectually formative years, are vital to the concept of a
liberal education, LaGrange College is dedicated to assisting in this
enrichment by requiring all students to accumulate a prescribed number
of Cultural Enrichment credits over the course of their careers. Each
semester a list of approved Cuhural Enrichment programs lectures,

79

presentations, events, performances, recitals, etc. will be published in a
brochure and on the college web page. Attendance at a maximum of six
designated athletic events will count toward the total required for
graduation. Many of these events will occur during the Contact Hour on
Tuesdays and Thursdays, and some will double as required programs in
the CORE classes. Students will meet their obligation according to the
following schedule.

EARNED HOURS

CULTURAL

UPON ENTRY TO

EVENTS

LAGRANGE

NEEDED TO

CLASSIFICATION

COLLEGE

GRADUATE

New/Transfer First-

year

0-14Sem.Hrs.

40

Transfer First-year

15- 29Sem. Hrs.

35

Transfer Sophomore

30- 45 Sem. Hrs.

30

Transfer Sophomore

46- 59 Sem. Hrs.

25

Transfer Junior

60- 75 Sem. Hrs.

20

Transfer Junior

76- 89 Sem. Hrs.

15

Transfer Senior

90 and above

10

Graduation Requirements

A student who enters LaGrange College under a given Bulletin
generally will be graduated under the core curriculum, hours
requirement, and grade point average requirements of that Bulletin.
Major requirements are those in force at the time a student formally
declares a major. If a student suspends his or her study and re-enters
more than four years later, he or she will graduate under the
requirements of the Bulletin in effect at the time of re-entry.

Students in their last year of college work must have an audit of their
course credits and planned courses examined upon pre-registration for
their final semester in residence. This is called a "graduation petition."
The major adviser and the Office of the Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Dean assist the student in completing this petition. No
student may participate in Commencement exercises if he or she has not
completed a graduation petition. Also, no student may participate in
Commencement unless all graduation requirements have been

80

certified as completed by the Registrar and the Vice President
for Academic Affairs and Dean.

Students at LaGrange College will participate in the evaluation of the
extent to which institutional education goals are being achieved. This
evaluation will be in both the core curriculum and the major. Students
who graduated in June of 1990 were the first to participate in these
comprehensive evaluations. Consult the specific majors for details.

Transcripts

Students are entitled to transcripts of their record free of charge. No
transcripts will be issued for any student under financial obligation to
the College. Transcript requests must be made in writing to the Registrar
well in advance of the time the transcript is needed. Transcripts will be
issued promptly; however, at the beginning and end of terms some delay
may be unavoidable. Unofficial transcripts may be obtained from the
online student module of the web.

Student Appeal of Academic Policy

Students may petition for exception to published academic policy. The
Academic Council reviews the petition.

81

Information Technology and
Academic Support

LaGrange College Policy for the Responsible
Use of Information Technology

The purpose of this policy is to ensure a computing environment that
will support the academic, research, and service mission of LaGrange
College. Simply stated, continued and efficient accessibility of campus
computing and network facilities depends on the responsible behavior of
the entire user community. The College seeks to provide students,
faculty, and staff with the greatest possible access to campus
information technology resources within the limits of institutional
priorities and financial capabilities and consistent with generally
accepted principles of ethics that govern the College community. To that
end, this policy addresses the many issues involved in responsible use of
the College's information technology resources, including systems,
software, and data. Each authorized user of information technology
assumes responsibility for his or her own behavior while utilizing these
resources. Users of information technology at LaGrange College accept
that the same moral and ethical behavior that guides our non-computing
environments also guides our computing and networking environment.
Any infraction of this policy may result minimally in loss of computer
and network access privileges, or may result in criminal prosecution.

USE

All users of the College's information technology resources agree to
abide by the terms of this policy. Information technology resources
include, but are not limited to. College owned computers and
information technology hardware, the College campus network,
information sources accessible through the campus network, and
Internet access. When accessing any remote resources utilizing
LaGrange College information technology, users are required to comply
with both the policies set forth in this document and all applicable
policies governing the use and access of the remote resource. The
College, through a review and amendment process directed by the
Instructional and Information Technology Round Table (IITR), reserves
the right to amend this policy. For the most up-to-date version of this
responsible use policy, see the information technology helpdesk

82

(helpdesk.lagrange.edu). As far as possible, changes will be made only
after consulting with the user community. LaGrange College computing
resources and associated user accounts are to be used only for the
College activities for which they are assigned or intended. The
computing systems are not to be used for any non-college related
commercial purpose, public or private, either for profit or non-profit.
Unless placed in public domain by its owners, software programs are
protected by Section 117 of the 1976 Copyright Act. It is illegal to
duplicate, copy, or distribute software or its documentation without the
permission of the copyright owner. Copyright protection of text,
images, video and audio must also be respected in all uses of College
technology resources. The LaGrange College Campus Network must
not be used to serve information outside of LaGrange College without
written permission approved by the IITR.

User Accounts

Many technology resources at LaGrange College are accessed through
user accounts. No user accounts should be used to execute computer
software or programs or attempt to gain access to resources other than
software, programs or resources specifically granted and offered for use
by LaGrange College. All users are responsible for both the protection
of their account passwords and the data stored in their user accounts.
Sharing a password is prohibited. Users must change their password
periodically to help prevent unauthorized access of their user account.
When working on computers that are in general access areas
(laboratories and public access), users must log off or lock the computer
before leaving to protect the security of their data and the network..
Leaving the web-based email page (Outlook Web-Client) open on an
accessible computer, especially outside of campus, leaves the account
available to anyone who passes by, and allows the changing of the user's
password giving the passerby access to the LaGrange College Network.
Before leaving a computer, users must log off the web-based email. If a
student becomes locked out of their account or for other reasons needs
to have their password reset, they must make the request in person to an
Information Technology staff member and present a valid LaGrange
College ID. Any suspected unauthorized access of a user's account
should be reported immediately to the Executive Director of
Instructional & Information Technology or another College authority.
User accounts will be deactivated when the user's affiliation with the
College is terminated and all files and other data will be removed from
those accounts.

83

College Email Accounts

The College provides email accounts for students, faculty and staff. All
course and advising related email and other official College electronic
communication with students must be sent to the student's campus email
address or via WebCT. Official College email communications with
faculty and staff will use their College email address. Email must not be
used for purposes inconsistent with the mission of the College. Users
may not conceal, mask or misrepresent their identity when sending
email or other electronic messages. Transmission of abusive, harassing
or libelous electronic messages is forbidden. Deliberate transmission or
propagation of malicious programs such as viruses, worms, Trojan
Horses, data mining programs or participation in denial of service
attacks are subject to disciplinary and possible criminal action.

LaGrange College maintains faculty and staff mail groups (distribution
lists or aliases) for the purposes of communications concerning the
operation of the College. The College maintains a Community mail-list
for communications of a less formal nature. Users must make
appropriate use of the subject line in postings to all College related mail
groups (distribution lists or aliases) and mail-lists (list servers).
Announcements to faculty and staff about campus events should be
made through FYI. These announcements should be sent to the
Communications and Marketing staff for inclusion in FYI. A single
reminder close to the date of the event may be made to the faculty and
staff mail groups. Exceptions to this policy may be made by approval of
the Instructional and Information Technology Round Table. Daily
reminders of an upcoming event are inappropriate. Examples of
messages appropriate for the FYI/email reminder procedure are Cultural
Enrichment Events, Faculty Meetings, Staff Council Meetings, Faculty-
Staff Coffees, and Sports Events. Messages not directly related to the
operation of the College should be posted to the Community mail-list.
For example, items for sale, contests, fund-raisers, sports scores,
humorous items and commentaries belong on the Community mail-list
rather than being sent to the faculty and staff mail groups. Users can
unsubscribe from and re-subscribe to the Community mail list as they
desire. Instructions for subscribing and unsubscribing are available on
the helpdesk (helpdesk.lagrange.edu).

Posting of messages to the email group containing all students must be
cleared through the appropriate Vice President's Office or their

84

delegates. Use of the electronic signs in the Dining Hall, posters and
flyers are suggested alternative means of reaching all students.
Messages to the student body should not be made through the faculty
mail group. Messages to faculty containing variations on "Please
announce to your class" are ineffective in reaching all students.

Campus Computing Facilities

Computer labs on the LaGrange College campus are available for
general use by students, faculty and staff except during the periods when
the rooms have been reserved for teaching purposes. Additional
computers are placed in public access areas for student, faculty and staff
use. It is the responsibility of every user to use lab and public access
facilities in a responsible manner. Accidental damage or damage caused
by other parties should be reported as soon as possible so that corrective
action can be taken. Use of laboratory or public access facilities to view
material that may be considered offensive to others which includes, but
is not limited to, racially hateful and sexually explicit material, is
considered a form of harassment. The viewing of harassing material is
inconsistent with the mission of LaGrange College. Viewing such
harassing material in a lab or public access area may result in
disciplinary action.

Personal Web Pages

Any authorized user or group at the College may have a personal home
page on a LaGrange College World Wide Web server, provided that the
graphical images, multimedia information, text, or the intent of the home
page do not refute the mission of LaGrange College. Users must sign a
Registered Information Provider Agreement before web pages are
placed on the server. Groups must designate an individual as their
Registered Information Provider, who is responsible for the content of
their web pages. Registered Information Provider Agreements must be
renewed annually. Failure to renew will resuh in removal of content
from the web server. No individual user is authorized to create and
serve a web site on the World Wide Web utilizing College computer
resources. Applications for personal web pages should be made to the
Director of Information Technology.

Student Computer Configurations

Access to the LaGrange College Campus Network is available in
dormitory rooms for students who bring to campus personal computers
meeting the minimum specifications defined by Information
Technology. These specifications are revised annually and will be made

85

available to all new students. The Campus Network will allow students
to access the World Wide Web (WWW) and email. By accessing the
College network, students agree to abide by this usage policy. Students
must not change network configurations specified by Information
Technology. The Information Technology staff will only support
software installed by Information Technology personnel, and do not
provide support for personally owned computer equipment other than
verifying that the network link is functional.

Students are responsible for all network traffic originating from their
network access. Students should employ appropriate and up-to-date
antivirus software.

Campus Network

The College provides network access in classrooms, laboratories, the
library, offices, public access locations and student dormitory rooms.
While the College is committed to free speech and open access to
information and communication, these must be tempered by the need to
respect others' rights to speech, access and communication. Each user is
expected to balance their needs with the needs and expectations of the
College community as a whole. The College reserves the rights to limit
bandwidth to users and access to non-academic, resource intensive
applications if they threaten to interfere with academic uses of the
campus network.

Users on the network must not attempt to conceal, mask or misrepresent
their identity or the identity of computers when using the network.
Users shall not employ software or hardware that interferes with the
operation or security of the network. Users shall not interfere with the
administration of the campus network nor shall they attempt to breach
any network or resource security system. In administering the network,
network activities of users may be monitored as to type and quantity.

Users are responsible for all network activities originating from
resources provided to them by the College.

Wireless Network

Wireless networking provides many benefits to the College, but with
these benefits comes unique security threats. In order to make a
reasonable effort to prevent access to network resources from
unauthorized users via the Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), the
following policy and associated best practices exist.

An unsecured Wireless Access Point (WAP) has the potential to open a

86

backdoor into an otherwise secure network. All WAPs located in
academic and administrative buildings must be managed by IT. Faculty
and staff are prohibited from installing a WAP without explicit
permission from the Director of Information Technology. Requests for
expansion of the wireless network should be made to the Network
Manager via the IT Helpdesk. In order to allow flexibility for students
to utilize wireless networking in the residence halls, secured personal
WAPs are allowed. IT must be notified of intent to install a WAP via
the IT Helpdesk. WAPs must be physically located in the vicinity of the
owner's conventional wired jack and they must be secured in at least
one of two ways. At least 40-bit Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) must
be enabled on the WAP and client. Ideally the WAP's internal MAC
address table should be set to only allow access from authorized clients.
IT reserves the right to scan for and disable any unauthorized or
unsecured WAPs.

WAP Best Practices:

Activate WEP on the WAP and client

Change the default administrator password to a more secure
password

Don't use the default Service Set Identifier (SSID)

Don't broadcast the SSID if possible

Use the lowest power radio output possible to minimize propagation
outside the building

Disable the WAP in non-usage periods

Remote Access

LaGrange College provides very limited direct telephone dialup access
to the Campus Network for college business. This service was created
for technical and administrative access to the network not available
through a regular Internet connection, and is not intended to provide
general Internet access to members of the LaGrange College
community. In order to be granted dialup access to the Campus
Network, a user must submit a request to the IITR via their department
chair/supervisor. The request should indicate the period of time for
which this access is to be granted and indicate how this access is
consistent with the technical and/or administrative purpose of the dialup
resource. For regular dialup needs, service through a commercial
Internet Service Provider is recommended.

87

Data Security

Within institutional priorities and financial capabilities, LaGrange
College provides reasonable security against unauthorized intrusion and
damage to data, files and messages stored on its computer systems. The
College maintains facilities for archiving and retrieving data stored in
user accounts. If a user needs to recover data after an accidental loss.
Information Technology staff should be contacted and every reasonable
attempt will be made to recover the lost or corrupted data. Neither the
College nor any Information Technology staff can be held accountable
for unauthorized access by other users, nor can they guarantee data
protection in the event of media failure, fire, criminal acts or natural
disaster. Backing up critical files regularly is recommended.

Information Resource Use by Guests and
Alumni

Use of physical facilities for information technology by guests
(individuals not currently enrolled as students or currently employed as
faculty or staff members of LaGrange College) and alumni is allowed
only within William and Evelyn Banks Library and under the
supervision of library staff. Additionally, such access is allowed only
when existing resources are not being fully utilized by LaGrange
College students, faculty, or staff. The use of technological resources
may be extended to alumni and friends of LaGrange College without the
imposition of a "user fee." A "per printed page" user fee established by
Banks Library will be assessed for use of College printing resources.

User Awareness:

Because information technologies change at so rapid a rate, updates to
the Responsible Use Policy may be made between printings of College
publications. It is the responsibility of the user to keep informed of the
changes in this policy, which will be available on a LaGrange College
web site (http://panther.lagrange.edu).

LaGrange College Cell Phone and Pager Policy

The carrying and use of cell phones, pagers and other electronic
communications devices are allowed on the LaGrange College campus.
Users of these devices, however, must be attentive to needs and
sensibilities of other members of the College community. Furthermore,
the use of these devices must not disrupt the functions of the College.

88

Devices must be off or ringers silenced in classes, laboratories, the
library, study spaces and other academic settings and during events such
as plays, concerts, speakers and College ceremonies. The term
'laboratories' explicitly includes computer laboratory spaces.
Answering or operating the device during classes, laboratories, meetings
or events is only appropriate in case of emergency. If the device must
be answered, the user must move to a location where the class,
laboratory, library patrons, etc. will not be disrupted before making use
of the device.

89

Academic Programs

Introduction

Faculty members and the staff of LaGrange College implement
academic and non-academic programs toward the fulfillment of the
mission of the College. Undergirding all of the academic programs at
LaGrange is the fundamental commitment to the liberal arts. Therefore,
LaGrange College is first and foremost a liberal arts college. The
underlying philosophy of liberal learning is found in all parts of the
curriculum of the College but is most obvious in the structure of the
Liberal Studies Core Curriculum, that part of the curriculum that serves
as foundation and complement to the major. All baccalaureate majors
share the same Liberal Studies Core Curriculum, which represents just
less than forty percent of a student's formal study at the College.

The curriculum is designed to provide the components of a liberal arts
education that historically have proved to be of lasting value. Those
components include skills such as writing, computation, speaking,
problem solving, computer utilization, ethical decision-making, and
analytical thinking. Additionally, specific courses are designed to
integrate knowledge from diverse disciplines including history, the arts,
literature, religion, the natural sciences, and the social sciences.

The desired results of this curriculum are that students will be better able
to communicate clearly; to interpret and evaluate the influence of
historical, cultural, scientific, and religious developments upon human
experiences; to gather, interpret and evaluate information to assist in
problem solving and decision making; and to establish personal values,
applying them to service to the community.

Core Program in the Liberal Arts

As a Methodist related institution, LaGrange College offers an
educational experience which emphasizes the inter-relatedness of
knowledge and the importance of understanding and evaluating human
experience. The Core Program in the Liberal Arts (also known as the
Common Core Program) uses an interdisciplinary approach to develop
the students' creative, critical and communicative abilities. The specific
objectives of the Core Program are also noted elsewhere in this Bulletin
(see "Core Program Curriculum").

The Core Program is designed to be integrated with other courses during
the first three years of the student's experience at LaGrange College.
The forty-six semester hours included in the Core Program are arranged

90

in three divisions: foundation studies, integrative studies, and
exploratory studies. The twelve hours of integrative studies, which
bring an interdisciplinary focus to the humanities, the social sciences,
and problem solving, are central to the entire Core Program. The
interdisciplinary courses First-Year Cornerstone and First Week
Experience provide the introduction and foundation for the Core
Program. No transient credit will be allowed for any Rhetoric and
Composition course (ENGL 1101 or 1 102) or for the Integrative Studies
courses (Problem Solving, Computer Applications, Humanities I and 11,
The American Experience).

Integrative Studies

Problem Solving (CORE 1 120)
Computer Applications (CORE 1 140)

Humanities I and Humanities II
(CORE 2001, 2002)

The American Experience (CORE 3001)

Foundation Studies 27 Hours
Course Taken

First- Year Cornerstone (CORE 1101)

First Week Experience (CORE 1 102)

Rhetoric and Composition
(ENGL 1101, 1102)

Mathematics

(MATH 1 101, 2105, 2221, or 2222) 3

(Entry level by placement)

World Languages and Culture 6

(2 sequential courses in languages:
FREN, GERM, SPAN)

Laboratory Science I and II 8

(BIOL 1 101-1 102, 1 148*-1 149*; CHEM 1 101
PHYS 1 101-1 102; PHYS 1121-1122)
Mandatory for BSN students

Min. Credit Year

First-year
First-year
First-year

First-year

as best scheduled

as best scheduled

102;

27 Hours

as best scheduled

Sophomore

Junior

13 Hours

91

Exploratory Studies

Fine Arts 3 as best scheduled

(any beginning level classes in the Fine Arts Division Courses that
satisfy this requirement are marked with an asterisk (*) in the Art,
Music, and Theatre Sections of the Bulletin)

Religion 3 as best scheduled

(RLGN 1101, 1102, 1103, 1104, or 1105)

6 hours

TOTAL CORE PROGRAM 46 hours**

* Transfer students with SO or more hours may be waived from the
CORE 1 101/1 102 requirement.

** Although not considered a part of the Core Program, each student is
required to pass 3 interim term courses (one three semester hour course per
term) as part of the graduation requirements. Students may elect to
complete 4 interim terms, and are encouraged to do so. Considt
"Requirements for Bachelor Degrees: A Summary" in this Bulletin for
details.

Please read carefully the next section titled Placement.

Placement

Appropriate placement in certain courses is essential.

During the first few days on campus all students will participate in
placement evaluation inventories. These inventories are necessary for
(1) planning for majors and careers, (2) providing the comparison levels
for subsequent assessment of the Core Program curriculum, and (3)
determining current skill levels for placement purposes. Placement in
mathematics and English is based on skills assessment or standardized
test scores. Students who are not predicted to be successful in
Mathematics 1101 are required to enroll in Mathematics 0100. This is a
pre-Core Program mathematics course, and credit in this course does
not count toward the fulfillment of the 46 hours of core requirements,
but does count toward hours required for graduation. English placement
is based on scores obtained on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT).
Based on scores obtained students are placed in an appropriate section
(standard, honors, or grammar-intensive) of English 1101 (see
description of English program).

92

Students entering LaGrange College with two (2) years of high school
level foreign language are placed in an intermediate level course of
that language; or if the students choose, they may start the study of
another language at the beginning level. Any student for whom English
is not the native language may have the language requirement waived
by submitting a written request to the Registrar from the student's
advisor, the Director of International Student Services, or the Chair of
the Humanities Division. Those students who are allowed to waive
the language requirement must still complete the minimum 120 hours
for graduation.

Core Program, Time Restrictions

There is no time limit on the credit or validity of coursework in the Core
Program. It should be noted, however, that students who have not been
enrolled at LaGrange College for four years, or who transferred from
LaGrange College and subsequently return, enter the college under the
Bulletin in force at the time of re-entry.

Credit by Examination and Exemption

Students may be eligible for credit and/or exemption in certain areas
through Advanced Placement (AP) Tests or the College Level
Examination Program (CLEP) and other recognized testing procedures.
To determine the test scores that qualify for college credit and/or
exemption, students should contact the Registrar. This information is
also available in the individual department sections of the Bulletin.
Credit by examination (AP or CLEP) may reduce the 46 semester hour
requirement of the CORE Program by the number of credit hours earned
by this process.

Assessment of the Core Program

During the first semester and again, prior to graduation, students take the
College's assessment exam designed to determine the extent to which
students have achieved the objectives of the curriculum of the Core
Program. Meaningful participation in this testing program is a
requirement for graduation with a baccalaureate degree.

93

The Major Programs

A major is defined as a primary program of study in which the student
completes a designated number and sequence of courses within a
specific discipHne, department or subject area. A major may or may not
offer concentrations for focused course work within the major.

A student may choose to pursue one of four baccalaureate degrees: the
Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Science, the Bachelor of Music, or the
Bachelor of Science in Nursing. Most students pursue one of these
baccalaureate degrees.

Bachelor of Arts

Art and Design

Biochemistry

Biology

Chemistry

Computer Science

Education

Early Childhood
English
History

Mathematics
Music

Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Sociology
Spanish
Theatre Arts

Bachelor of Science

Accountancy

Biology

Business Management

Chemistry

Computer Science

Mathematics

Bachelor of Science in Nursing

Nursing

Bachelor of Music

Creative Music Technologies

Performance (voice, piano, organ, guitar, percussion)

Church Music

LaGrange College also offers graduate programs. In these programs,
students may complete the Master of Arts in Teaching or the Master of
Education in Curriculum and Instruction. Please refer to the Graduate
Bulletin for more information about these programs.

94

LaGrange College at Albany students may pursue the Master of Arts in
Organizational Leadership. More information about this program is
available in the Bulletin for LaGrange College at Albany.

Interdisciplinary Major

The Interdisciplinary Major at LaGrange College allows highly motivated
students to pursue a self-designed, individualized program leading to a
Bachelor of Arts degree in Interdisciplinary Studies.

To be eligible to pursue the interdisciplinary major, a student must exhibit
a high-level of maturity and self-direction. A grade point average of 3.3 or
permission of the Academic Dean is required at the time of submission of
the proposal The major may be declared upon completion of 30 semester
hours, but no later than 69 semester hours.

Policies and Procedures:

1) The proposed major must stem from at least two separate
disciplines, but no more than three, and be supportable by the
existing resources of the college.

2) The student must select an advisor in each discipline with one
agreeing to serve as the principal advisor.

3) The student must research and select classes totaling at least 36
semester hours that relate to the proposed major and justify the
inclusion of each course. At least 30 semester hours must be from
courses at the 3000 level or above.

4) The proposal must include a clear sense of where the
interdisciplinary major would lead the student (graduate school or
career possibilities). The proposal should also state why the
Interdisciplinary Studies Major better suits the student's needs than
existing majors/minors offered at LaGrange College.

5) The final major curriculum will be determined by the student in
consultation with all advisors. All general education requirements
must be met for graduation. The major must culminate in a
capstone paper or project approved by all advisors and supervised
by the principal advisor. The student must register for INDV 4499
during his or her senior year.

6) The student must complete the Interdisciplinary Studies Proposal
Form, which may be acquired from the Registrar's office. The
proposed major must be approved by all advisors, the Academic
Policies Committee and the Vice President for Academic Affairs

95

and Dean. It must also be filed with the Registrar's office. Any
changes to the approved curriculum must have the approval of all
advisors, the Academic Policies Committee and the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean. An amendment form
with these approvals must be submitted to the Registrar's office.

Major Requirements, Time Restrictions

Course work requirements in major programs necessarily change in
response to evolving curriculum concerns and changing student needs.
Students' major requirements are governed by the Bulletin in force at the
time of the declaration of the major. The declaration of major is initiated
with the head of the respective department.

At the discretion of the department chair, students may be required to
demonstrate proficiency and/or currency in the subject matter if the
major course work is older than five (5) academic years. Normally
credit hours earned in the major may not be applied to the completion of
the major, if the hours earned are older than eight years, dated from the
student's initial matriculation.

Students who have been out of school longer than two years must again
declare their majors.

Independent Study in the Major

In certain majors, independent study courses are offered. These courses
are limited to upper-class major and minor students who have completed
at least two-thirds of their particular major or minor program, and who
wish to pursue a special problem or course of reading beyond that taken
up in any formal course and lying within the capabilities of the library
and laboratories. In order to be eligible for independent study, the
student must have at least a 3.0 average in major courses. Total credit
which can be earned through independent study normally will not be
more than six semester hours. Written permission to enroll in such a
course must be obtained from the instructor, the chair of the department
concerned, and the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. A
descriptive syllabus including the method of evaluation must be
submitted with the petition.

Assessment in the Major

The faculty members who are responsible for instruction in the major
programs have identified specific objectives for a major in that
discipline. There is an assessment, devised by the faculty in the

96

discipline that determines the extent to which the objectives have been
met by the student. That assessment is a requirement for students who
graduated in June 1990, or who will graduate thereafter. The assessment
styles are varied. Students should carefully explore with their adviser in
their intended major the nature of the assessment. A satisfactory
assessment in the major is a requirement for the degree. The chair of the
department offering the major must certify satisfactory completion of
the assessment component.

Students who fail to complete satisfactorily the assessment in the major
and exhaust reassessment opportunities at the departmental level may
appeal the decision of the department as described in the Academic
Procedures and Regulations section.

Advice and Counseling in the Major

All students are assigned an academic adviser. Prior to the declaration of
a major a student is advised by a member of the faculty in a discipline
related to the student's area of interest. Subsequent to declaring a major,
the student and the department chair work together in planning a
program. The uhimate responsibility for selecting the proper courses in
order to complete the desired degree is the responsibility of the student.

Minors

Academic minors may be earned in most departments. A minor must
include at least 12 semester hours, 6 of which must be in 3000-level or
above courses. Some departments do not designate the courses required
for the minor, but the courses selected must be approved by the chair of
that department.

Pre-professional Programs of Study

LaGrange College has a curriculum and environment that is well suited
to preparation for further study in fields such as law and medicine.
These programs include, but are not necessarily limited to, preparation
for the following areas.

Dentistry

Dr. William McCoy is the general adviser. Students should consuh
frequently with Dr. McCoy in addition to their primary advisors for their
majors. The pre-dental student should select a major as early as possible
and work toward the B.A. degree. Some dental schools accept students
with fewer than four years of college training, but most of them prefer a
student with the baccalaureate degree.

97

The pre-dental student should be famiHar with the specific requirements
set by the dental schools to which he or she plans to apply. There is
some variation in the requirements of the various schools, but the
minimum requirements set by most schools of dentistry are:

Inorganic (General) Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Biology with lab 8 semester hours

Physics with lab 8 semester hours

English 9 semester hours

All applicants must complete the Dental Admission Test not later than
the October 3 1 testing preceding the year of desired entry. Dental
schools also expect experience in the dental field. The student should
keep records of dates, duration and type of experience when involved in
shadowing, volunteer, or paid work.

Engineering

LaGrange College has an engineering-oriented program designed to
provide a broad liberal arts background while preparing the student for a
professional engineering program. Dual-degree programs in
engineering have been established with Georgia Institute of Technology
and Auburn University. Students accepted in the dual-degree program
will attend LaGrange College for approximately three years (90
semester hours if entering under this Bulletin) while they complete
the Core Curriculum and the pre-engineering courses listed at the end
of this section. The student will then attend the engineering institution
and complete a major in engineering, a process that generally takes two
to three additional years. After completion of the degree requirements
for both institutions, the student will receive an engineering degree
from the engineering institution and a Bachelor of Arts degree from
LaGrange College.

All students considering either dual degree option should contact the
pre-engineering adviser. Dr. Terry Austin, prior to registration. Students
must complete all components of the Core Curriculum, including the
College's exit assessment exam before transferring to the engineering
institution. Pre-engineering students must complete all of the following
courses before attending the engineering institution:

98

Calculus I, II and III

Differential Equations

Linear Algebra (GA Tech.)

General Chemistry

General Physics I and II

Please note that calculus based physics (General Physics PHYS 1121-
1 122) is required. Students must begin the study of calculus as early as
possible in order to be prepared for the physics sequence.

Journalism

The student who plans a career in journalism needs a wide range of
courses in many areas. A recommended basic program would include:
ENGL 2260 Journalistic Writing I (3), ENGL 2261 Journalistic Writing
II (3), ARTD 2201 Graphic Design I: Fundamentals (3), ARTD 2223
Photography I (3), plus experience working on one of the student
publications:

The Hilltop News (paper)

The Scroll (magazine)

Citations (journal)

The Quadrangle (yearbook)

Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should
be selected in consultation with the student's advisor.

Law

The pre-law advising committee is chaired by Dr. Tracy Lightcap and
is composed of Dr. Lightcap, Dr. Kevin Shirley, and Dr. Brenda
Thomas. Students considering law school should consult with one of
these faculty members beginning in their first year and should meet
regularly with other students interested in pre-law.

Students entering law school come from varied undergraduate programs.
It is not really possible to say which major serves as the best preparatory
background for law school. Almost every law school bulletin, however,
suggests that entering students must have a strong background in
history, political science, and English as well as some preparation in
economics, business, sociology, psychology, and mathematics.

99

Medicine (M.D.)

Dr. William McCoy is the general adviser. Students should consult early
and frequently with Dr. McCoy in addition to their primary advisers for
their majors. The pre-medicine student should select a major as soon as
possible and seek the B.A. or B.S. degree. Medical schools rarely accept
candidates with less than the baccalaureate degree.

The student should be familiar with the requirements of the several
medical schools to which he or she plans to apply. Requirements vary
somewhat in the various medical schools, but the minimum
requirements of most medical schools are:

Biology with lab 8 semester hours

General Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 8 semester hours

Physics 8 semester hours

Every applicant must take the Medical College Admission Test,
preferably in the spring preceding the submission of his or her
application to medical school, but no later than the fall of that year.
Students should take General Chemistry (CHEM 1 101-1 102) as a First-
year student to be on-track for the MCAT exam, normally taken in the
spring of Junior year. BIOL 1 101-1 102 is also suggested for first year
students if scheduling allows. Medical schools also expect experience
in the field of medicine. Students should keep records of dates, duration
and types of experience when participating in shadowing or volunteer or
paid work in a hospital, doctor's office, or other medical facility.

Optometry

The pre-optometry general adviser is Dr. William McCoy. Students
should consult early and frequently with Dr. McCoy in addition to their
primary advisers for their majors. Though selected students may be
admitted to optometry school after three years of preparation, most are
admitted after receiving Bachelors or Masters degrees. Optometry
involves fours years of study after admission to the program and in some
areas also includes a brief internship. Majors in any academic area are
acceptable though the student should include emphasis on the sciences.
The pre-optometry requirements are the same as pre-med plus a course
each in statistics and calculus. Preparation for admission to a specific
school can be planned with the assistance of the advisor. Prospective
optometry students must take the Optometry Admission Test (OAT) in
October or February.

100

Pharmacy

The pre-pharmacy general adviser is Dr. William McCoy. Students
should consult early and frequently with Dr. McCoy in addition to their
primary advisers for their majors. While the admission requirements
vary, the following is standard course work as a minimum: CHEM
1101-1102,2201-2202, BIOL 1 101-1 102, MATH 2221 and 1114,
PHYS 1101, ECON 220 1 -2202, ENGL 1 1 1 - 1 1 02, and 6 semester
hours each of Humanities and Social/Behavioral Science. POLS 1101
and HIST 1111 or 1112 may be required as well as electives to reach 60
semester hours.

Physical Therapy

The pre-physical therapy general adviser is Dr. William McCoy. A few
schools which offer training in physical therapy award a Bachelor's
degree after successful completion of classroom and clinical work.
Students are admitted to such programs after completion of 60 semester
hours of work including approximately 12 hours in Humanities, 12
hours in math and science, 12 hours in social science plus 24 hours in a
major field such as biology.

Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should
be selected in consultation with the adviser. Many schools have moved
to the Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) degree. These schools require
a bachelor's degree as well as completion of the pre-physical therapy
core. Most schools look for experience working with or observing a
certified physical therapist. Students should keep records of dates and
duration of such experience.

Veterinary Medicine

Dr. William McCoy is the general adviser. Students should consult early
and frequently with Dr. McCoy in addition to their primary advisers for
their majors. The pre-veterinary student should be familiar with the
specific requirements of the school to which he/she plans to apply. The
minimum requirements set by most schools of veterinary medicine are
as follows:

A candidate must have completed at least 54 semester hours of college
credit by the end of the spring semester before fall matriculation at the
veterinary school. The baccalaureate degree is preferred. The following
courses on the next page should be completed prior to entry into
veterinary school.

101

English
Biology with lab

Advanced Biological Science

Physics

Biochemistry

Inorganic (General) Chemistry with lab

Organic Chemistry with lab

6 semester hours
8 semester hours

8 semester hours
8 semester hours
3 semester hours
8 semester hours
8 semester hours

The candidate must have worked with a veterinarian and must have had
hands-on experience working with large and small animals.

Each applicant will be required to take the Graduate Record
Examination (GRE) and the GRE biology subject test. These tests
should be taken in October or December of the year prior to probable
admission to veterinary school. The results should be received by
VMCAS by February 1 of the year following the application.

102

Summary List of Majors and Minors
Offered at LaGrange College

Accountancy

Art and Design

Biology

Biochemistry

Business Management

Chemistry

Church Leadership

Coaching

Computer Science

Education

English

French

History

Interdisciplinary Studies

Japanese Studies

Latin American Studies

Mathematics

Music (B A.)

Music (B.M.)

Nursing

Oikos Program

Philosophy

Physical Education

Physics

Political Science

Psychology

Religion

Sociology

Spanish

Theatre Arts

Women's Studies

Major

Minor

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

103

Evening College degrees:

Associate of Arts in Liberal Studies

Bachelor of Arts in Business

Bachelor of Arts in Human Development

Students should not assume the privilege of automatic transfer from
the Day program to the Evening program. Students interested in
changing their enrollment classification from Day to Evening must
complete an Academic Petition indicating the reason for requesting
the program transfer. Before presenting to the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean for consideration, the Petition must be
signed by the current academic advisor and the major advisor of the
Evening program into which the student desires to transfer. Note that
transfer between programs may only be requested one time during a
student's undergraduate career.

Graduate degrees:

Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction

Master of Arts in Teaching

Master of Arts in Organizational Leadership

104

Endowed Lectureship

The Jennie Lee Epps Memorial Lecturesliip was revived in 1997 by a
gift ft-om Dr. Grace Hadaway Boswell '49 and her husband, Dr. R. Dean
Boswell. Miss Kate Howard Cross, professor of Latin, donated the
originating gift for the Epps Lecture in memory of her friend and
colleague, who was professor of English for 28 years.

The Waights G. Henry, Jr., Endowed Lectureship was established by
a gift from the Neighbors Fund, Inc. in memory of Dr. Henry, president
and chancellor of LaGrange College over a period of 42 years. Income
from the endowment is used to fund the Waights G. Henry, Jr. Lecture
held during Celebrate the Servant.

The Arthur H. Thompson Lectureship brings to the campus a noted
scholar to address the faculty and student body on the interrelationship
of religion and other fields of knowledge. The endowment was
established by Mrs. Mary Will Thompson, class of 1898, in memory of
her husband, who served as chairman of the Board of Trustees of the
College. He expressed his philosophy in the statement: "The greatest
thing in life is the simple faith of an honest man."

The Lorenzo Valla Visiting Scholar Program was established in 1996
by Mr. and Mrs. Tom Bushar (Linda Doolittle Bushar '96). Named after
the 15th century Italian humanist, Valla is considered to be one of the
earliest scholars in the liberal arts.

Awards and Recognitions

The Nancy Alford Award is awarded each year to the sorority
accumulating the greatest number of points in the areas of scholarship,
leadership, sportsmanship, and community service.

The Irene E. Arnett Drama Award is presented annually to the
member of the senior class who shows that greatest potential for
contribution to the field of theatre, devotion to the tasks in the theatre,
and dedication to the principles of good theatre - to amuse the heart and
lift the spirit to a better understanding of man and his struggle in this
world and towards his God.

105

The Needham Avery Art Award is a purchase award granted
annually in visual arts, provided by Dr. and Mrs. R.M. Avery in
memory of their son.

The Josephine A. Case Scholarship is awarded to a junior for
excellence in art and promise of achievement in that field. This award
carries a stipend and is associated with the Josephine A. Case Collection
of American Indian Art which Mrs. Case and her husband, the late Dr.
Leland D. Case of Tucson, donated to LaGrange College. Both hold
honorary doctorates from this school.

The Frances Marion Chalker Medlock Prize for Poetry is awarded to
a student or students exhibiting a profound love and appreciation of
poetry in memory of alumna Frances Marion Chalker Medlock '53. The
recipient(s) is/are selected by the Chair of the Department of English
using criteria developed by the English faculty.

The Austin P. Cook Award is presented annually by the Student
Government Association to the organization that made the most positive
impact on campus life during the year.

The Mamie Lark Henry Scholarship Cup is presented each semester
to a sorority with the highest grade-point average the previous semester.

The Waights G. Henry, Jr., Leadership Award is given annually by
the Student Government Association to a student who has actively
demonstrated effective leadership skills. Selection of the recipient is
made by a committee composed of students, faculty, and administrators.

The John R. Hines, Jr. Undergraduate Research Award is presented
annually to a LaGrange College faculty member who makes an
outstanding contribution to undergraduate research and to an
outstanding undergraduate research project in each division.

The Karen Sue Kafrouni Award is presented annually by the History
Department for a member of Phi Alpha Theta and a graduating senior
with the highest academic achievement.

The John Love Scholarship Cup is presented each semester to the
fraternity with the highest grade point average the previous semester.

The Weston L. Murray Award is presented to the senior class member
of the Georgia Delta Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu who has the highest
record of achievement and contribution in the field of Social Science.

106

The Meri Meriwether Norris Award was established in 1998 in memory
of this 1980 alumna by her husband. Dr. Tommy Norris. This award is
presented annually to a graduating nursing student who demonstrates
extraordinary compassion.

The Outstanding Achievement in Psychology Award is presented
annually by the psychology department to the senior psychology major
who, through academic excellence and service, has made an outstanding
contribution to the field of psychology.

The Walter Malcolm Shackelford Award is presented annually to a
graduating senior who has majored in Education and has demonstrated
outstanding academic performance, leadership, and service to the College.

The Annie Moore Smith Award is a purchase award given annually in
visual arts, provided by Mrs. Rebecca Moore Butler, class of 1924, in
memory of her sister, Annie Moore Smith, class of 1915.

The W. Lee Wilson, Jr., Art Award is presented annually by the Art
Department to a graduating senior who has excelled in the art of
photography. Mr. William L. Wilson established the award in 1998 in
memory of his son.

The Jean Young Award in Photography granted annually, was
established in memory of Jean Young who was the first curator of the Lamar
Dodd Art Center. The award is a book on contemporary photography and is
presented to the student who has demonstrated an exceptional commitment
to photographic art.

Departmental Awards are presented annually at Honors Day in the
spring.

For a complete listing ofLaGrange College's Scholarships, please refer
to the Financial Aid website: www.lagrange.edu/finaid/scholarships.htnu

107

Departments and Courses

Table of Contents 4

Academic Divisions 110

Abbreviations and Numbers 112

Art and Design 113

Professor Marsha Brown

Biology.... 122

Dr. Sarah Beth Mallory

Business 129

Dr. Jon Birkeli

Accountancy 129

Dr. Lydia Rosencrants

Chemistry 147

Dr. William McCoy

Computer Science 158

Dr. Fay Riddle

Core Curriculum 167

Dr. Sarah Beth Mallory

Education 169

Dr. Don Livingston

English 180

Dr. Brenda Thomas

Health and Physical Education 189

Mr. Phil Williamson

History 196

Dr. Joe Cafaro

Latin American Studies and Modem Languages 201

Dr. Amanda Plumlee

Mathematics 213

Dr. Greg McClanahan

Music 221

Dr. Toni Anderson

108

Nursing 234

Dr. Celia Hay

Oikos Program 244

Dr. David Ahearn

Physics 247

Dr. William McCoy

Political Science 249

Dr. Tracy Lightcap

Psychology 256

Dr. Chuck Kraemer

Religion and Philosophy 262

Dr. David Ahearn

Sociology and Anthropology 271

Dr. Frank O 'Connor

Theatre Arts 277

Professor Kim Barber

Women's Studies 284

Dr. Amanda Plumlee

109

Academic Divisions,
Departments, and Courses

Fine and Performing Arts Kim Barber Knoll, Chair

Professors: Anderson, Barber Knoll, Joiner, Lawrence,

Taunton
Associate Professors: Brown, Edwards, Johnson, Reneke, Turner
Assistant Professors: Ogle, Tomsheck

This division, offering B.A. and B.M. degrees, includes the
Departments of Art & Design, Music, and Theatre Arts.

Core Program and Interim Term Sarah Beth Mallory, Chair

Humanities and Social Sciences Kevin Shirley, Chair

Professors: Cafaro, Cook, Dulin-Mallory, Lightcap,

Plumlee, Slay, Thomas
Associate Professors: Aheam, O'Connor, Scott, Williams,

Simmons, Tures
Assistant Professors: Appleby, Brevik, Cody, Gulley,

Lingenfelter, Matthews, Shirley, A. Wilson

This division, offering the B.A. degree, includes the Departments of
English Language & Literature, History, Latin American Studies &
Modem Languages, Political Science, Religion & Philosophy, and
Sociology & Anthropology.

Professional Programs Maranah Sauter, Chair

Professors: Birkeli, Hillyer, Sauter

Associate Professors: Barrett, Hay, D. Livingston, Rosencrants,

Williamson
Assistant Professors: Mason Barber, Bearden, Blair, Geeter,

Hampton, Kovack, Lawson, McMullen, Truitt,

J. Wilson, Yates

This division includes the following Departments:

Department of Business offering B. S. degrees;

Department of Education offering B.A., M.A.T., and M.Ed, degrees;

Department of Health and Physical Education;

Department of Nursing offering the B.S.N.

110

Science and Mathematics Greg McClanahan, Chair

Professors: Evans, Hurd, Kraemer, McClanahan, McCoy,

Paschal, Riddle, Shelhorse, W. Yin
Associate Professors: Haas, Hall, Mallory, C. Yin
Assistant Professors: Austin, Barlow, Cauther, Hwang,

Langdon, Pomeroy-Black

The Natural Sciences and Mathematics Division, offering B.A. and B.S.
degrees, includes the Departments of Biology, Chemistry & Physics,
Computer Science, Mathematics, and Psychology.

Course Numbering System and Abbreviations

The projected schedule of classes will be followed insofar as possible,
but is subject to change.

Courses numbered 1 100 through 1 199 are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores. Courses numbered 2200 to 2299 are intended
primarily for sophomores; the number may, alternately, mean credit of
less than three semester hours.

Courses numbered 3300 through 3399 and above are intended primarily
for juniors and seniors.

Courses numbered 4400 through 4499 are intended primarily for seniors.
The number in parentheses following the course title indicates the number
of semester hours credit for the course.

Ill

Abbreviations

Accountancy

ACCT

Anthropology

ANTH

Art and Design

ARID

Biology

BIOL

Chemistry

CHEM

Computer Science

CSCI

Core

CORE

Economics

ECON

Education

EDUC

English

ENGL

Finance

FNCE

French

FREN

German

GERM

Health and Physical Education

HPED

Physical Education

PEDU

History

HIST

Japanese Studies

JAPN

Languages

LANG

Latin American Studies

LAST

Library Science

LIBR

Management

MGMT

Marketing

MRKT

Mathematics

MATH

Music

MUSI

Nursing

NURS

Oikos Program

OIKS

Philosophy

PHIL

Physics

PHYS

Political Science

POLS

Psychology

PSYC

Religion

RLGN

Sociology

SOCI

Spanish

SPAN

Theatre Arts

THEA

Women's Studies

WMST

112

ART AND DESIGN

Introduction

The Department of Art and Design offers major concentrations in
painting/drawing, graphic/surface design, ceramics/sculpture,
photography, and in art history/museum studies. The courses required of
the studio concentration are specific and scheduHng should be
determined in consultation with an art faculty advisor. A student may
choose a studio concentration in more than one area.

Objectives

The following objectives are established as a basis for the Art and
Design Program at LaG range College:

To develop technical knowledge pertaining primarily to the
student's chosen area of concentration, but not limited to it.

To assist students in finding and focusing their creative ideas into a
consistent body of work..

To instruct students in the correct means of presenting their work
in a portfolio and culminating in a required senior exhibition.

To encourage students to exhibit their work and acquaint them
with the gallery system..

To encourage students to pursue graduate study.

To provide students with a basic understanding of the history of
world art.

To develop both oral and written communicative skills.

To provide the students with a creative environment by using all
available resources. This would include field trips to galleries
and museums, course work in locations of artistic interest,
guest lectures and workshops related to the exhibitions in the
College's galleries.

113

Requirements for a Studio Concentration
Major in Art and Design:

9 hrs. Art History - ARID 1 1 09, 1 1 1 0, 1 1 1 1 or an
Art History elective

9 hrs. Foundation Core - ARID 1 1 5 1 , 1 1 52, 1 1 53
These courses should be taken during the first-
year/sophomore year as they are prerequisites for all studio
courses.

12 hrs. Introductory Studio Courses: One course from each
of the following studio disciplines:

Painting or Drawing

Graphic Design or Printmaking

Photography

Ceramics or Sculpture

9 hrs. Major Concentration - Three additional courses in
one of the above disciplines.

3 hrs. Studio Concentration - ARTD 3351, 3352

42 Total hours required

ASSESSMENT OF LEARNING OBJECTIVES

Success in achieving the objectives of the Art and Design major will be
measured in the following ways:

Completion of each major course with a grade of "C-" or better.

Exemplary completion of assignments and independent study, and
the presentation of work in scheduled critiques.

An Exit or Senior Exhibition of work done in the student's major
studio discipline.

Requirements for Art History/Museum Studies
Concentration

The Art History/Museum Studies Concentration offers two options. A
student may focus on art history or may choose a combination of art
history and muscology. Courses include art history, graphic design,
studio courses, and an internship. The program also offers hands-on
experience in the exhibition program and the regular collection of the
Lamar Dodd Art Center.

114

Requirements for a Concentration in Art
History:

6 hrs. Art History Survey I and II - ARID 1 109, 1 1 10

18 hrs. Art History courses - ARID 1 1 1 1 , 3 1 1 , 3 1 05, 3 1 06,

3107,31 08 The Art of Greece and Rome, Art of the
Renaissance, Art of the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries
in Europe and America, Art of the Nineteenth Century in
Europe and America, Modem and Contemporary Art, Art of the
Non- Western World.

12 hrs. Studio Courses

3 hrs. Internship or Independent Study in Art History

3 hrs. Senior Seminar - ARID 3380 ^A course in which senior art
history and museum studies students work on research and
writing skills. They also prepare a resume and focus on
applying for graduate school.

42 Total hours required

Requirements for a Major in Art History/
Museum Studies Concentration:

6 hrs. Art History Survey I and II - ARID 1 109, 1 110

15 hrs. Art History electives - ARTD 1 1 1 1, 3103, 3105, 3106, 3108
The Art of Greece and Rome, Art of the Renaissance, Art of the
Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries in Europe and America,
Art of the Nineteenth Century in Europe and America, Modern
and Contemporary Art, Art of the Non- Western World.

9 hrs. Studio Coursework - Three courses in elective studio

3 hrs. Graphic Design - ARTD 220 1

6 hrs. Museum Studies I and II- ARTD 3101, 3102

3 hrs. Internship

42 Total hours required

115

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Success in achieving the objectives of the Art History/Museum Studies
Concentration will be measured in the following ways:

Sophomore review

Completion of each major course with a grade of "C-" or better

Participation in the Art History Forum or other public presentation
of research

Awards

The Art and Design Department presents four awards annually during
Honor's Day Convocation. These are purchase awards that allow the
college to acquire works of art by the award recipients. The faculty of
the Art and Design Department presents these awards to students for
superior performance and a proven commitment to their craft.

Minor

A minor in Art and Design, Art History/Museum Studies consists of 1 8
semester hours: at least one course in art history, at least one course at
the 1 000 level, and 4 other courses selected in consultation with your
minor advisor.

Course Descriptions (ARTD)

ARTD1109 Art History Survey I. (3)* Fall

This course surveys the history of Western Art and architecture from the

Paleolithic period through the Gothic era.

ARTD 1110 Art History Survey 11. (3)* Spring

This course surveys the history of Western art and architecture from the

early Renaissance to the beginning of the 20^^ century.

ARTD 1111 Modern and Contemporary Art History (3)*

This course surveys the development of Western art from the beginning

of the 20*^ through the early 21'^ century.

ARTD 1151 Basic Drawing. (3) * Fall
A course in drawing fundamentals, including line, value,
composition, perspective, and chiaroscuro. A variety of drawing
media will be explored.

116

ARTD 1152 2-D Design. (3) * Spring

A study of the basic design elements and principles. Emphasis will be on
creative problem solving and development of unified designs. A study of
color theory and relationships will be included.

ARTD 1153 3-D Design. (3) * Fall

This course will explore the fundamentals of three-dimensional form
using various materials such as wood, clay, plaster, paper, etc.
Craftsmanship, creative thought, and transformation of ideas into
form while becoming familiar with proper use of tools and equipment is
also emphasized.

ARTD 2201 Graphic Design I: Fundamentals. (3) Fall
An introduction to the fundamentals of graphic design, including
typography, and layout. Basic Macintosh computer skills will be
covered, including working with fonts, system basics, printers and
service bureaus, and understanding file formats.

ARTD 2211 Life Drawing. (3) Spring

A course in the study of human anatomy and the expressive potential of
the human form. Drawing from the model, both nude and clothed, and
from the skeleton using a variety of drawing media.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor

ARTD 2222 Graphic Design II: Logos and concepts. (3) Spring
A course exploring the development of graphic ideas through projects in
advertising, layout, corporate identity, magazine and poster design.
Students will be exposed to basic concepts of logo design.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2201

ARTD 2223 Photography L (3) * Fall

An introductory course in photography in which both silver (film and
paper) and digital (pixel and pigment) based materials are used. The
course begins with the mechanics of the camera, exposure of film and
digital file, darkroom procedures of film and printing processes from the
negative as well as pigment printing and manipulation from digital files.
Students are required to have a digital camera with manual control of
focus, f-stops and shutter speeds. Cameras for film processing will be
provided. Film, photographic and pigment print paper and presentation
materials are the responsibility of the student.

117

ARTD2224 Photography II . (3) Spring

A course in documentary photography in which the student is assigned

projects to illustrate narrative issues relevant to contemporary social

concerns utilizing both silver and digital based materials. An

introduction to the history of documentary photography and the study of

the stylistic techniques of contemporary photojournalism will also be

included.

ARTD 2227 Ceramics-Methods and Materials (3) * Fall
This course is an introduction to ceramic methods and techniques. It
will explore both wheelthrowing and hand building used in forming
vessels and sculpture. This will include using the potter's wheel, slabs,
coils, textures to create form. Glazing, decoration and firing methods
such as raku, pitfire and standard reduction will also be emphasized.

ARTD 2229 Ceramics-Wheelthrowing. (3)* Spring
This course is an introduction to basic wheelthrowing techniques,
beginning with centering and opening then progressing to pulling basic
cylindrical forms, teapots and bottles. Glazing, decoration and firing
methods such as raku, pitfire, and standard reduction are also included.

ARTD 2271 Beginning Painting. (3) Fall
An introduction to painting with acrylics or oils. Projects will explore
the fundamentals of composition and modeling with color and light, as
well as abstraction and mixed media.
Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor

ARTD 2272 Sculpture I. (3)* Spring
The projects in this class will address both traditional and
contemporary issues in sculpture such as figure modeling, carving,
narrative imagery, and environmental sculpture.

ARTD 2273 Printmaking I. (3) * Fall

A course in the basics of intaglio and relief printmaking techniques,

selected print and book arts media, and the development of creative imagery.

ARTD 3101 Museum Studies I. (3) Fall
In addition to textbook study, students are actively engaged in the
activities of the Lamar Dodd Art Center: cataloguing the collection,
organizing and hanging exhibitions, and overseeing the gallery's daily
activities. Students visit area museums not only to view their collections
and special exhibitions, but also to learn from museum personnel about
the functioning of a museum.

118

ARTD 3102 Museum Studies II. (3) Spring
This course traces the history of museums, discusses contemporary
practice in museums, and examines current issues in Muscology. It
explores the museum's mission and its role in society through case
studies and exhibitions in a variety of museums: art, living history,
history, children's, and ethnographic.

ARTD 3103 The Art of Greece and Rome. (3)* Spring
This course focuses on the art of Greece and Rome, emphasizing the
historical and cultural context of the works studied.

ARTD 3105 Art of the Renaissance. (3)* Fall

This course focuses on the painting, sculpture, and architecture of the

Renaissance, considering works in their historical and cultural context.

ARTD 3106 Art of the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries in

Europe and America. (3)* Spring
This course examines works of painting, sculpture, and architecture
created in Western Europe and in the United States during the
seventeenth and eighteenth centuries and explores the cultural and
historical circumstances of their creation.

ARTD 3107 Art of the Nineteenth Century in Europe

and America. (3)* Fall
This course focuses on the painting, sculpture, photography, and
graphics of the nineteenth century in Europe and America.

ARTD 3108 Art of the Non-Western World. (3)* Spring

This course treats the art of non- western cultures: South and Southeast

Asia, China, Japan, Korea, Pre-Columbian America, Africa, and Oceania.

ARTD 3222 Digital Imaging. (3) Spring

A course dealing with the art of computer technology, with emphasis on
photographic image manipulation. Emphasis will be placed on
developing creative personal imagery.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2201 or permission of instructor

ARTD 3301 Advanced Graphic Design. (3) Fall
This course explores advanced design principles in applied surface
design, and advanced topics in typography, layout and corporate
identity. The course is designed to assist students in developing a
portfolio of their work.
Prerequisites: ARTD 2201, ARTD 2222, ARTD 3222

119

ARTD3311 Advanced Life Drawing. (3) Spring
Advanced work with the figure in projects exploring composition and
subjective expression.
Prerequisite: ARID 2211

ARTD 3323 Photography III. (3) Fall

Advanced work in image manipulation in which creative photographic
techniques are employed using both silver and digital/pigment based
materials. Emphasis will be placed on expressive and technical
elements that go into the making of a personal vision. Students may
work digitally or with film using a variety of formats.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2223

ARTD 3324 Photography IV. (3) Spring
Independent studio experience in advanced large format photography.
Each student will create a series of projects based on the concepts
presented in ARTD 2224.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2224

ARTD 3327 Intermediate Ceramics. (3) Fall
This course will emphasize ceramic design using hand building and/or
wheelthrowing techniques. Projects are flexible in their construction
method in order to accommodate different ability levels and interests.
Projects with commercial potential such as lamp bases, teapots, covered
jars and tile, etc. will be explored. Glazing, decoration and firing methods
such as raku, pitfire, and standard reduction are also emphasized.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2227, 2229 or consent of instructor

ARTD 3329 Advanced Ceramics (3) Spring
This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore
methods and techniques covered in previous ceramic classes.
Prerequisites: ARTD 2227, ARTD 2229, 3327

ARTD 3341 Internship. (3-9) Fall, January, Spring
A supervised experience in an off campus professional environment
such as a photography studio, a surface or graphic design studio, or a
museum or gallery administrative office.

120

ARTD 3351 - 3352 Studio Concentration. (3-6) Fall and Spring

This is an advanced intensive course in which art students bring into
focus their studio interest and produce a body of work in one or two
disciplines leading towards their exit exhibition their last semester. The
course may include discussion and readings in contemporary art theory
and criticism, field trips to conferences, museums and galleries, and the
creation of a personal artist's statement and vitae. Students will be
expected to produce a portfolio of their work that could be used to apply
for a job application and for graduate study. This course requires that the
student receive permission from the studio professor/professors in which
they plan to concentrate. This course may be repeated for credit and a
student may receive a maximum of 12 credit hours.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor/ instructors

ARTD 3371 Intermediate Painting. (3) Fall
Advanced work in either acrylics or oils. Projects will allow for the
development of personal imagery, experimental approaches to the
media, and other advanced concepts.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2271 or 2275

ARTD 3372 Sculpture Methods II. (3) Spring
This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore
ideas, methods and techniques covered in previous sculpture classes.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2272

ARTD 3373 Printmaking II. (3) Fall

A continuation of Art 2273 including advanced exploration of color
prints and other selected print and book arts media.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2273

ARTD 3375 Advanced Painting. (3) Spring
A further exploration of either oils or acrylics. Students develop a series
of paintings that explore specific imagery, materials, or techniques.
Prerequisite: consent of instructor

ARTD 3380 Special Topics. (3) On demand
A special topics course designed to provide students with exposure to
topics in either studio work or art history /museum studies not covered in
the regular course offerings.
Prerequisite: consent of instructor

ARTD 4495 Independent Studies. (3) On demand
Prerequisite: consent of instructor

* Denotes courses in Art and Design that may satisfy Fine Arts
requirements in Core Curriculum

121

BIOLOGY

Specific Objectives for the Major

The biology faculty works with their majors to help them develop an
understanding and working knowledge of the life phenomenon at
subcellular through organismal levels. Within the major, a student may
elect to emphasize human biology, field-oriented biology, or biochemical
and microscopic aspects of life science.

Methods of Accomplishing Objectives

The student is presumed to have accomplished the specific collection of
objectives by satisfactorily completing the courses which constitute his/her
major. In addition to the Core Curriculum, all biology majors are required
to successfully complete General Biology I and II (BIOL 1101 and 1 102)
and General Biology I and II Laboratory (BIOL 1101 L and BIOL 1 102 L)
or Anatomy and Physiology I and II (BIOL 1 148 and 1 149); General
Chemistry I and II (CHEM 1101 and 1 102); one course in Mathematics
chosen from MATH 1114 (Statistics), MATH 2105 (Precalculus), or
MATH 2221 (Calculus I); one course in the cellular-level biology
category; and one course in the organismal-level biology category.

The department offers two degree tracks beyond these basic courses: the
Bachelor of Arts in Biology (B.A.) and the Bachelor of Science in Biology
(B.S.). Additionally, the department offers a Minor in Biology. The
requirements for each of these are as follows:

Bachelor of Arts in Biology

Core Curriculum

BIOL 1101, 1101 L, 1102, and 1102 Lor BIOL 1148 and 1149

(Core science requirement)

CHEM 1101 and 1102

Choice of MATH 1114, MATH 2 1 05, or MATH 222 1

Choice of one cellular-level biology course (BIOL 3321, 3322,

3360, 3370, 3372, 3373, 3374, 3376)

Choice of one organismal-level biology course (BIOL 3334, 3335,

3336,3351,3353,3384)

6 additional upper level biology courses (Biochemistry I, CHEM

4421, may be chosen as one of these courses.)

This represents 44 semester hours of coursework in addition to the
Core requirements.

122

Bachelor of Science in Biology

Core Curriculum

BIOL liOl, 1101 L, 1102, and 1102 Lor BIOL 1148 and 1149

(Core science requirement)

CHEM 1101 and 1102

Choice of MATH 1114, MATH 2 1 05, or MATH 222 1

Choice of one cellular-level biology course (BIOL 3321, 3322,

3360, 3370, 3372, 3373, 3374, 3376)

Choice of one organismal-level biology course (BIOL 3334,

3335,3336,3351,3353,3384)

Organic Chemistry I (CHEM 2201) and Organic Chemistry II

(CHEM 2202)

Introductory Physics I (PHYS 1101) and Introductory Physics II

(PHYS 1102)

5 additional upper level biology courses (Biochemistry I,

CHEM 4421, may be chosen as one of these courses.)

This represents 56 semester hours of coursework in addition to
the Core requirements.

Minor in Biology

BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or BIOL 1 148 and 1 149

Choice of one cellular-level biology course (BIOL 3321, 3322,

3360, 3370, 3372, 3373, 3374, 3376)

Choice of one organismal-level biology course (BIOL 3334,

3335,3336,3351,3353,3384)

2 additional upper level biology courses

Declaration of Major

Before declaring a major in biology, a student must successfully
complete an introductory biology sequence (BIOL 1101, BIOL 1 lOlL,
BIOL 1 102 and BIOL 1 102L, or BIOL 1 148 and BIOL 1 149) and have
a GPA of 2.75 or better in all biology courses.

Assessment of Learning Objectfves

The student will demonstrate that he/she has accomplished the
objectives of the major by passing the departmental exit interview exam
at the 70% level or higher. The Biology Department continues to use
the success of its graduates in the job market and in advanced study as a
gauge of the applicability of its goals and the success of its students in
attaining these goals.

123

Career Options

Graduates of the College who have majored in biology typically pursue
careers in teaching, pharmacy, medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine,
or physical therapy. In addition, many graduates find employment in
industry - some in laboratories, some in management, and others in
research and development. Most careers require further formal study in
graduate or professional schools.

Course Descriptions (BIOL)

BIOL 1101 General Biology I. (3) Fall

This is the beginning Biology course for majors and non-majors. It is a
prerequisite to all other biology courses except for Human Anatomy and
Physiology. General Biology deals with the phenomenon of life as is
manifested in all types of living organisms. The origin of life, chemistry
of life, cellular and tissue organization, metabolism, cell division,
genetics, gene action, and functioning of the organ systems are among
topics covered in General Biology.

Prerequisite: None

Corequisite: BIOL 1101 L

BIOL 1101 L General Biology I Laboratory. (1) Fall

This laboratory course is designed to complement and to provide

experiential learning for General Biology I.

Prerequisite: None

Corequisite: BIOL 1101

BIOL 1102 General Biology IL (3) Spring
This course is a continuation of General Biology I.

Prerequisite: BIOL 1101

Corequisite: BIOL 1102 L

BIOL 1102 L General Biology II Laboratory. (1) Spring
This laboratory course is designed to complement and provide
experiential learning for General Biology II and is a continuation of
General Biology I Laboratory.

Prerequisite: BIOL 1101

Corequisite: BIOL 1102

BIOL 1148 Human Anatomy and Physiology L (4) Fall
A study of the structure and function of the human body. Designed for
pre-nursing majors.
Prerequisite: None

124

BIOL 1149 Human Anatomy and Physiology II. (4) Spring
A continuation of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1.
Prerequisite: BIOL 1148

BIOL 3320 Medical Microbiology. (4) Spring
A study of human disease caused by pathogenic microbes and
helminthes. Designed for pre-nursing majors. Laboratory activities
focus on bacteria as model organisms.

Prerequisites BIOL 1101,1 101 L, 1 102 and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3321 Microbiology. (4) Fall (even years)
A study of the morphology, physiology, classification, ecology, and
economics of microbial forms, especially bacteria and fungi.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102 and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3322 Immunology. (4) Spring (even years)
A study of the fundamentals of immunology. Emphasis is placed on
tissues of the immune system, control, and cellular interaction of the
healthy and diseased immune system.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102 and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3334 General Ecology. (4) Fall (odd years)
An introduction to the basic principles and concepts of ecology with
emphasis on environmental sampling, analysis and characterization.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3335 General Zoology. (4) Fall (even years)
A phylogenetic approach to the Animal kingdom following cladistic
principles. Emphasis will be placed upon representative animal groups
and the position oiAnimalia within the domains of life. Studies of local
faunae will be highlighted.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

125

BIOL 3336 General Botany. (4) Spring (odd years)

A phylogenetic survey of the kingdom Plantae. Cladistic principles will

be followed while discovering the position of plants among the other

forms of life. Certain plant-like protists will also be covered in the

course. Characteristics, contributions and life cycles of major groups

will be emphasized. Lab work will be strongly oriented toward the local

florae.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3351 Vertebrate Embryology. (4) Spring (even years)

A study of the embryological development of representative vertebrates,

with laboratory emphasis upon the chick and pig.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 L, 1 1 02 and 1 1 02 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3353 Fundamentals of Evolutionary Theory. (4)

Fall (even years)
A balanced survey of the present-day concepts of the processes and
products of evolution with emphases on 1) contrasting models and their
consequences, 2) mass extinctions, 3) evolution of man, 4) methods of
science and pseudoscience, and 5) philosophical considerations.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102 and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3360 Histology. (4) Fall (odd years)
A study of the microscopic features of vertebrate cells, tissues, and
organs. Lectures correlate cell structure with tissue or organ system
function. Laboratory experiences include the microscopic identification
of major tissues and organs at the cellular level.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3370 Toxicology. (4) Fall (even years)
An introduction to the principles of toxicology and the cellular,
physiological, and ecological effects of toxicants, with an emphasis on
the environmental and physiological effects of toxicants relating to the
nervous system, cardiovascular system, and respiratory system.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 L, 1 1 02 and 1 1 02 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

126

BIOL 3372 Molecular Biology. (4) Spring (odd years)
The study and application of molecular biology techniques that are
commonly used in many fields of science. Topics of study may include
recombinant DNA technology, DNA, RNA, and protein isolation,
polymerase chain reaction, DNA and protein agarose gel
electrophoresis, growth and evaluation of bacterial cultures and
colonies, DNA sequencing, and evaluation of data using biocomputing
techniques.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1101 L, 1 102, 1 102 L, or

BIOL 1 148 and 1 149, CHEM 1 102, CHEM 1 102 L,

and BIOL 3373 or BIOL 3321

BIOL 3373 Genetics. (4) Fall

This course includes topics in both classical and molecular genetics.
Topics of study may include but are not limited to Mendelian and non-
Mendelian transmission of genes, sex-linked traits, chromosomal
genetics and genomes, DNA structure, replication, mutation and repair,
gene expression and its regulation, recombinant DNA technology,
cancer, and population genetics. The laboratory will evaluate wild type
and mutant model organisms using classical and molecular genetic
approaches.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1102 and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3374 Cell Biology. (4) Spring (odd years)
An advanced study of the structure and functions of the eukaryotic cell.
Emphasis will be on the role of cellular membranes and proteins as they
relate to cellular activities such as intracellular communication,
secretion, and recognition.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1101, 1101 L, 1102, and 1102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3376 Virology. (4) Fall (even years)

This introduction to virology will focus on animal viruses that are

important for basic science and human and animal diseases. The topics

in this course may include viral taxonomy, structure, entry /exit,

replication, quantitation, genetics, pathogenesis, and virus-host

interaction. The laboratory will study nonpathogenic model viral

systems.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L, or

BIOL 1 148 and 1 149 and BIOL 3373 or BIOL 3374

127

BIOL 3384 Neurobiology. (4) Fall (odd years)

An integrated study of the human nervous system correlating

neuroanatomy and neurophysiology with fundamentals of clinical

neurology.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1101, 1 101 L, 11 02, and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 4495 Independent Study / Internship. (1-4) On demand
Although not required as part of the biology major nor available as a
substitute for any of the biology major courses, this course provides an
opportunity for students, on an individual basis, to pursue in-depth study
of a particular biology topic or to gain added experience and insight
through internship in off-campus settings.

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and the Academic Dean

^^1

BUSINESS AND ACCOUNTANCY

Introduction

The Business and Accountancy Departments of LaGrange College are
committed to academic excellence through degree programs designed to
prepare students for a wide variety of careers in business. The liberal
arts education that students receive at LaGrange College provides the
foundation for critical thinking, communication, and the leadership
skills needed for a successful professional career. The departments seek
to enhance the College's liberal arts curriculum by offering coursework
and internship opportunities that give students a fundamental
understanding of business and provide them with the knowledge and
skills needed for effective decision making in a dynamic, global, and
technologically oriented environment.

Mission Statement

We are dedicated to the development of our students' abilities to
think critically and creatively and to the enhancement of their
communication skills.

We seek to integrate and extend liberal arts-based values through
discussion, discovery, and reflection based on contemporary
business content.

We seek to provide a safe, caring and ethical place for all our
students to grow and mature.

Learning Outcomes of Our Programs

upon completion of a degree from the Business Department, a student
should be able to:

Demonstrate general knowledge and comprehension of business
concepts and the ability to integrate this knowledge.

Synthesize and make connections among different ideas, as well as
demonstrate the ability to think creatively and critically, and to
formulate logical arguments.

Show an intrinsic desire to learn and a curiosity about the world and
about business by actively participating in class, group work, and
individual research.

Formulate and defend ethical judgments and develop an
understanding of individual moral responsibility, particularly in a
group or corporate setting.

129

Communicate in a professional manner, both orally and in writing,
using technology appropriately.

Work in teams and demonstrate an understanding of interpersonal
relations, and the leadership and followership processes.

Accept and embrace risk and uncertainty in the business environment.

Programs

The following programs are available:

Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Accountancy

Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Business Management

Minor in Accountancy

Minor in Business Management

Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Business Administration {See separate
LaGrange Evening College Bulletin)

The Bachelors programs are accredited nationally by the Association of
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP).

Accountancy and Business Majors

Business majors (B.S. in Accountancy and B.S. in Business
Management) should note that the applicable requirements for the
major, including required courses, are those in effect when they declare
their major, not those in effect at the time of their matriculation.

In addition to the course requirements, students pursuing a Bachelor's
degree offered by the Business Department must participate in a
comprehensive Departmental Assessment Program (DAP), as well as an
exit interview with department faculty or Advisory Council members.

Program Requirements for the B.S. in
Accountancy

The B.S. in Accountancy gives students the accounting foundation
needed for effective decision making in an organization. Today's
accountants must be able to communicate, synthesize and innovate.
They not only provide the information upon which the business world
depends, but also make crucial decisions and act as trusted advisors.
The Accountancy major builds upon the liberal arts skill base to give
students the business and accounting knowledge they need. Students

130

planning to work in the accounting function will receive the necessary
skills and knowledge to pursue the CMA and CFM professional
designations and be prepared for the fifth year of study for the CPA.

To declare a major in Accountancy the student must meet the following criteria:

1. Have an overall GPA of 2.75/4.00 or better.

2. Complete MGMT 2200, ACCT 22 11, and ECON 2200 with a grade of
'C or better.

3. Normally, a student desiring to major in Accountancy will complete
ACCT 22 1 1 with a grade of 'B' or better.

Students who have a GPA at or above 2.5 but less than 2.75 may petition
the department faculty to be admitted on a probationary basis to the major.
Petitioners will be evaluated utilizing a departmental screening process.

To remain a major in Accountancy in good standing, the student must meet
the following criteria:

1 . Complete all other major requirements with a grade of 'C or better.

2. Maintain an overall and major GPA of at least 2.50/4.00.

Any accountancy major whose overall GPA or major GPA falls below a
2.50/4.00 will be placed on probation and has one semester in which to
remove the probationary status. Exceptions to the above criteria may be
made at the discretion of the departmental faculty.

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Accountancy must
complete their course work as follows:

Matriculation in the Major

Before September
2007

After September
2007

Core Requirements

46 hours

46 hours

Common Business Core

33 hours

33 hours

Accountancy Core

21 hours

27 hours*

Interim

9 hours

9 hours

General Elective

8 hours

5 hours

Total

117 hours

120 hours

*Students declaring the accountancy major after September 1, 2007, will
take two additional courses in Accountancy.

131

The required courses in the Accountancy major are:

ACCT2211 ACCT3301 ACCT 3302

ACCT3311 ACCT 4401 ACCT 4410

ACCT 44 1 5 ACCT 4430 ACCT 4440

ECON 2200 FNCE 3353 MATH 1 1 14

MGMT2200 MGMT3312 MGMT3351

MGMT3370 MGMT 3372 MRKT3380

Students planning to pursue licensure as a Certified Public Accountant
(CPA) are required by Georgia law to complete 150 semester credit
hours. Although a total of 1 17 hours are required for a B.S. degree in
Accountancy, it is recommended that students pursuing CPA licensure
complete 120 semester hours during their first four years of study. The
Accountancy Program Director will assist students in determining how
they should acquire the final 30 semester hours needed. Students are
eligible to sit for the uniform CPA examination upon graduation with
the B.S. in Accountancy degree.

Internship Program

Accountancy majors may have the opportunity to participate in an
extended internship during the interim and spring semesters of their
senior year. Internships typically run from the beginning of January until
the end of March. Students may receive up to 9 hours of academic credit
for this internship experience. Upon returning to campus at the end of
March, students would be expected to take two or three intensive
courses during the remaining weeks of the semester.

Program Requirements for the B.S. in Business
Management

The B.S. in Business Management degree program is designed to help
students develop ideals that are ethically sound and socially desirable,
cultivate an awareness of the social, political, and economic
developments to which businesses must adapt, develop sound judgment
and effective communication skills, and develop individual interests and
talents. Coursework provides both the theoretical and practical
foundation needed for those entering businesses, as well as government
and not-for-profit organizations.

132

There are two concentrations in the Business Management major: Market
Research and International Economics.

To declare a major in Business Management the student must meet the
following criteria:

1. Have a GPAof2.75/4.00 or better.

2. Complete MGMT 2200, ACCT 22 11, and ECON 2200 with a grade of
'C or better.

3. Normally, a student desiring to major in International Economics will
complete ECON 2200 with a grade of 'B' or better.

Student who have a GPA at or above 2.5 but less than 2.75 may petition the
departmental faculty to be admitted on a probationary basis to the major.
Petitioners will be evaluated utilizing a departmental screening process.

To remain a major in Business in good standing, the student must meet the
following criteria:

1 . Complete all other major requirements with a grade of 'C or better.

2. Maintain an overall and major GPA of at least 2.50/4.00.

Any Business major whose overall or major GPA falls below a 2.50/4.00
will be placed on probation and has one semester in which to remove the
probationary status. Exceptions to the above criteria may be made at the
discretion of the departmental faculty. .

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Management
must complete 48 semester credit hours of major coursework (above the
general education requirements of 55 hours). Students will complete the
total required 108 hours (120 hours for students enrolling in the Fall of
2007) as follows:

Matriculation in the Major

Before September

After September

2007

2007

Core Requirements

46 hours

46 hours

Common Business Core

33 hours

33 hours

Concentration Core

9 hours

9 hours

Concentration Directed

Electives

6 hours

12 hours

Interim

9 hours

9 hours

General Elective

5 hours

1 1 hours

Total

108 hours

120 hours

133

The required courses in the Common Business Core include the
following:

ACCT2211 ACCT3311 ECON 2200

FNCE 3353 MATH 1 1 14 MGMT 2200

MGMT3312 MGMT 3351 MGMT 3370

MGMT 3372 MRKT 3380

Students choosing not to major in Accountancy will have two options: a
five-course, in-depth study in either ''market research " or ''international
economics. " The student would begin the concentration with one course
in the second semester of the junior year and complete the sequence at
the end of the senior year. Both concentrations, while in different sub-
disciplines, will share common learning goals such as integration,
creative application, ethics, and skills development in research and
communication [writing and oral delivery].

Students must meet with their advisor before October 15 of their junior
year in order to enroll in their chosen concentration.

Market Research Concentration

Students choosing the Market Research concentration must complete:

Capstone I: Business Modeling (MGMT 4410)

Decision making/problem solving process

Creativity in problem solving

Visual modeling

Quantitative modeling

Simulation

Decision analysis

Communication

Capstone II: Business Intelligence (MGMT 4420)

Decision making/problem solving process

Database structure

Data warehousing/On-line Analytical Processing (CLAP)

Data Mining

Converting data into information

Communication

134

Capstone III: Applied Business Analysis (MGMT 4430)

Decision support Systems

Financial/quantitative

Data-based
Forecasting

Risk Benefit Analysis
Group dynamics
Policy implications
Communication

International Economics Concentration

Students choosing the International Economics concentration must complete:

Capstone I: International Economic Environment (ECON 4410)

Macro economics U.S. and globally

Trading patterns and economic geography

Capital markets and currency exchange

Economic and political risk

Appropriate electives:
PHIL 1410 Introduction to Philosophy
PHIL 24 1 Moral Philosophy
POLS 2210 Comparative Politics
POLS 2220 International Politics
POLS 3321 International Political Economy
LAST 3210 Latin American Politics
Any intermediate/advanced foreign language

course
Capstone II: Managing Across International Borders (ECON 4420)
Evolution of the global enterprise
Cultural Understanding
Intercultural communication
Cultural divergence and convergence
The international manager

Appropriate electives:

LAST 1 104 Intro, to Latin American Culture

LAST 3930 Intercultural Communications

PSYC 3321 Social Psychology

HUSV 3308 Cultural and Social Anthropology

RLGN 3220 History of Christian Political Thought

RLGN 3340 Sociology of Religion

MGMT 440 1 Entrepreneurship

Any intermediate/advanced foreign language course

135

Capstone III: Special Topics in International Economics (ECON 4440)

The class will explore international topics in depth through independent
research, group discussion and debate, oral presentations and written
reports. Chosen topics are likely to vary from year to year.
Sample topics:

Comparative Value Systems and Ethical Behavior

Income and Wealth Distribution

Outsourcing

Sustainability

Doha Round

Kyoto Protocol

ACCOUNTANCY AND BUSINESS MINORS

Program Requirements for the Minor in Accountancy

The department offers a Minor in Accountancy. With the accountancy
minor, students will develop a deeper understanding of financial reporting
and the use of financial information.

A minor in Accountancy consists of the following 12 hours of coursework
above ACCT 2211:

ACCT 3301

ACCT 3302

ACCT 3311

ACCT 4410

To declare a minor in Accountancy the student must meet the following
criteria:

1 . Have a GPA of 2.75/4.00 or better.

2. Complete MGMT 2200, ACCT 22 1 1 and ECON 2200 with a grade
of 'Cor better.

The remaining courses in the minor must be completed with a grade of 'C
or better. Students must take at least four of the minor courses at LaGrange
College.

136

Program Requirements for the Minor in
Business Management

A Minor in Business Management is available to any LaGrange
College student, regardless of major. Courses cover the basic functional
areas of business. The minor is designed to help students develop the
ability to recognize and solve business and organizational problems and
understand the role of business in the community, nation, and the world.
Such exposure should enhance the student's employment opportunities.

A Minor in Business Management consists of the following 15 hours of
coursework:

ACCT2211

ECON 2200

MRKT 3380

MGMT 2200

MGMT 3370

To declare a minor in business, the student must have a GPA of at least
2.75/4.0.

Courses in the minor must be completed with a grade of 'C or better.

Students must take at least four of the minor courses at LaGrange College.

Course Descriptions

Note that most courses have prerequisites and, generally, 2200-level
courses are introductory. Prerequisites are shown after the course
description.

All major and minor courses must be completed with a grade of *C'
or better

To take any course other than MGMT 2200, ACCT 2211 or ECON
2200, students must have a GPA of at least 2.5/4.0.

ACCOUNTANCY (ACCT)

ACCT 2211 Principles of Financial Accounting. (3) Spring
This is a foundation level accounting course which introduces the
terminology, principles, and practices of financial accounting for
corporations. The course's major focus is the accounting cycle and
preparation of financial statements.

Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, MATH 1101

137

ACCT 3301 Intermediate Financial Accounting I. (3) Fall
This course focuses on the decision-making implications of information
provided to external stakeholders including investors, creditors,
customers, and regulators, and regulation theory and practice as
applied to accountancy. Topics include regulation of accountancy
procedures for external reporting, current problems in reporting financial
position, income determination, and an integration of current
professional pronouncements.
Prerequisite: ACCT 221 1

ACCT 3302 Intermediate Financial Accounting II. (3) Fall
Continuation of Intermediate Financial Accounting I.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301

ACCT 3311 Principles of Managerial Accounting. (3) Fall
A study of the uses of accounting for planning and control, including
analysis and interpretation of data, and use of cost information for
business policy implementation. Active learning projects will be
emphasized.

Prerequisite: ACCT 2211

ACCT 3354 Financial Statement Analysis. (3) Spring
This course focuses on the structure and analysis of financial statements
prepared in accordance with US GAAP, providing students with a
framework for using financial statement data in a variety of valuation
and business analysis contexts.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301

ACCT 4401 Auditing and Accounting Ethics and Liability.

(3) Fall
This course focuses on the legal and ethical environment in which the
accounting professional practices and in which financial statements are
prepared and presented. Students will consider the conflict between
profit motive and accurate and complete financial reporting, examining
the participation in the financial reporting process by internal
accountants, internal auditors, other business managers, and the
independent auditors engaged to attest to the accuracy and completeness
of management's financial statements. These conflicts will be discussed
in relation to the business's responsibility to employees, investors, and
other stakeholders. Traditional auditing practices will also be studied to
determine the efficiency and the effectiveness of such methods.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301

38

ACCT 4410 Federal Income Tax Concepts and Practice. (3) Spring
This course introduces students to U.S. Federal income tax concepts and
principles and the application of such concepts to business operating,
investing, and financing activities. Ethical and legal issues confronting tax
practitioners are discussed throughout the course. Students engage in tax
research utilizing professional databases and gain expertise in technical writing.
Prerequisite: ACCT 221 1

ACCT 4415 Cost Accounting. (3) Fall

This course focuses on the decision making implications of information
provided to organization managers. Concepts from economics, statistics,
and psychology emphasize the use of quantitative techniques to manage
uncertainty and risk. Topics include planning and control techniques,
construction of static and flexible budgeting, and product costing mechanisms.
Prerequisite: ACCT 331 1

ACCT 4430 Advanced Accounting. (3) Spring
This is an intensive course that integrates the disciplines of accounting,
finance, and taxation with respect to selected complex business
transactions. Topics will include: business combinations, goodwill,
inventory costing, property exchanges and advanced stockholders'
equity transactions.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3302

ACCT 4440 Accounting Information Systems. (3) Spring
This course is an introduction to the systems, procedures, and processes
management employs to control operating activities and information
reporting systems.
Prerequisite: ACCT 22 1 1

ACCT 4460 Internship in Accounting. (1-6) On demand
This course represents a unique opportunity for a qualified student to
expand his/her understanding of the practical applications of accounting
concepts by entering into a specific "help rendered learning
accomplishment" contract with a cooperating area enterprise. The contract
will specifically identify the student's obligations and duties, the nature and
extent of the host enterprise's commitment to assist the student in further
extending his/her knowledge of enterprise operations, and the basis on
which the student's learning accomplishments will be measured. No more
than 1 2 credit hours may be applied toward the student's graduation requirements.
Prerequisites: Accountancy major with demonstrated superior

capabilities and prior approval of the contract by the

department faculty

139

ACCT 4480 Special Topics in Accounting. (3) On demand
A series of special topic courses will provide students with exposure to
issues and concepts not covered in their regular course work. Most
topics will include work with "real-world" organizations.
Prerequisites: ACCT 22 1 1 and consent of instructor

ACCT 4488 Research and Current Topics in Accounting.

(3) Spring
This course provides a conceptual understanding of the accounting
process and the background skills to do research in the authoritative
accounting literature. Students will gain proficiency using PARS.
Current topics in accounting will be researched and discussed. Technical
writing abilities will be stressed.
Prerequisite: ACCT 33>0\

ECONOMICS (ECON)

ECON 2200 Principles of Economics. (3) Fall
An introduction to the science of economics and its analytical tools.
This course is devoted to providing the student with a thorough
understanding of the basic principles of a) microeconomics: the study of
the economic behavior of individual households and firms and the
determination of factor prices, and b) macroeconomics: the study of the
determination of the aggregate levels of income, output, employment
and prices and the examination of fiscal and monetary policy.
Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, MATH 1101

ECON 3310 Managerial Economics. (3) On demand

Focuses on the use of microeconomic principles using mathematical and

statistical tools to make/analyze business decisions.

Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1, MATH 1 1 14

ECON 4410 International Economic Environment. (3) Spring
A comprehensive study of the economic forces affecting global
commerce, including economic geography, trading patterns, capital
flows FDI and portfolio investments and economic and political
risk factors. The course is designed to provide the student with an
understanding of the economic environment in which international
businesses operate.

Prerequisite: Management major with Junior standing

140

ECON 4420 Managing Across International Borders. (3) Fall
A study of the cultural complexity in which international managers live
and work. The course will seek to help students of international
management grasp some of the essentials of doing business in a global
economy the opportunities and threats inherent in a multicultural
environment and their impact on both the individual manager, the
transaction, and the business organization.
Prerequisite: ECON 4410

ECON 4440 Special Topics in International Economics. (3) Spring
This class will explore 3-4 international topics in depth through
independent research, group discussion and debate, oral presentations
and written reports. Chosen topics are likely to vary from year to year.
Prerequisites: ECON 4420

Finance (FNCE)

FNCE 3353 Corporate Finance. (3) Spring
This course focuses on various methods used by corporate managers to
evaluate alternative investment opportunities, including discounted
payback, internal rate of return, discounted cash flow and "economic
value added" analyses. Additionally, the course focuses on the methods
used to finance corporate investments in assets, including capital
structure, cost of capital, and the impact of leverage. During the course
the students will be tasked with an assignment requiring them to form
and finance a new business.
Prerequisite: ACCT 221 1

FNCE 3354 Business Performance Analysis. (3) On demand
A comprehensive survey of the basic tools and models used in
contemporary financial statement analysis.
Prerequisite: AQCl lin

FNCE 3357 Investments. (3) On demand
This course provides students with an introduction to the tools for
analyzing the potential returns and risks of individual securities and how
to combine them efficiently into portfolios. The subject matter will be
presented primarily from the viewpoint of the individual investor. The
course will also examine the market equilibrium pricing of capital
assets, risk-adjusted evaluations of portfolio performance, the efficiency
of the capital allocation process in security markets, the formulation of
investment policies and strategies, and other investment-related topics.
Prerequisites: ECON 2200, FNCE 3353

141

Management (MGMT)

MGMT 1101 Contemporary Business Issues. (3) On demand
Students will experience an introduction to current business topics using
active learning and ethical reasoning skills. Students will be exposed to
a variety of situations and cases that will encourage thinking like a
business person.

MGMT 2200 Foundations in Business. (3) Fall and Spring
This course will serve as an integrative introduction to the functional
areas of business. Projects based on current business dilemmas will
emphasize the need for constant research and innovation required to
address problems students will encounter in the business world.
Potential decisions will be evaluated in the context of reducing risk and
maximizing returns to a variety of stakeholders. Creative and critical
thinking, problem solving, and ethical decision making will be stressed.
Suggested Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, MATH 1101

MGMT 3312 Business Communication. (3) Fall and Spring
This course provides an opportunity for students to practice all forms of
business communication including: written documents and reports, oral
presentations, phone, e-mail, meetings, etc. Particular consideration will
be given to audience analysis, appropriate medium, cultural and gender
issues, feedback, and biases affecting communication.
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1

MGMT 3351 Legal and Ethical Environment of Business. (3) Fall
This course addresses the legal and ethical implications of business
decisions. Topics may include legal organization, employment,
discrimination, contracts, workplace, safety, product liability, and
antitrust issues. Cost-benefit analysis will be used as a tool to evaluate
business decisions in light of existing legal rules and social responsibility.
Ethical decision making will be stressed in every part of the course.
Students will further develop the mindset necessary to make decisions in
an ethical manner.

Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1

MGMT 3370 Management and Organizational Behavior. (3) Fall
A study of the science and art of management with special emphasis on
motivating and leading individuals in an organization.
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1

142

MGMT 3372 Operations Management. (3) Fall
A study of the application of the science of management in the
operations management environment. Primary emphasis placed on the
theories, principles, and tools that improve the efficiency and
effectiveness of the operations manager.
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1

MGMT 3374 Interpersonal Relations in Organizations. (3)

On demand
A study of human interaction in the organization context. Topics to be
covered include self-concept, frames of reference, values and attitudes,
barriers and breakdowns in communications.
Prerequisite: MGMT 3370 or consent of instructor

MGMT 3376 Managing Human Resources. (3) On demand
The study of the basic principles and functions of effective personnel
administration and human resource management. Extensive use is made
of the case method of study. Students gain experience looking at
personnel problems, individually and as members of groups.
Prerequisite: MGMT 3370 or consent of instructor

MGMT 3377 Career Management. (3) On demand
This course is designed to help guide students through the process of
preparing for a career. Topics to be covered include experiences and
activities that enhance employability, resume preparation, cover, and
thank you letter development, identifying skills needed for a job,
question and answer preparation, and effective interviewing techniques.
Prerequisite: declared business or accountancy major

MGMT 3385 Management Information Systems. (3) On demand
This course is designed for future managers who need to understand and
critically evaluate the role and potential contribution of information
technology for their organizations, and understand and effectively apply
various computerized support systems to make better decisions.
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1

MGMT 3388 Research Methods. (3) On demand
Focuses on the survey research process and the analysis of data. Covers
topics such as problem definition, research design, sampling techniques,
questionnaire development, data collection methods and data analysis.
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 22 11, MATH 1 1 14

143

MGMT 4401 Entrepreneurship. (3) On demand
A study of the application of the science of management to the
development and management of the small business enterprise.
Opportunities, characteristics, and problems with the small business will
be evaluated. Students will be required to develop a business plan for a
small business and when possible students will be given an opportunity
to work on special projects with small businesses in the community.
The class requires active participation by students in and out of
the classroom.

Prerequisites: ACCT or FNCE 3354, MGMT 3370, MRKT 3380

MGMT 4410 Business Modeling. (3) Spring
A look at managerial problem solving from a modeling perspective.
Problems are represented both visually and mathematically so that
appropriate analysis can be performed. Analytical tools including
management science methods, optimization, and simulation will be
covered. Interpretation of analyses in the form of business
communication will be emphasized.
Prerequisite: MGMT 3372

MGMT 4420 Business Intelligence. (3) Fall
This course is designed for future managers who need to understand
how organizational data can be converted to actionable information
through the use of data warehouse, data mining, and data visualization
technologies. The design of information system and database structures
required to implement business intelligence systems will be covered.
Prerequisite: MGMT 4410

MGMT 4430 Applied Business Analysis. (3) Spring
A comprehensive look at the application of various business analysis
techniques in all functional areas of a business. A simulated
environment will provide students an opportunity to create various
decision support and forecasting systems and use the resulting output to
manage a large enterprise. Risk-benefit and stakeholder analysis will be
used to analyze policy implications of proposed decisions.
Prerequisite: MGMT 4420

144

MGMT 4440 Management Simulation. (3) On demand
This is the capstone course for majors in business. It incorporates the use
of a computer-based simulation in an effort to integrate all of the functional
areas of business into one comprehensive course. Students are required to
work in groups as managers of a simulated company and make the
necessary marketing, finance, economic, accounting, and management
decisions to run their company effectively. The student's grades are a
function of individual and group performance.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, completion of all course requirements
in major, or consent of instructor

MGMT 4460 Internship in Business. (1-3) On demand
This course represents a unique opportunity for a qualified student to
expand his/her understanding of the practical applications of enterprise
operations by entering into a specific "help rendered learning
accomplishment" contract with a cooperating area enterprise. The contract
will specifically identify the student's obligations and duties, the nature and
extent of the host enterprise's commitment to assist the student in further
extending his/her knowledge of enterprise operations, and the basis on
which the student's learning accomplishments will be measured. No more
than 6 credit hours may be applied toward the student's graduation requirements.
Prerequisites: Business major with demonstrated superior

capabilities and prior approval of the internship

contract by department faculty.

MGMT 4483 Special Topics in Management. (3) On demand
A series of special topic courses providing students with exposure to issues
and concepts not covered in their regular course work.
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor

Marketing (MRKT)

MRKT 3380 Principles of Marketing. (3) Spring
An introduction to the important principles of marketing management and
the role of marketing in a contemporary society, in business enterprises and
in the nonprofit organization. Considers the planning, operation and
evaluation of marketing and promotional efforts necessary to the effective
marketing of consumer and industrial offerings.

Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1

145

MRKT 3381 Advanced Marketing. (3) On demand
Provides training in marketing decision making. Uses case studies
simulating actual business settings to help students develop analytical
abilities and sharpen their communication skills. Covers topics that range
from techniques used to analyze a market to the development of a total
marketing strategy.
Prerequisite: MRKT 3380

MRKT 4484 Special Topics in Marketing. (3) On demand
A series of special topic courses providing students with exposure to issues
and concepts not covered in their regular course work.
Prerequisites: Senior standing, MRXT 3380, and consent of instructor

146

CHEMISTRY

Introduction

Chemistry is often referred to as the central science, because chemical
concepts are used throughout the other sciences. Therefore, in addition
to being a major in its own right, the study of chemistry is a part of
many curricula. The Chemistry Department focuses its introductory
chemistry course as an element in a liberal education, a service to other
departments, and the beginning of a comprehensive study of chemistry.
The department offers B.A. and B.S. majors as well as a minor which
can lead to a variety of future occupations. Students with a major in
chemistry have gone on to traditional pursuits such as graduate school in
chemistry or biochemistry, pharmacy, medical school and law school
(patent law and corporate law), as well as becoming laboratory
technicians and salespersons for chemistry and related industries.

The B.A. degree offers a broad background in chemistry while allowing
ample time for extensive coursework in other fields. The B.A. is
appropriate for those interested in one of the medical or law-related
professions, teaching, or for students desiring the broadest possible
education with an emphasis in natural science. The B.S. program is
designed for those going on to graduate school in a chemically related
field (chemistry, biochemistry, molecular biology, chemical physics,
environmental science, or forensics) or those seeking employment as
chemists after graduation. The B.S. degree is generally more highly
valued at professional schools. While the B.S. degree is more
demanding of a student's time, there is sufficient time for electives
outside the sciences.

Objectives

The specific objectives for the respective degrees are as follows:

The Bachelor of Science Degree

Students who earn the B.S. degree with a major in chemistry will be
appropriately competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical and graphical
presentation of chemical concepts

Equilibria and stoichiometry

Periodic relationships

Thermochemistry

147

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis

Recognition, structure, and reactivity of the major organic
functional groups

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds
by physical and instrumental methods

Volumetric and gravimetric analytical theory and practice

Analytical instrumentation theory and practice

Thermodynamics

Chemical dynamics

Quantum mechanics and spectroscopy

Either advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic chemistry,
or biochemistry

Knowledge of the research process in chemistry

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following Bachelor of
Science curriculum in chemistry:

General Chemistry 1101, 1102
Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202
Analytical Chemistry 2251
Physical Chemistry 3301, 3302
Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371
Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471
Instrumental Analysis 445 1
Chemistry Elective (3000 or 4000 level)

8 semester hours
8 semester hours
4 semester hours
8 semester hours
2 semester hours
2 semester hours
4 semester hours
4 semester hours

Additionally, a research experience is required. This should be taken
between the junior and senior years or during the first semester of the
senior year. This may be done on campus, in industry, or in a research
university summer program. Students may elect to earn 4900 credit for
this required activity.

Supporting required courses include the following:

Mathematics 2221, 2222

Physics 1121, 1122

A Computer Science programming

course

8 semester hours
8 semester hours

3 semester hours

148

The scheduling of the B.S. curriculum is important as the Physical
Chemistry sequence (3301-3302) alternates years with Analytical
Chemistry (2251) and Instrumental Analysis (4451). To be prepared to
take the physical chemistry sequence, students should take calculus during
the first year and physics during the sophomore year. It is highly
recommended that students take general chemistry during their first
year. The following would be typical sequences of courses for the B.S.
chemistry degree:

Fall Spring

First Year

CHEMIlOl

CHEM1102

MATH 2221

MATH 2222

Second Year

CHEM2201

CHEM 2202

PHYS1121

PHYS1122

Junior and Senior Year Sequence depends on
Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry are beini

Third Year CHEM330I

which year Physical
g offered

CHEM 3302

CHEM 3371

Fourth Year
OR:

CHEM2251
Computer Programming

Chemistry Elective or

CHEM 4451
CHEM 4471

Chemistry Elective

Third Year

CHEM2251

CHEM 4451
CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

CHEM3301

CHEM 3302

Computer Programming
Chemistry Elective or

CHEM 4471
Chemistry Elective

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Students who earn the B.S. degree will have demonstrated their
attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current
American Chemical Society (ACS) Examinations on the following three
topics: General, Organic, and Physical. The students will additionally
attain an appropriate score from one of the following examinations:
Analytical, Instrumental, Inorganic, or Biochemistry. The passing score
will be at or above the 40^ percentile of the national norms for these
exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry
Department, based on the accumulated data of the performance of

149

LaGrange College students on these exams. The results which are in the
best interest of the students will be used. These exams will be given at
the end of the appropriate courses and will be offered to students up to
three additional times prior to the time of the student's scheduled
graduation. The student must attempt a retest at least once a semester
until successful completion of the exam. In the event that a student
needs to repeat an exam for the second, third, or final time, evidence of
preparation must be presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled
earlier than two weeks following a previous examination.

The Bachelor of Arts-Chemistry

Students who earn the B.A. degree with a major in chemistry will be
appropriately competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding;

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical, and
graphical presentation of chemical concepts;

Equilibria and stoichiometry;

Periodic relationships;

Thermochemistry;

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and
analysis;

Recognition, structure ,and reactivity of the major organic functional
groups;

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds
by physical and instrumental methods;

Either advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic chemistry,
or biochemistry.

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses
required for the Bachelor of Arts curriculum in chemistry:

General Chemistry 11 1 , 11 02 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 2201 , 2202 8 semester hours

Analytical Chemistry 2251 4 semester hours

Physical Chemistry 330 1 , 3302 8 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 2 semester hours

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 2 semester hours

Chemistry Electives 4 semester hours

150

Required supporting courses include the following:

Physics 1 1 1 , 1 1 02, or 1 1 2 1 , 1 1 22 8 semester hours
Math 11 2 1 or 222 1 3 or 4 semester hours

The scheduling of the courses for the B.A. in chemistry can be
somewhat flexible. The following are possible sequences to fulfill the
requirements for the major.

Fall

Spring

First Year

CHEM 1101
MATH 2221

CHEM 1102

Second Year

CHEM 2201

CHEM 2202

PHYSllOlor

1121

PHYS 1102 or 1122

Junior and Senior Year Sequence depends on which year Physical
Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry are being offered.

Third Year

CHEM 3301

CHEM 3302
CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

CHEM 2251

Chemistry Elective
CHEM 4471

OR:

Third Year

CHEM 2251

Chemistry Elective
CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

CHEM 3301

CHEM 3302
CHEM 4471

Assessment of Learning Objectfv^s

Students who earn the B.A. degree will have demonstrated their
attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current
American Chemical Society (ACS) Exams for (1) General Chemistry
and (2) Organic Chemistry. The passing score will be at or above the
40^ percentile of the national norms for these exams or at an appropriate
level, as determined by the Chemistry Department, based on the
accumulated data of the performance of LaGrange College students on
these exams. The results which are in the best interest of the students
will be used. These exams will be given at the end of the appropriate
courses and will be offered to students up to three additional times prior

151

to the time of the student's scheduled graduation. The student must
attempt a retest at least once a semester until successful completion of
the exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an exam for the
second, third, or final time, evidence of preparation must be
presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled earlier than two weeks
following a previous examination.

The Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry

Students who earn the B.A. with a major in biochemistry will be
appropriately competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical, and
graphical presentation of chemical concepts

Equilibria and stoichiometry

Periodic relationships

Thermochemistry

Physical measurements of chemical systems

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis

Recognition, structure, and reactivity of the major organic
functional groups

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds
by physical and instrumental methods

In-depth study of biological molecules and metabolism

Techniques of biotechnology.

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses
required for the Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry:

General Chemistry 1 1 1 , 1 1 02 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 220 1 , 2202 8 semester hours

Biophysical Chemistry 3311 4 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 2 semester hour

Biochemistry, Chemistry 442 1 , 4422 8 semester hours

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 2 semester hours

Math 1114 or 1121 3 semester hours

Physics 1 1 1 , 1 1 02 8 semester hours

Suggested but not required Biology 8 semester hours

152

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Students who earn the B.A. with a major in biochemistry will have
demonstrated the attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate
scores on the current American Chemical Society (ACS) Exams for (1)
General Chemistry, (2) Organic Chemistry and/or (3) Biochemistry. The
passing score will be at or above the 40^ percentile of the national norms
for these exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry
Department, based on the accumulated data of the performance of
LaGrange College students on these exams. The results which are in the
best interest of the students will be used. These exams will be given at the
end of the appropriate courses and will be offered to students up to three
additional times prior to the time of the student's scheduled graduation.
The student must attempt a retest at least once a semester until successful
completion of the exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an
exam for the second, third, or final time, evidence of preparation must be
presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled earlier than two weeks
following a previous examination.

The scheduling for the B.A. degree in biochemistry is flexible. The
following is a proposed schedule to meet the requirements for the
degree. This degree provides a flexible yet strong program for the pre-
health professional requirements.

Fall Spring

First Year

Second Year CHEMllOl

MATH 1121 or
MATH 1114

CHEM1102

Third Year

Fourth Year

CHEM2201
PHYS 1101

CHEM4421
CHEM3311

CHEM 2202
PHYS 1102
CHEM 3371
CHEM 4422

CHEM 4471

153

A suggested schedule to meet the Pre Health Professional Requirements
and earn a B.A. degree in biochemistry is the following:

Fall Spring

First Year CHEM 1101 CHEM1102

BIOL 1101 BIOL 1102

Second Year CHEM 220 1 CHEM 2202

PHYS 1101 PHYS 1102

MATH MATH

Third Year CHEM 3301 Molecular Biology

CHEM 3371
MCAT, PCAT,
DAT, etc.
Fourth Year CHEM 4421 CHEM 4422

CHEM 4471

The Molecular Biology and Biochemistry course could be switched during
the third and fourth year depending on the interest of the student.

Declaration of Major

Before declaring a major in chemistry, a student must successfully (C or
better) complete the introductory sequence (CHEM 1101, 1 102). A student
may declare a major after one term of chemistry with permission of the
chair of the department.

Minor

A minor in chemistry shall consist of CHEM 1 101, 1 102, 2201, 2202 and two
additional chemistry courses from the following: CHEM 2251, 3301, 3302,
3311, 4421 , 4422, 443 1 , 445 1 . Students must demonstrate proficiency in
general chemistry by passing the ACS General Chemistry Examination as
stated above.

Chemistry Awards

The CRC Freshman Chemistry Award is awarded annually on Honors Day
to the student with the most outstanding achievement in the CHEM 1101,
1 102 General Chemistry sequence.

The A.M. Hicks Award for outstanding achievement in organic chemistry
is awarded annually on Honors Day to the student taking organic chemistry
who has attained the most outstanding record. The award is made in honor
of Dr. A. M. Hicks who was a long time faculty member and chair of the
department.

154

Course Descriptions (CHEM)

Chemistry is a laboratory science and the department views the
laboratory experience as an essential component of those courses with
an associated laboratory. Consequently, students must achieve a passing
grade in both the lecture and laboratory portions of the course to obtain a
passing grade in the course.

CHEM 1101 General Chemistry I. (3hrs.lec^3hrs.labperweek) (4)

Fall
A study of the foundations of chemistry including stoichiometry, atomic
structure and periodicity, molecular structure and bonding models,
and thermochemistry.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or placement in 2105 or higher.

CHEM 1 102 General Chemistry IL (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Spring
A continuation of CHEM 1 101; a study of the gas, liquid, and solid
phases, chemical thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibria, acid^ase
equilibria, oxidation-reduction reactions and electrochemistry.
Prerequisites: CHEM 1101, MATH 1101 or placement in 2 105

or higher.

CHEM 2201 Organic Chemistry L (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per

week) (4) Fall
A study of the fundamentals of organic chemistry with respect to the
bonding, structure, nomenclature and reactivity of various classes of
organic compounds including aromatic compounds.
Prerequisite: CHEM 1102

CHEM 2202 Organic Chemistry IL (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Spring
A continuation of CHEM 2201 including spectroscopy, synthesis,
carbonyls, and biomolecules.
Prerequisite: CHEM 2201

CHEM 2251 Analytical Chemistry. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Fall of even years
A study of the theory and practice of volumetric and gravimetric
quantitative analysis, chemical equilibrium, and acid/base chemistry.
Prerequisite: CHEM 1102

155

CHEM 3301 Physical Chemistry: Thermodynamics and Chemical
Kinetics. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Fall of odd years
A study of the basic principles of physical chemistry including the
properties of gases, kinetic theory of gases, thermodynamics,
thermochemistry, changes of state, phase rules, electrochemistry, and
chemical dynamics

Prerequisites: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor, MATH

222 1 , PHYS 11 02 or PHYS 1 1 22

CHEM 3302 Physical Chemistry: Chemical Dynamics and Quantum
Mechanics. (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Spring of even years
The study of basic principles of physical chemistry focusing on gas
kinetics, chemical dynamics, quantum mechanics, and atomic and
molecular spectroscopy. This course is co-listed as PHYS 3302.
Prerequisites: MATH 2222, PHYS 1 102 or PHYS 1 122

CHEM 33 1 1 Biophysical Chemistry. (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) Fall
An overview of thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum chemistry.
Prerequisites: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor, MATH

1 1 1 4 or MATH 2 1 05 or placement in MATH 222 1 .

Physics 1101 is a prerequisite (preferred) or may be

taken as a corequisite.

CHEM 3371 Junior Seminar (2 hrs. class per week) (2) Spring
A course that acquaints the student with the chemical literature as well
as presentation and discussion of scientific data and information. In
addition, students will explore career opportunities, prepare a portfolio,
and develop career plans. Note: Course is graded on a pass/no credit
basis.

Prerequisite: Junior standing

CHEM 4421 Biochemistry I. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Fall
An introductory course in the principles of biochemistry, with emphasis
on the structure and function of biomolecules, membrane structure and
function and an introduction to metabolism and bioenergetics.
Prerequisite: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor.

CHEM 4422 Biochemistry II . (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of CHEM 4421 with emphasis on cellular metabolism,
fundamentals of molecular genetics, and current topics in biochemistry.
Prerequisite: CHEM 4421

156

CHEM 4431 Inorganic. (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) On demand
An in-depth examination of atomic and molecular structure. Symmetry
concepts are introduced and used.

Prerequisite: CHEM 3301 or consent of the instructor.

CHEM 4451 Instrumental Analysis. (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Spring of odd years
A study of instrumentation and advanced analytical techniques.

CHEM 4471 Senior Seminar. (2 hrs. class per week) (2) Spring
A capstone course which is thematic. Emphasis is on integration of the
student's experience in chemistry and the presentation of chemical
literature in seminar and written form.
Prerequisite: Senior standing

CHEM 4800 Special Topics. (1-4 hours) On demand

A special topics course that may be designed to provide the student with

exposure to topics and concepts not covered in the regular course

offerings.

CHEM 4900 Independent Study.

This course can vary and may be used to satisfy the research
requirement for the B.S. major and provide research experience for B.A.
majors.

k

157

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Introduction

The Computer Science Department at LaGrange College has several
goals. With the goal of computer literacy for our general student
population, courses are offered to acquaint students with microcomputer
applications and networks. For students who want further study in
computer science, the following options are available:

A minor in computer science

B.A. degree in computer science

B.A. degree in computer science with a concentration in business

B.S. degree in computer science

Objectives

Graduates from the B.A. and B.S. degree programs at LaGrange College
should be able to do each of the following:

Write programs in a reasonable amount of time that work
correctly, are well documented, and are readable.

Determine whether or not they have written a reasonably
efficient and well-organized program.

Know which general types of problems are amenable to
computer solution and the various tools necessary for solving
such problems.

Assess the implications of work performed either as an
individual or as a member of a team.

Understand basic computer architectures.

Pursue in-depth training in one or more application areas or
further education in computer science.

In addition, students in the B.S. degree program should be able to do
research, be able to convey technical ideas in a clear writing style, and
have the mathematical background necessary for scientific problem-
solving. Students in the B.A. degree program with a concentration in
business should have the knowledge of the functional areas of business
necessary for working in that environment.

In order to be a major in computer science, a student must maintain a
GPA of 2.25 or better. Students pursuing a B.S. degree must have a 3.0
average in those courses required for the major. All of the 1000-level or

158

above courses in computer science, mathematics, and business that are
required for the B.A. or B.S. degree or the minor must be completed
with a grade of C or better.

The computer science curriculum at LaGrange College is based on the
recommendations of the A. CM. (Association for Computing
Machinery). In addition, our students have the opportunity to take
courses that will make them more attractive in the job market. These
courses include programming languages (such as Python, COBOL,
Visual Basic, and Java), PC support and troubleshooting (including an
A+ course), database administration (Oracle), network administration,
and web programming (including JavaScript, Perl, CGI, HTML,
DHTML, XML, CSS, PHP, MySQL, and Macromedia applications).

Assessment of learning objectfves

The accomplishment of these objectives will be demonstrated by
the following:

1 . Satisfactory performance on a programming test. This test will be
based on the concepts learned in CSCI 1990 and 2990 and must
be taken at the end of the semester in which the student completes
CSCI 2990. The test will be offered once at the end of every
semester in which CSCI 2990 is offered. The test must be
satisfactorily completed by the end of the semester in which the
student reaches senior status, but under no circumstances will a
student be allowed to take the test more than four times prior to
and including that semester. If the test has not been completed
satisfactorily by that time, the student will not be allowed to
continue in either the B.A. or the B.S. degree programs in
computer science.

2. Satisfactory performance by the student in delivering a
presentation at a regularly scheduled Computer Science
Department seminar. This presentation will be developed with the
approval of and possible input from the computer science faculty.
If the student does not arrive at the scheduled time for the seminar
or does not perform satisfactorily in the seminar, the department
reserves the right to impose additional requirements to substitute
for the seminar. A student who fails to fulfill these requirements
will not be allowed to graduate.

3. Satisfactory completion of an assessment portfolio to be kept on
each computer science major. The purpose of this portfolio will
be to aid in assessing the professional development of each

159

student and the growth of the student's programming skills as the
student progresses through the computer science curriculum. Each
portfolio will include the programming test described in item (1)
above, a program selected by the instructor from CSCI 3250,
three additional examples of the student's work, a copy of the
student's resume, material from the departmental seminar
presentation made by the student and described in item (2), a copy
of the studenfs web page, and a personal information sheet
(including forwarding address and phone number, e-mail address,
and plans after graduation). The three examples of the student's
work mentioned above must be approved for inclusion by faculty
consensus. Maintaining the portfolio is the responsibility of the
student. Additional information about the portfolio is available
from the department.

4. Attendance at Computer Science Department seminars. Each
student will be required to attend at least 50% of these seminars
each semester. A student who fails to attend 50% of the seminars
will be required to submit a short written report for each seminar
under the 50% missed. Details concerning such written reports are
available from the department. Failure to attend 50% of the
seminars and submit such reports will result in the student not
being certified as a computer science graduate.

Career Opportunities

Students who complete the computer science major have a wide range of
employment opportunities. These include positions in programming, PC
support and troubleshooting, database administration, network
administration, and web programming. Graduates of the computer
science degree program at LaGrange College have secured positions as
I.T. department managers, I.T. security specialists, systems analysts,
database administrators, webmasters, web designers, PC support
specialists, as well as other positions. Companies employing these
graduates include Milliken and Co., Interface, Duracell, Hitachi, Walt
Disney World (I.T. security), Chick-Fil-A (I.T. department), WestPoint
Stevens, Total Systems Services, BellSouth, Texas Instruments, General
Motors, and others.

In addition, a number of graduates have gone on to graduate school in
areas such as computer science, computer engineering, electrical
engineering, and management information systems.

60

Course Requirements

Core requirements for all students pursuing a minor, B.A., or B.S.
in Computer Science

(12 semester hours)

CSCI 1990

CSCI 2990

One of the following: CSCI 2500, 2850, or 2900

CSCI 3000
Requirements for the minor in Computer Science

(6 additional hours):

Two additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

(excluding internship credit)
Requirements for the B.A. Degree

(30 additional hours)

CSCI 3050

CSCI 3250

CSCI 3700

CSCI 3990

Four additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

(excluding internship credit)

MATH 1114

MATH 1121
Requirements for the B.A. with a concentration in Business

(39 additional hours)

CSCI 3990

Five additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

(excluding internship credit)

MATH 1114

MATH 1121

The five courses required for a minor in business management:

MGMT 2200, ACCT 221 1, ECON 2200, MGMT 3370, and

MRKT 3380.
Requirements for the B.S. Degree

(41 additional hours)

CSCI 3050

CSCI 3250

CSCI 3990

CSCI 4100

CSCI 4250

CSCI 4900

Four additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above.

161

MATH 1114

MATH 2221

MATH 2222

In addition, PHYS 1 101/1 102 or 2121/2122 are required as the

laboratory science courses in the Core Program.

Course Descriptions (CSCI)

CSCI 1610 Introduction to Editing and System Languages. (2)

On demand
This course is designed to assist and famiharize the student with the
UNIX operating system. The course is designed for computer science
students and for those who need to learn a UNIX-like operating system.

CSCI 1700 Microsoft Office and Information Systems. (4)

On demand
An introduction to information systems software. Microsoft Office
Professional will be the primary software utilized. There are four
separate one-hour components to this class (Word, Excel, PowerPoint,
and Access), and all four do not have to be taken.

CSCI 1990 Introduction to Algorithmic Design. (3) Fall, Spring
Problem solving and algorithmic design using the language Java or
Python. Structured programming concepts, debugging and documentation.

CSCI 2050 PC Maintenance and Troubleshooting. (3)

On demand
A study of basic computer hardware, how to install hardware
components, and how to diagnose hardware problems. In addition, the
course will include a study of the basics of Windows and DOS
necessary for maintaining computer hardware. The course is designed
to begin to prepare students for A+ certification, as well as for the
benefit of those who just wish to upgrade and diagnose hardware and
operating system problems on their own computers.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor

CSCI 2500 Visual Basic. (3)

Fall Semester in odd-numbered years
The study of Visual Basic, an event-driven (as opposed to
procedural) language.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor

162

CSCI 2850 COBOL Programming I. (3) On demand
The study of COBOL, a language used primarily in business data
processing applications. Emphasis on information retrieval problems.
Team project required.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor

CSCI 2860 COBOL Programming II. (3) On demand
Advanced programming concepts with a strong emphasis on ISAM files
and interactive programming.
Prerequisite: CSCI 2850

CSCI 2900 Advanced Java Programming. (3) On demand
Advanced programming in Java, including the Java utilities package, bit
manipulation, collections, database connectivity, servlets, and JSP.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3990 or consent of instructor

CSCI 2990 Algorithmic Design. (3) Spring
A continuation of CSCI 1990. Further development of techniques in
Java for program design, program style, debugging and testing,
especially for larger programs. Introduction to algorithmic analysis.
Introduction to the basic aspects of string processing, recursion, internal
search/sort methods, and simple data structures. Programming using
graphical user interfaces.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

CSCI 3000 Introduction to Computer Systems. (3) Fall

semester in odd-numbered years
Computer structure and machine language, assembly language
programming. Addressing techniques, macros, file I/O, program
segmentation and linkage, assembler construction, and interpretive routines.

CSCI 3050 Introduction to Computer Organization. (3) Spring

semester in even-numbered years
Basic logic design, coding, number representation and arithmetic,
computer architecture, and computer software.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

CSCI 3150 Introduction to File Processing. (3) On demand

Concept of I/O management (fields, keys, records, and buffering). File
organization, file operations, and data structures. Time and storage
space requirements. Data security and integrity.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or 3250 or consent of instructor

163

CSCI 3250 Data Structures. (3) Fall semester in even-
numbered years
Review of basic data structures such as stacks, queues, lists, and trees.
Graphs and their applications. Internal and external searching and
sorting. Memory management.

Prerequisite: CSCI 2990 or consent of instructor

CSCI 3310 Organization of Programming Languages. (3)

On demand
An introduction to the structure of programming languages. Language
definition structure, data types and structures, control structures and data
flow. Run-time consideration, interpretative languages, lexical analysis
and parsing.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor

CSCI 3350 Digital Computer Architecture. (3) On demand
Structures for the central computer are studied; arithmetic logic units,
machine language features, information transfer, memory hierarchy,
channels, etc.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3050

CSCI 3400 Computer Networks I. (3) Fall Semester in odd-
numbered years
An introduction to networks with particular emphasis on the TCP/IP
protocols used on the Internet.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor

CSCI 3450 Computer Networks II. (3) Spring Semester in

even-numbered years
A continuation of CSCI 3400.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3400

CSCI 3500 Web Programming. (3) Fall Semester in

odd-numbered years
The study and practice of the planning, construction, and programming
of web pages using HTML, CSS, SSI, and CGI. Graphics, sound,
video, and animation will also be discussed.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor

164

CSCI3700 Discrete Mathematical Structures in Computer

Science. (3) Spring Semester in even-numbered years
An introduction to the mathematical tools for use in computer science.
These include sets, relations, and elementary counting techniques.
Algebra and algorithms, graphs, monoids and machines, lattices and
Boolean algebras, groups and combinatorics, logic and languages will
also be involved.
Prerequisites: MATH 1 121, 2221, or consent of instructor

CSCI3990 Object-Oriented Programming. (3) On demand

Object-oriented programming and design in the language Java.
Prerequisites: CSCI 1990 and 2990

CSCI 4050 Database Management Systems Design. (3)

On demand
Introduction to database concepts using SQL and Oracle. Data
models, normalization, data description languages, query facilities.
File organization, index organization, file security, and data integrity
and reliability.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

CSCI 4100 Numerical Methods. (3) On demand
Introduction to numerical analysis with computer solution. Taylor
series, finite difference calculus, interpolation, roots of equations,
solutions of linear systems of equations, matrix inversion, least-squares,
numerical integration.
Prerequisites: MATH 1121, 2221, or consent of instructor

CSCI 4150 Advanced Program Design. (3) On demand
A formal approach to techniques in software design and development.
Includes structured programming concepts, organization and
management of software development. A large-scale software project
will be developed by students working in teams.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3250

CSCI 4200 Theory of Programming Languages. (3)

On demand
Review of grammars, languages, and their syntax and semantics.
Scanners, parsers, and translation.
Prerequisite: Q^Q\1>3\^

165

CSCI4250 Algorithms. (3) On demand

A study of problems and their algorithmic solution. Algorithms will be
chosen from areas such as combinatorics, numerical analysis, systems
programming, and artificial intelligence. Domain independent techniques
will also be included.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3250

CSCI 4300 Computer Graphics. (3) On demand
An overview of graphical concepts and applications on the computer.
These include programming graphics, graphical manipulation software,
animation, web graphics, and graphics in multimedia presentations.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor

CSCI 4500 Operating Systems. (3) On demand
A course in systems software that is largely concerned with operating
systems. Such topics as process management, device management,
and memory management are discussed, as are relevant issues
associated with security and protection, networking, and distributed
operating systems.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 4510 - 4520 - 4530 Special Topics. (3) On demand
This series of courses will provide the student with material not covered
in the courses above. Topics such as telecommunications,
microcomputer interfacing, artificial intelligence, automata theory,
survey of modem languages, fourth-generation languages, operating
systems, and object-oriented design will be covered.
Prerequisite: Determined by topic

CSCI 4700 Research in Computer Science. (1-3)

On demand
Research project or paper in computer science. Designed for those
students who need it to fulfill a research component of the B.S. degree in
computer science. Student must present a course description in writing
to the department chairman to be approved by the end of pre-registration
during the semester prior to enrolling for the course.

CSCI 4900 Formal Languages. (3) On demand
An introduction to the basic theoretical models of computability. Finite
automata, Turing machines, computability, decidability, and Godel's
incompleteness theorem.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3250, 33 10, or 3700 or consent of instructor

CSCI 4950 Independent Study. (3) On demand

166

CORE PROGRAM
INTEGRATIVE CURRICULUM

Objectives

The principal outcomes of tlie LaGrange College Core Curriculum are to
assist students to:

1 . gather, interpret, and evaluate information to make decisions and
solve problems appropriately;

2. communicate clearly, both orally and in writing;

3. interpret and evaluate the influence of historical, cultural, scien-
tific, and religious developments upon human experience; and

4. establish personal values and apply them in service to the
community.

Course Descriptions (CORE)

CORE 1101* First-year Cornerstone I. (3)

A course designed to enhance the valuing and decision-making proc-
esses emphasizing Christian influences on ethical behavior. Students
use skills of comparison, contrast, analysis, and synthesis of muhiple
perspectives as they examine an issue of common concern. The course
emphasizes active learning, small group problem solving, and service
learning, including reflection on these experiences.

CORE 1102* First-year Cornerstone First Week Experience. (1)

During the week that precedes the beginning of the fall semester, re-
ferred to as First Week, first-year students will select from a program of
seminars where faculty present their research interests, academic oppor-
tunities, and standards for excellence. In addition to the six hours of
seminars, the first-year student is also required to attend five hours Cor-
nerstone classes to discuss seminars and the assigned summer reading, a
two-hour Honor Code Presentation and Signing Ceremony. The first-
year student will complete 13 hours of academic work during First
Week to earn one credit hour. Grading for this one credit course is on a
pass/fail system evaluated by a 5 00- word summer reading essay graded
with a common rubric, attendance, and disposition.
* Transfer students with 30 or more hours may be waived from the
CORE 1101/1 102 requirement.

167

CORE 1120 Problem Solving. (3)

Individual and small-group problem solving geared toward real-life
situations and nontraditional problems. The course will focus on a num-
ber of problem solving strategies, such as: draw a diagram, eliminate
possibilities, make a systematic list, look for a pattern, guess and check,
solve an easier related problem and sub-problems, use manipulatives,
work backward, act it out, unit analysis, use algebra and finite differ-
ences, and others. Divergent thinking and technical communication
skills of writing and oral presentation will be emphasized.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher

CORE 1140 Computer Applications. (1)

Mathematical techniques and computer methods will be used in
the development of quantitative reasoning skills. These techniques and
methods will be examined in the context of examples taken from busi-
ness and economics. The applications of spreadsheets and graphing will
be used.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher

CORE 2001 Humanities I. (3)

This course is the first of a two-course sequence focusing on our cultural
heritage with an emphasis on the impact of the Judeo-Christian tradition
as it relates to all knowledge. The period from the emergence of human
history to 1660 is covered in this course. Students confront primary and
secondary source materials to gain an historical consciousness.
Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, 1102.

CORE 2002 Humanities II. (3)

This course is the second of a two-course sequence focusing on our cul-
tural heritage with an emphasis on the impact of the Judeo-Christian
tradition as it relates to all knowledge. The period from 1660 to the pre-
sent is covered in this course. Students confront primary and secondary
source materials to gain an historical consciousness.
Prerequisite: CORE 200 1 .

CORE 3001 The American Experience. (3)

This course provides an understanding of the unique American identity,
particularly from the social and behavioral science perspectives. The
American Experience enables students to understand the forces that have
given rise to the American Republic, articulate the basic concepts of
American civil discourse, understand the benefits and limitations of a
market-based economic system, and confront the perspectives conveyed
through selected works of American culture.
Prerequisites: CORE 2001 and CORE 2002.

168

EDUCATION

Introduction

The Department of Education offers several teacher preparation
programs: Bachelor of Arts programs at the Early Childhood
(PK - 5th) level; a Master of Arts in Teaching program for both the
High School and Middle Grades level; a post-baccalaureate certification
program for Early Childhood. The Master of Education in Curriculum
and Instruction program is designed for those who already have a
teaching certificate.

The education curriculum at LaG range College serves four basic purposes:

1. to provide for the development of those professional
understandings and abilities which are essential for the
teaching profession;

2. to provide planned and carefully guided sequences of field
experiences (this requires that all students meet with their advisors
before making any work plans);

3. to provide initial preparation programs in Early Childhood
education at the undergraduate level, and a Master of Arts in
Teaching initial preparation program for middle and high school
grades, all of which are fully accredited by the Southern
Association of Colleges and Schools and the Georgia Professional
Standards Commission;

4. to provide a program for certified teachers that leads to the Master
of Education degree in Curriculum and Instruction.

Teacher Certification

The education department offers a variety of programs that are approved
by the Georgia Professional Standards Commission and lead to
certification in Georgia. Candidates desiring to be certified upon
completion of their programs should plan to work closely with their
advisors since certification requirements are subject to change.

Upon successful completion of approved initial preparation programs in
B.A. Early Childhood, the M.A.T. Middle Grades, and Secondary
programs, and qualifying scores on the Georgia Competency
Examination (GACE) requirements, candidates are eligible to receive
Initial Clear Renewable Certificates.

169

Admission to Undergraduate Teacher
Education

The following are required for entrance into an undergraduate program:

GAGE Basic Skills Examination requirement or exemption

EDUG 11 99 - Foundations of Education (grade of "G" or better)

GPAof2.5 or better

Submission of application to program

Background check to ensure that no criminal record or discharge
from the armed services would prevent teacher certification

Successful interview with Ghair of the Education Department

After interviewing with Ghair of the Education Department, candidates
may be admitted conditionally if the results of the GAGE Basic Skills
examination are pending, or if one of the other criteria falls marginally
short of the minimum requirements.

Candidates who have been conditionally admitted because they have not
satisfied the GAGE requirement, must show proof that they have taken
the test within the last four weeks or are scheduled to take it by the end
of the semester. Those who fail to show proof will not be registered for
the following semester.

If a junior has not satisfied the GAGE Basic Skills Assessment
requirement by senior year registration in March, the candidate will be
dropped from the Education Department and can only be reinstated once
the Education Department has received official passing scores.

The candidate will not be permitted to enroll in education courses during
senior year on a conditional basis and will result in being dropped from
the teacher education program. Admissions requirements are listed in
the Education Department Student Handbook.

Admission decisions may be appealed to the Academic Dean. After
admission to the program, a review occurs each semester ft)r each
candidate to determine retention in the teacher education program.

All Education pre-service teachers have extensive field experiences each
semester. They are in schools for a minimum of 7 hours each week
prior to student teaching. Student teaching takes place in Troup County.

At the end of spring sophomore, fall junior, spring junior, and fall senior
semesters, candidates must pass Comprehensive Exit Examinations
before progressing onto the next semester or student teaching.

170

Core Program Requirements

All candidates planning to complete approved programs of Teacher
Education must complete the CORE program requirements.

Objectives

Approved Program in Early Childhood Education

Candidates completing the Early Childhood Education Major will:

develop a thorough understanding of the social intellectual,
physical, and emotional development of the child;

identify the nature of learning and behaviors involving the child;

construct a curriculum appropriate to the needs of the child;

utilize existing knowledge about parents and cultures in dealing
effectively with children;

gain a thorough knowledge of the fundamental concepts of
appropriate disciplines and how to relate them to the child;

identify and implement differentiated teaching strategies in lessons
designed for elementary students;

understand diagnostic tools and approaches for assessing students
at all levels and how to remediate learning problems in the various
disciplines;

develop their maximum potential through the provision of a
succession of planned and guided experiences.

Assessment of Learning Objectives

The Georgia Professional Standards Commission requires that the
Education Department use technology to show that all candidates have
met specific standards for teaching certification. To cover the cost of
the software used for individual candidate performance, portfolio
development, and data collection, a $100 subscription fee is assessed in
the fall junior course EDUC 3342 Child Development and Practicum.

171

Program of Study

Early Childhood majors begin their program of study during the spring
semester of their sophomore year. The course EDUC 1 199 Foundations
of Education is a prerequisite for unconditional admittance and must be
taken before or during the spring semester of the candidate's sophomore
year. Because Early Childhood Education is a cohort program, it is
imperative that interested students declare their intent to become early
childhood certification candidates by following the above admission to
teacher education procedures before spring registration in the fall of
their sophomore year.

172

Prerequisite

EDUC1199

Foundation in Education

3

Spring
Sophomore

EDUC 4459

Special Needs/Exceptional
Children

3

MATH 3101

Fundamentals of Mathematics 1

3

Fall Junior

EDUC 3342

Child Development

3

EDUC 3355

Fundamentals of Reading

3

EDUC 3356

Integrating Specialty Areas

3

EDUC 4449

Classroom Technology

3

MATH 3102

Fundamentals of Mathematics 11

3

Interim
Junior

EDUC 4460

Diversity in Elementary
Classroom

3

Spring
Junior

EDUC 3319

Math Methods

3

EDUC 3354

Theories of Reading Instruction

3

EDUC 4456

Language Arts Methods

3

EDUC 4457

Social Studies Methods

3

Fall Senior

EDUC 3317

Science Methods

3

EDUC 4356

Diagnosis/Remediation of
Problems in Reading

3

EDUC 4360

Curriculum & Accountability

3

EDUC 4480

Senior Seminar

3

Spring
Senior

EDUC 4490

Student Teaching

12

173

Senior Capstone Experience in Early Childhood
Education

The purpose of the Senior Capstone for Early Childhood Education
Majors is to learn how use research as a way to synthesize curriculum
development, learning theories, instruction, assessment and professional
responsibilities through an in-depth study of a topic or issue germane to
early childhood education. Learning how to become a reflective
research-based practitioner is facilitated by the professor through
specific instructional experiences and assignments.

Juniors enrolled in the fall course EDUC 3342 Child Development and
Practicum will submit a comprehensive research or project proposal that
includes the research and focus questions to be investigated, a thorough
literature review and the selection of the method(s) for data collection. If
deemed required by the professor of record, the student must submit a
completed Human Subjects in Research application to IRB for approval.

Seniors enrolled in the fall course EDUC 4480 Senior Seminar will
present their completed research or project as evidence which shows that
the early childhood education teacher candidate has built connections to
real world issues through the application of knowledge, skills, tools, and
ideas.

Certification Requirements

Teacher candidates must have successfully completed program courses
and have a passing score of 80% or higher in each respective section of
all four Comprehensive Exit Exams. If a score of less than 80% is
earned, the candidate must retake the particular course associated with
the failed section. Candidates must successfully complete fieldwork
assignments and receive satisfactory ratings on all Teacher Performance
Observation Instruments (TPOI) and Dispositions Evaluations or show
evidence of successfully completing a Professional Development Plan.
In addition to the above, candidates must have a passing score on the
GACE I test and have completed Opening School Experience.

Artifacts collected when a candidate applies for admission to student
teaching include GPA, Comprehensive Exit Exam Scores, Opening
School Experience Journals and Logs, Lesson Plan Rubrics,
Professional Development Plans (if used). Teacher Candidate
Evaluations, and Disposition Evaluations from all field experiences.

174

Program Completion Artifacts collected at the time of graduation
include transcripts, GPA, Lesson Plan Rubrics, Documentation of
Student Learning: Senior Teacher Work Sample, Professional Logs,
Teacher Candidate Evaluations, Disposition Evaluations, PDPs (if
needed), and Content Portfolios. In addition, candidates must take and
pass appropriate GACE tests to be recommended for teacher
certification in Georgia. GACE scores are collected from ail candidates
seeking initial certification.

After completing an initial program, graduates are contacted by letter
and asked to respond to a survey based on Georgia Professional
Standards Commission Standards and the Georgia Framework Domains.
The survey is designed to elicit responses regarding candidates'
perceptions of their preparation at LaGrange College. Employers of
LaGrange College graduates are also contacted and asked to complete a
brief survey for each LC graduate whom they supervise. The survey
based on the Georgia Framework Domains asks employers to rate
candidates on job performance.

Combined B.A. and M.A.T Program of Study

Undergraduate students who meet the admission requirements for the
M.A.T (passing GACE Basic Skills or a combined SAT score of more
than 1000) and those who have a GPA of 3.0 or higher in their
undergraduate studies have the opportunity to participate in a Combined
B.A. and M.A.T. program of study after the completion of 90 semester
hours. Once accepted, candidates may take one graduate course in each
Summer Semester. Candidates may take one three credit graduate course
during the Fall, Interim, and Spring Semesters only if enrolled with
twelve undergraduate credits.

Program of Study

First Summer
Semester I

EDUC 6040

Foundation in Curriculum and
Instruction (after 90 credit
hours)

3

First Summer
Semester II

EDUC 6020

Educational Technology

3

First Fall Semester

EDUC 5060

Secondary/Middle Grades
Exceptional Child

3

Interim

EDUC 5040

Affirming Diversity

3

First Spring
Semester

EDUC 5020
OR

EDUC 5090

Methods of Teaching

OR

Foundations of Reading

Theories

3

175

Second Summer
Semester I

EDUC 6030

Problems of Reading

3

Second Summer
Semester II

EDUC 6010

Assessment and
Accountability

3

Second Fall
Semester

EDUC 5700

Internship I

(formal observations)

4

EDUC 5020
OR
EDUC 5090

Methods of Teaching

OR

Foundations of Reading

Theories

3

Second Spring
Semester

EDUC 5700

Internship II
(formal observations)

8

Course Descriptions (EDUC)

EDUC 1199 Foundation in Education. (3) Fall and Spring
An introduction to teaching and learning. This course addresses
teacher behavior, teacher roles, teacher ethics and experiences,
historical perspectives, philosophical foundations, approaches to
curriculum development, the politics of education, school governance,
school funding and legal issues, school environments, and living and
learning in a diverse society. Prerequisite for admission to education
program and education classes. This course includes an initial school
visitation experience.

EDUC 3317 Science Methods. (3) Fall

This course addresses science content, process skills, attitudes, and real-
world applications that are developmentally appropriate for science and
instruction. Effective teaching strategies that incorporate integrated and
interdisciplinary approaches, technology, literature, multicultural
education, and the Georgia QCC objectives are combined with theories
of learning. Field experience required.

EDUC 3319 Math Methods. (3) Spring
The math methods course focuses on a constructivist approach to
teaching and learning with emphasis on problem-solving, NCTM
standards, and QCC objectives. The course stresses mental
mathematical exercises and activities with manipulatives that promote
mathematical confidence in children. There is an extensive field
experience that involves a semester relationship with exemplary math
teachers. Coursework involves implementation of the tenets that
underlie the conceptual framework of the Education Department.

176

EDUC3342 Child Development Practicum. (3) Fall
A study of the principles of growth and development from conception
through twelve years of age. Specific attention will be given to the
influences of family on physical maturation, cognitive development, social
skills, and personality development. Major contributions from the leading
authorities in the field will be emphasized during the study of each area of
development. A nursery and preschool field experience is required.

EDUC 3354 Theories of Reading Instruction. (3) Spring
Different theories of reading instruction will be the focus for this course.
Special emphasis will be on children's literature and its role in successful
reading programs. Other topics include: reading process, principles of
reading instruction, and emergent literacy. IRA standards and Georgia
QCC objectives will provide a basis for lesson plans and field experiences
in local schools.

EDUC 3355 Fundamentals of Reading Instruction. (3) Fall
A study of word recognition strategies with emphasis on phonics.
Teaching techniques for vocabulary and comprehension, reading in content
areas, and interrelatedness of reading and writing will also be addressed.
Standards from IRA and Georgia QCC objectives will be used in
combination with various approaches to effective instruction in planning
effective lessons for experiences in local schools.

EDUC 3356 Integrating Specialty Areas into Classroom

Instruction (3) Fall
This course teaches the early childhood certification candidate how to
integrate the arts, health and physical education into instruction. Through
collaboration with college faculty, elementary classroom teachers and
specialty area teachers, candidates will understand, and use the content,
functions, and achievements of dance, music, theater, and the several visual
arts as primary media for communication, inquiry, and insight among
elementary students; use the major concepts in the subject matter of health
education to create opportunities for student development and practice of
skills that contribute to good health; and know, understand, and use human
movement and physical activity as central elements to foster active, healthy
life styles and enhanced quality of life for elementary students.

177

EDUC 4356 Diagnosis and Remediation of Problems in Reading.

(3) Fall
The focus of this course is the identification and correction of reading
problems in elementary school students. Special attention is given to
testing and teaching materials for corrective work including reading
inventories, formal and informal assessment, and computer programs. A
variety of assessment techniques, IRA standards, and technology will be
incorporated throughout the course.

EDUC 4360 Curriculum and Accountability in Elementary

Grades. (3) Fall
This course addresses the practical aspects of curriculum development
along with the role of preparation and its contribution to successful
classroom management. A variety of assessment techniques, use of
Georgia QCC objectives, technology, and portfolio development are
among other key areas that are studied. EDUC 4360 Curriculum and
Accountability in the Elementary Grades is taken in conjunction with
EDUC 4480 Senior Seminar.

EDUC 4449 Classroom Technology for Elementary Grades. (3)

Fall
Classroom technology is a 3 semester-hour course offered to early
childhood and middle grades education majors during the fall and spring
semesters. This course will meet the expected performances found in
the Georgia Technology Standards for Educators. It is designed to teach
(a) Global Communication Skills (b) Application Skills and (c)
Integrative Strategies. All students will be responsible for designing a
professional web site and electronic portfolio that will contain evidence
of their expertise in classroom technology. The evidence will be aligned
with the Georgia Technology Standards.

EDUC 4456 Language Arts Methods. (3) Spring

This course provides a thematic approach to methods for teaching

language arts in the elementary grades. Major topics include oral and

written language, reading and writing workshop, spelling, and grammar.

Georgia QCC objectives, NCTE and IRA standards will be used in

developing instructional resources and units. Field experience is

required.

178

EDUC 4457 Social Studies Methods. (3) Spring
The interdisciplinary nature of social studies will be the focus for the study
of curriculum, methods, technology, and professional sources. An
emphasis will be on planning for and developing resources for instruction,
including the development of a unit with emphasis on the NCSS standards
and Georgia QCC objectives for a chosen grade level. This course includes
a field experience component.

EDUC 4459 Special Needs and Exceptional Children. (3) Spring
A study of identification and diagnostic techniques for teachers related to
areas of exceptionality among students and of alternative styles of teaching
to meet special needs. The introduction to the Student Support Team
(SST) process, the writing of eligibility reports and Individual Education
Plans (lEP) will be explored. The psychological and behavioral
characteristics of exceptional children will be studied. The importance of
transition and other forms found within the exceptional children's
categories will be identified. Weekly field experience in the exceptional
children's areas will be provided.

EDUC 4460 Diversity in the Elementary Classroom. (3) Interim
This course addresses a variety of issues in diversity including
psychological, physiological, and social conditions of different students.
Various issues of equality and equal opportunity are also examined as well
as strategies for working with children at risk. This course includes a field
experience in diverse school settings outside of Troup County.

EDUC 4480 Senior Seminar. (3) Fall

Senior seminar is taken in conjunction with the curriculum course for early
childhood the semester prior to student teaching. Senior education majors
work closely with a local school for eight hours each week supervised by
college faculty.

EDUC 4490E Early Childhood Student Teaching. (12)

Fall and Spring
This course provides a full-day teaching experience for a minimum of
thirteen weeks. Pre-service teachers will be assigned to diverse public
schools and will gradually assume responsibility for working with groups
and individuals. They will participate in classroom teaching and
observation, planning and evaluation conferences, and other school-
related experiences with guidance provided by the cooperating teacher and
college supervisor gradually assuming total responsibility for the class.

179

ENGLISH

Introduction

The Department of English Language and Literature offers a wide range
of courses to meet a variety of needs and demands:

composition at introductory and advanced levels

the literature of England and America

continental literature (in translation)

grammar and the history of the English language

journalism

creative writing

Objectives

The primary goal of courses in composition and literature is to help
students become competent readers and writers by providing them with
challenging texts and ample opportunities to practice their skills of
critical thinking and expression. Toward this end, the English faculty has
set the following four objectives. All students completing the core
curriculum will demonstrate:

proficiency in expository writing with Standard American English
grammar, punctuation, and usage

proficiency in critical reading

the ability to assimilate, organize, and develop ideas logically and effectively

an understanding of the rudiments of research-based writing,
including accurate and ethical citation and MLA documentation

Objectives of English Major Courses

All students completing the baccalaureate program in English will be
prepared to pursue careers in which a broad knowledge of literature and
a proficiency in critical reading, critical thinking, and expository writing
are important. They also will be prepared to pursue graduate studies in
English and in other professional areas, such as law, medicine, or
journalism. In addition, students who wish to prepare for a career in
teaching may do so by completing a major in English. For each of these
endeavors, English majors will demonstrate:

an extensive knowledge of the development of British literature and
American literature from their origins to the present

a capacity for interpreting literature, reading critically, and
expressing literary ideas, both in oral discussion and in written work

180

an ability to bring informed critical and analytical judgment to bear
on the study of literary issues, both in oral discussion and in written work

a mastery of the techniques of literary research and the use of MLA style

a knowledge of Standard American English grammar, punctuation,
and syntax

a knowledge of Standard American English usage

Requirements for English Majors

Before declaring English as a major, students must complete the CORE
composition classes (ENGL 1101 and 1 1 02) with no grade lower than a C.

English majors are required to take 37 semester hours in English
language and literature above the 1000 level.

Introductory Course (required) (1)

ENGL 2200 Introduction to English Studies

Survey Courses (all 4 required) (12)

ENGL 2204, 2205 British Literature I, II

ENGL 2206, 2207 American Literature I, II

Language Courses (2 required) (6)

ENGL 3300 History of the English Language (required)

ENGL 3302 Advanced Grammar OR

ENGL 3303 Advanced Composition

Single Author Courses (1 required) (3)

ENGL 4410 Chaucer OR

ENGL 4420 Shakespeare OR

ENGL 4430 Milton

English Electives (3000 level or above) (4 required) (12)

Senior-Level Course (required) (3)

ENGL 4495 Senior Thesis

181

Requirements for English Minors

A minor in English consists of 18 semester hours above the 1000 level,
three courses of which must be at the 3000 level or above.

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Success in achieving the objectives of the English major will be
demonstrated in the following ways:

completion of each major course with a grade of C or better

completion of an entrance and an exit examination

satisfactory performance on the senior thesis and its presentation

Students are required to take the ETS Major Field Achievement Test in
Literature while enrolled in ENGL 2200 and again while enrolled in ENGL
4495. Scores will be compared to measure progress. Students preparing for
graduate study in English or law are encouraged to take the GRE or the
LSAT.

Awards

The English Department gives two awards to outstanding senior English
majors during the Honors Day Convocation:

the Walter D. Jones Award for Excellence in Composition
and Scholarship

the Murial B. Williams Award for Excellence in Literary Studies

The Jones award is given to the student whose paper written for a major
course is judged as outstanding by an impartial panel of reviewers. The
Williams award is given to the student who is deemed by the English
faculty to demonstrate the highest standards of scholarship and who
contributes the most to the advancement of literary studies among English
majors at LaGrange College.

In addition, each spring at Honors Day, the Department of English
recognizes the most outstanding essay(s) composed for a Rhetoric and
Composition course (ENGL 1 101 or 1 102) during the current academic
year. The winning essay(s) will be published in the next year's edition of
the LaGrange College Handbook of Freshman English.

182

Writing Center

The Department of English Language and Literature maintains a Writing
Center, which is located in Banks Library. This center serves the college
community by providing advice and support for student writers. The center
is directed by Dr. Laine Scott, who trains upper-level students to serve as
peer writing consultants. The hours of the center are posted each semester.

The Scroll and LC Writing Contest

Since 1922, TJje Scroll has been LaGrange College's journal of creative
arts. Published each spring, the magazine features the best of fiction,
drama, poetry, essays, and artwork by the students and faculty of the
College.

The LC Writing Contest is an annual event sponsored by the English
Department, the Writing Center, and The Scroll. It is open to all LC
students. First and second prizes are awarded to best entries in fiction/
drama, poetry, and essay. Winners are announced at Honors Day and
included in the annual Scroll.

Advanced Placement

Most LaGrange College students will take Rhetoric and Composition I and
II (ENGL 1101 and 1 102) during their first year. Some students will
receive credit for one of these courses based on the Advanced Placement Test.

Students who earn a score of 4 or 5 on the AP Test in English
Language and Composition will receive three hours of credit for
Rhetoric and Composition I [English 1101].

Students who earn a score of 4 or 5 on the AP Test in English
Literature and Composition will receive three hours of credit for
Rhetoric and Composition II [English 1 102].

Students who earn a score of 4 or 5 on both tests must choose which
course they prefer to exempt. Only one exemption is allowed.

Only the AP Tests in English Language or English Literature are
accepted for credit in the LaGrange College English program.

International Students

International students must enroll in an English course during each
semester that they spend at LaGrange College until they have satisfactorily
completed both semesters of first year composition (ENGL 1101 and 1 102).

183

Transient Credit

No transient credit will be accepted for courses in first year Rhetoric and
Composition (ENGL 1 101 or 1 102).

Course Descriptions (ENGL)

ENGL 1101 Rhetoric and Composition I. (3) Fall and Spring
Introduction to expository writing, emphasizing the essay form, the writing
process, and rhetorical modes of thesis development. Standardized test
scores, among other criteria, will determine each student's placement in
either a standard, honors, or grammar-intensive section of ENGL 1 lOL
Prerequisite to all higher-numbered English courses.

ENGL 1102 Rhetoric and Composition IL (3) Fall and Spring
Introduction to critical thinking and writing about literature, emphasizing
reading strategies, analytic writing, research techniques, and modes of
documentation. Some students may be invited to join an honors section of
ENGL 1102

Prerequisite to all higher-numbered English courses.

ENGL 2200 Introduction to English Studies. (1) Fall 2007
Introduces students to the academic discipline of English and focuses on
the critical issues (past and present) involved in English Studies. This
course is a prerequisite for English majors for any 3000- or 4000-level course.
Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, 1102

ENGL 2204 British Literature L (3) Fall 2008
A survey of British Literature from the Anglo-Saxon period through the
eighteenth century. Short critical essays required, at least one with documentation.
Required of all English majors.

ENGL 2205 British Literature IL (3) Spring 2009
A survey of British literature from the Romantics through the Modem/
Postmodern period. Short critical essays required, at least one with documentatioa
Required of all English majors.

ENGL 2206 American Literature I. (3) Fall 2007
A survey of American Literature from the Colonial period through
American Romanticism. Short critical essays required, at least one with
documentation. Required of all English majors.

184

ENGL 2207 American Literature IL (3) Spring 2008
A survey of American literature from Realism and Naturalism through the
Modern/ Postmodern period. Short critical essays required, at least one with
documentation. Required of all English majors.

ENGL 2260 Journalistic Writing L (3) In rotation

An introduction to basic types of writing for newspapers: news, feature,

interview, review, and editorial.

ENGL 2261 Journalistic Writing IL (3) In rotation
Advanced instruction and practice in writing news, features, and editorials.
Course also involves copy editing and layout and design of news pages.
Prerequisite: ENG 2260 or permission of the instructor

For English majors:

Prerequisite to 3000-level or 4000-level courses: ENGL 1101, 1102, 2200

ENGL 3300 History of the English Language. (3) Spring 2008
Introduction to principles of linguistics; a survey of the origins and
development of English, and a study of its structure.
Required of all English majors.

ENGL 3302 Advanced Grammar. (3) Fall 2008

A survey of the basic logic and grammatical structure of English, from

morpheme to word, phrase and clause, to sentence.

ENGL 3303 Advanced Composition. (3) Fall 2007
This course is open to all students, regardless of major, who are interested
in strengthening their written expression beyond the level of "functional."
The focus will be on producing nonfiction prose that is exemplary for its
clarity and finesse.

ENGL 3306 Creative Writing Workshop (poetry). (3) Spring 2009
An advanced course in imaginative writing. Professional models studied,
but student writing emphasized. Only one workshop (poetry or fiction) may
be taken for major credit.

ENGL 3308 Creative Writing Workshop (fiction). (3) Spring 2008
An advanced course in imaginative writing. Professional models studied,
but student writing emphasized. Only one workshop (fiction or poetry) may
be taken for major credit.

185

ENGL 3312 Business Writing. (3) In rotation (see MGMT 3312)

A study of the basic communication skills needed to prepare business
publications in today's world. Special attention given to format and correct usage.

ENGL 3314 Classical Backgrounds. (3) In rotation

An examination of major classics, in modem translation, of Greek, Roman,

and Medieval literature.

ENGL 3316 Masterpieces of Continental Literature. (3)

In rotation
Major European classics in translation from the Renaissance through the
twentieth century.

ENGL 3320 Medieval Literature. (3) In rotation

A survey, mostly in Middle English, of English literature to about 1500.

ENGL 3330 English Literature of the Renaissance. (3) Spring 2009
Renaissance English literature to about 1675, excluding Shakespeare.

ENGL 3335 Development of English Drama. (3) Spring 2008
An examination of the development of English drama, excluding
Shakespeare, from its beginnings up to the Restoration.

ENGL 3340 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century English

Literature. (3) In rotation
Selected Restoration, Neoclassical, and Pre-Romantic English literature,
excluding the novel.

ENGL 3345 The Rise of the English Novel. (3) hi rotation

A study of the rise of the English novel with an emphasis on selected

works of the late seventeenth-century and eighteenth-century novelists.

ENGL 3350 Romanticism in English Poetry and Selected Prose. (3)

In rotation
A study of selected major nineteenth-century British prose and poetry,
with emphasis on lyric verse.

ENGL 3355 The English Novel in the Nineteenth Century. (3)

In rotation
A study of the selected works of Romantic and Victorian novelists.

86

ENGL 3360 Victorian Poetry and Selected Prose. (3) In rotation
A study of selected major Victorian prose and poetry, with emphasis on
Temiyson, Browning, and the Pre-RaphaeUtes.

ENGL 3375 American Romanticism. (3) In rotation

Major American Romantic writers of the United States through Whitman

and Dickinson.

ENGL 3380 Post Civil War American Literature. (3) Fall 2008
Major American writers of the Realistic and Naturalistic movements in the
United States.

ENGL 3385 Southern American Literature. (3) Fall 2007
A study of major Southern writers from about 1815 to the present.

ENGL 4400 Literary Theory and Modern Criticism. (3) In rotation
A study of literary theory through postmodern literary criticism.

ENGL 4410 Chaucer. (3) Fall 2008

A survey of Chaucer's work. Consideration will also be given to

Chaucerian influence and criticism.

ENGL 4420 Shakespeare. (3) Fall 2009

The development of Shakespeare's art, as reflected in selected individual

plays or groups of plays.

ENGL 4430 Milton. (3) Fall 2007
Selected poetry and prose of Milton.

ENGL 4440 Twentieth Century Fiction. (3) Spring 2009

A study of selected novels and short stories of Modem, Postmodern, and

Contemporary American and British fiction writers.

ENGL 4450 Twentieth Century Poetry. (3) In rotation

A study of the major American and British poets of the twentieth century,

their verse techniques, and their contributions to poetic art.

ENGL 4460 Twentieth Century Drama. (3) In rotation
A study of major American and British playwrights of the twentieth
century, their dramatic techniques, and their contributions to the
dramatic arts.

187

ENGL 4495 Senior Thesis and Presentation. (3) Spring 2008
English majors will write and present orally an original research project based
on a significant topic in American or English language or literature.
Required of all English majors.
Prerequisite: Senior Standing

ENGL 4499 Independent Study/Research. (3) On demand

HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Introduction

The curriculum in the Department of Health and Physical Education is
composed of two programs. The physical education activities program
offers a selection of physical skill classes designed to promote health,
physical skill development and to promote lifetime fitness. The minor
programs offer courses that are designed for students who may be
involved in some facet of physical education or coaching as a career
path. Coaching at all levels, health/fitness promotion and sports
management are all potential employment areas.

Objectfv^s

The activities program strives to provide classes for student to gain skill
in activities that carry-over into later life thus providing an avenue for
lifetime fitness. The two minor programs provide knowledge and skill
in teaching and coaching areas which will be beneficial in career
choices and/or leisure pursuits.

Assessment of learning objectives

satisfactorily complete all course work requirements

maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA

current certification in Community First Aid/CPR.

Required hours for the physical education

MINOR and for the COACHING MINOR

There are two minor programs; one in physical education and one in
coaching. The department will guide the student in selecting courses
that best meet the student's aims and plans. Fifteen (15) semester hours
are required for each minor.

Physical Education minors must take HPED 2251 - Introduction to
Physical Education

Coaching minors must take HPED 33 10 Coaching Theory and Methods.

The remaining 12 semester hours for either minor can be selected from

the following courses:

HPED 1 154 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies

HPED 2202 Sports Statistics

HPED 225 1 Introduction to Physical Education

189

HPED 3302 Organization and Administration of Physical

Education and Recreation
HPED 3305 Sports Psychology
HPED 3310 Coaching Theory and Methods
HPED 3312 Principles of Strength, Conditioning and Nutrition for

Athletes
HPED 3313 Leadership in Physical Education and Athletics
HPED 3332 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries/Illness
HPED 3390 Seminar and lab Practice in Physical Education

Course Descriptions (HPED)

HPED 1153 Camp Leadership and Program. (3) On demand
A study of camping in an organized setting and of the leadership skills
necessary for the implementation of the camp program.

HPED 1154 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies. (3) Fall, Spring
This course focuses on the identification of emergency situations and
selection of correct response. Certification in American Red Cross
standard first aid and adult, child and infant rescue breathing and
cardiopulmonary resuscitation are earned upon successful completion of
the course.

HPED 1155 Lifeguard Training. (3) Spring

Competencies in swimming and life guarding techniques, swimming speed
and endurance are developed in this course. American Red Cross lifeguard
training and cardiopulmonary resuscitation for the professional rescuer
certifications are the result of successful completion of this course.
Prerequisites: Current Standard First Aid Certification;

Passing of the following practical exams on the first
day of class; 500 yd. continuous swim (crawl, breast
stroke and sidestroke); treading water for two minutes
with legs only and retrieving a brick from the deep
end of the pool.

HPED 1156 Water Safety Instructor. (3) Spring.
A course which focuses on the development of competencies in swimming
stroke and instructional techniques. Students who successfully complete
this course earn certification in Red Cross WSI, enabling them to teach all
levels of the Leam to Swim Program, Basic and Emergency Water Safety courses.

HPED 2202 Sports Statistics. (3) On demand

Techniques of recording sports statistics and maintaining scorebooks are

the focus of this class.

190

HPED 2251 Introduction to Physical Education. (3) On demand
A survey course of the career choices available in physical education.
Opportunities to talk with and observe professionals in various sub-
specializations are provided.

HPED 3302 Organization and Administration of Recreational
and Physical Education Programs. (3) On demand
A study of the organization and administration of instructional, intramural,
and interscholastic activity programs. Special emphasis is placed on the
selection, purchase, and care of safe equipment and facilities as well as on
the legal requirements for providing and maintaining safe programs and facilities.

HPED 3305 Sports Psychology. (3) Spring
A study of human behavior in the context of the sporting experience and
how performance is affected by the interactions of the coach, athletes and
the environment. Emphasis is on motivation, personality, attributions,
disengagement from sport, aggression, leadership, and communication patterns.

HPED 3306 Techniques of Sports Officiating. (3) Spring
This course focuses on techniques of officiating athletic events.
Knowledge of the rules of selected sports and extensive practical
officiating in selected sports form the basis of this course.

HPED 3310 Coaching Theory and Methods. (3) On demand
Analysis of teaching skills and techniques of the different interscholastic
sports in high schools.

HPED 3312 Principles of Strength Conditioning and Nutrition

for Athletes. (3) Fall
This course focuses on the examination of proper techniques, concepts, and
applications of exercise science. Nutritional principles as these relate to
athletic performance also are included.

HPED 3313 Leadership in Physical Education and Athletics.

(3) Spring
A study of the leadership skills necessary to implement and conduct
physical activity programs and functions.

HPED 3320 Methods in Health and Physical Education in

the Elementary School. (3) Fall
A study of the objectives, materials, activities, and curricula appropriate for
elementary school physical education and health. Supervised observation
and practical experiences in the elementary schools are provided.

191

HPED 3331 Personal Health Issues. (3) On demand
This course allows students to explore basic health issues and principles in
depth. Topics include fitness, diet and weight control, nutrition, human
sexuality, stress management, death education, aging, and drug and
alcohol education.

HPED 3332 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries/Illnesses.

(3) Spring
This course focuses on common injuries and illnesses occurring in
athletics. Topics include, but are not limited to, heat exhaustion, heat
stroke, abdominal injuries, injury management, emergency triage,
anatomical instability, blood borne pathogens, and mechanics of injury.

HPED 3333 Yoga for Wellness. (3) Fall, Winter
A study of the effects that yoga has on all aspects of the human body,
including physical, mental, and spiritual. Topics will include breathing
techniques, asanas, fasting, meditation, and different disciplines of yoga.
There will also be a physical component of this course.

HPED 3334 Advanced Yoga with Martial Arts Training.

Fall and Spring
This advanced course will build on the foundation that the yoga for
wellness course established. Advanced Yoga with Martial Arts Training
will emphasize mental focus, body organization, alignment, technique, and
core development. This advanced yoga course with martial arts training is
designed to bring the student eye to eye with their greatest obstacles, which
are perceived physical and mental limitations. This course is one pathway
to cultivating the mind/body clarity and power that leads to developing the will.

HPED 3352 Physiology of Exercise. (3) On demand
The effects of exercise on the major systems of the human body, including
cardio respiratory, neuromuscular, glandular, and digestive are the focus of
this course. Effects of heat, altitude, and ergogenic aids on the human body
during exercise also are included.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1148- BIOL 1149

HPED 3390 Seminar and Lab Practice in Physical Education. (3)

Fall, Spring
This course provides supervised leadership experiences in various physical
education or athletic settings. Seminar discussions focus on common
issues and concerns.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing and completion of 6 hours of

HPED courses

192

HPED 4400 Internship in Physical Education and Coaching. (3)

Interim
Directed observation and participation in physical education, coaching,
and/or supervisory situations.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing, recommendation by the

department chair in health and physical education

Physical Education Activities (PEDU)

The physical education activity program is designed to provide
opportunities for learning or enhancing those skills necessary to
participate in leisure time activities throughout the life cycle. Special
emphasis also is given to activities which improve one's physical fitness
and condition. All courses carry one semester hour of credit and
count toward the hours needed for graduation.

PEDU 1102 Beginning Archery. (1) Fall, Spring

Basic competencies in archery techniques and safety with experiences in

target shooting.

PEDU 1103 Badminton. (1) Spring

Introduction to the skills, strategies, and rules of badminton.

PEDU 1104 Basketball. (1) On demand

Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of basketball.

PEDU 1105 Jogging. (1) Fall, Spring

Participation in progressive running programs designed to increase

cardiovascular endurance.

PEDU 1107 Bowling. (1) On demand

Introduction to the basic skills and rules of bowling. Course conducted

at local bowling lanes.

PEDU 1108 Physical Conditioning. (1) Fall, Spring
Basic assessment, maintenance, and improvement of over-all
physical fitness.

PEDU 1109 Beginning Golf. (1) Fall, Spring

Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of golf. Field trips

to city golf courses.

PEDU nil Softball. (1) Fall

Basic competencies and knowledge of rules and strategies of softball.

PEDU 1112 Beginning Tennis. (1) Fall, Spring
Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of termis.

193

PEDU 1114 Volleyball. (1) Fall, Spring

Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of volleyball.

PEDU 1116 Personal Fitness. (1) Spring

Introduction to diet and weight control techniques as well as assessment

and maintenance of personal fitness.

PEDU 1120 Karate. (1) On demand

Basic competencies and skills in karate techniques.

PEDU 1121 Bicycling. (1) On demand

Introduction to the basic equipment, safety, and techniques of cycling

including training and racing strategies. Weekend field trips.

PEDU 1122 Weightlifting/Plyometrics. (1) Fall, Spring
Introduction to exercises that are geared toward increasing speed, power,
and jumping ability. A basic overview of the physiological factors
involved in the exercises will be included.

PEDU 1123 Beginning Swimming. (1) Spring

Introduction to the aquatic environment with emphasis on competence in

primary swimming and safety skills and stroke readiness.

PEDU 1124 Intermediate/Advanced Swimming. (1) On demand
Development and refinement of key swimming strokes. Introduction to
turns, surface dives, and springboard diving.
Prerequisite: PEDU 11 23 or equivalent skills

PEDU 1130 SCUBA. (1) Fall, Spring

Develop competencies in safe diving techniques and practices as well as
safe use of SCUBA diving equipment. PADI open Water Diver
Certification available upon completion of course and optional trip for
checkout dives.
Prerequisite: PEDU 1 124 or equivalent intermediate swimming skills

PEDU 1156 Canoeing. (1) Fall, Spring

Fundamental canoeing skills emphasized. Field trips to lake facilities and
overnight camping experience are provided to give extensive opportunities
for recreational canoeing.

PEDU 1158 Backpacking. (1) Spring

Introduction to basic equipment, safety, and techniques of trail camping.

Extensive field trips to state and national trails are provided.

PEDU 1159 Sailing. (1) On demand

Basic sailing competencies and understanding with experiences in

fundamental racing strategy. Field trips to lake facilities are provided.

194

PEDU1160 Snow Skiing. (1) Spring

Introduction to basic teciiniques, safety, and equipment of snow skiing.

Field trip to area ski facilities is included.

PEDU 1161 Rliythmic Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring
A conditioning course in which exercise is done to musical
accompaniment for the purpose of developing cardiovascular efficiency,
strength and flexibility.

PEDU 1162 Hiking, Orienteering, and Camping. (1) Fall, Spring
Introduction to basic techniques of tent camping, map, and compass
work. Field trips to nearby campgrounds and forest lands.

PEDU 1164 Water Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring
Development of cardio respiratory endurance, flexibility, body
composition, and muscle endurance/tone through vigorous water
exercise. The resistance of the water makes this course an excellent
choice for the beginner as well as the well-conditioned athlete, and for
the swimmer as well as the non-swimmer.

PEDU 1165 Aqua Fitness. (1) On demand
Development and/or maintenance of cardiovascular fitness through
various aquatic activities including water jogging, circuit training, and
water resistance training. Students will learn to use various aquatic
equipment to implement their personal training.
Prerequisite: PEDU 1 123 or equivalent beginning swimming skills

PEDU 1166 Scottish Country Dance. (1) Fall, Spring
Introduction to, and dancing folk dances of Scotland. Learn figures
and steps of reels, jigs, and strathspey. Opportunity to attend workshops
sponsored by the Atlanta Branch of The Royal Scottish Country
Dance Society.

195

HISTORY

Introduction

The faculty of the Department of History believe that all persons, whatever
their selected role in life, require an understanding of their past in order to
prepare for their future. The faculty firmly believes that the liberal arts
preparation, which encompasses courses from the discipline of history,
provides the student with the most appropriate educational background for
life by integrating knowledge from the broadest range of disciplines. The
objective of the Department of History is to provide students at LaGrange
College with knowledge of the historical forces which have shaped
civilization as we know it.

Objectives

To achieve the objective set forth above the faculty seeks to:

provide students with a basic understanding of the historical forces
which have contributed to the development of civilization

develop in students an understanding and appreciation of his/her
civilization which is a part of the world community.

The faculty of the department believes that students who select to complete
a major course of study in history should have the foundation knowledge
and understanding of the discipline, developed by classroom instruction
and individual study, necessary to provide them with the opportunity to:

pursue graduate study within the discipline

pursue a professional degree in a selected field of study

pursue employment as a teacher in pre-collegiate education

seek employment in a field such as government, entry level historic
documentation and preservation, social or historic entry level research,
or a field where their liberal arts preparation can be beneficially
utilized.

Graduates of the Department of History may be found pursuing careers in
business, law, education, politics and government, broadcasting,
journalism, the ministry and other fields of endeavor. In all of these
endeavors our graduates have found that their education has provided a
foundation for their careers and for their growth in life.

196

The Department of History offers the following major in history:

A. Prerequisite Courses:

HIST 1101 and 1102
HIST 1111 and 11 12

World Civilization
United States History

These are prerequisite courses for the major.

Prerequisite courses can be met by AP, CLEP tests, or by transfer credit.

We strongly encourage the history major to pursue the widest possible liberal
arts preparation by the careful selection of courses from the core
program structure.

B. Two courses from:

HIST 3307

HIST 3308

or

HIST 3310 -3311

Two courses from:

HIST 3301

HIST 3302

HIST 3320

Two courses from:

HIST 3372

HIST 3374

Social and Intellectual History of the United

States

American Diplomatic History

Constitutional History of the United States

Greco-Roman world

Middle Ages

Renaissance and Reformation

Europe 1660-1870
Europe 1 870 - the Present

C.

Required courses:

HIST 2000 Research Methods in History

HIST 4490 Senior History Seminar

An additional nine semester hours of 3000 and 4000 level history

courses are required. The total major course requirements are

33 semester hours credit beyond 1000 level courses.

Assessment of Learning Objectfv^s

Success in achieving the objectives established for the major will be
demonstrated as follows:
successful completion of each major course with a grade of C or better

197

successful completion of the Research Methods in History course

successful completion of the senior history seminar and defense of
the senior thesis before the students and faculty of the department

successful completion of a major field examination during their
senior year.

Those wishing to major in history are encouraged to declare their major
during the beginning of the spring semester of their sophomore year.

Upper level courses in history, those numbered 3000 or above (with the
exception of HIST 4490), are available to all students who have
successfully completed prerequisites.

Minor

The minor in history consists of TWELVE hours of history courses
successfully completed with no lower than a grade of "C." At least six
of those hours must be at or above the 3000 level.

Course Descriptions (HIST)

HIST 1101 World Civilization I. (3) Fall, Spring

Survey course on the development of world civilization up to 1660.

HIST 1102 World Civilization 11. (3) Fall, Spring

Survey course on the development of world civilization from 1660 to

the present.

HIST 1111 History of the United States to 1865. (3) Fall
Emphasis on the Colonial, Revolutionary, early national, and Civil
War periods.

HIST 1112 History of the United States, 1865 to the Present.

(3) Spring
Emphasis on Reconstruction, liberal nationalism. New Deal, and
postwar periods.

HIST 2000 Research Methods in History. (3) Interim only

This course is required of all sophomore history majors. It will
acquaint the student with the basic components of historical
methodology and research.

HIST 3301 Greco-Roman World. (3) Fall

A study of Greco-Roman civilization from its birth in ancient
Greece through the collapse of the western Roman empire in the fifth
century A.D.

198

HIST 3302 The Middle Ages, 350-1350. (3) Spring

This course offers a compreliensive study of the development of medieval

civilization from the late fifth century to the late fourteenth century.

HIST 3305 Islamic World to 1500. (3) On demand

This course will examine the development of Islam, its growth and
diversification from its birth in seventh century c.e. Arabia through the
Ottoman conquest of Constantinople in 1453.

HIST 3306 History of the South. (3) On demand

Emphasis on the antebellum, Civil War, Reconstruction, and New South periods.

HIST 3307 Social and Intellectual History of the United States.

(3) Fall
A review of ideas and patterns of thought, the role of social, ethnic, and
racial groups, and the major institutions of American society.

HIST 3308 American Diplomatic History. (3) Fall
Emphasis on the procedure for developing foreign policy as well as
diplomatic history.

HIST 3310 Constitutional History of the United States to 1900. (3)

Fall
An analysis of fundamental constitutional development from 1776 to present.
Prerequisites: HIST 11 11 and HIST 1112

HIST 3311 Constitutional History of the United States 1901 to

the Present. (3) Spring
An analysis of frindamental constitutional development from 1901 to the present.

HIST 3312 Economic History of the United States. (3) On demand
American economic development from colonial times to the present.

HIST 3315 Georgia History. (3) Summer/On demand
A study of Georgia History from the pre-colonial period to the present with
emphasis on the historical, social, economic and political development of
the State.

HIST 3320 The Renaissance and the Reformation, 1350-1600. (3)

Fall
This course offers a detailed study of the civilization of Renaissance and
Reformation Europe. Primary focus will be placed on the artistic and
religious achievements of the period 1350 to 1600.

HIST 3330 The Medieval Church and Papacy. (3) Spring
This course will examine the institutional and cultural history of the
medieval church, with special emphasis on the role of the papacy, and its
impact on medieval civilization.

199

HIST 3340 Medieval Kings and Queens. (3) Fall

A survey of medieval kings and queens and their influence on the

development of medieval civilization.

HIST 3341 Russia to 1856. (3) Fall

A comprehensive survey of the Russian historical development from the

appearance of the Kievan State in the 9**^ century through the Crimean War.

HIST 3342 Russia 1856 to the Present. (3) Spring

An examination of the Imperial Russian state.

HIST 3350 Renaissance and Renascences. (3) Spring

An examination of the great cultural revivals from the age of Charlemagne

to the age of Michelangelo.

HIST 3361 History of England to 1689. (3) Fall

A political, economic, social, and cultural histcxyofEnglandfiDm 55 B.C. to 1689.

HIST 3362 History of England from 1689 to Present. (3)

Spring
A political, economic, social and cultural history of England from 1689 to present

HIST 3372 Europe 1660-1870. (3) Fall

A comprehensive survey of European history from the reign of Louis XTV through

the rise of the modem German state in 1 870.

HIST 3374 Europe 1870 to the Present. (3) Spring

A comprehensive survey of European history from the Bismarckian Era to

the present.

HIST 3378 European Diplomatic History: 1890 to the Present. (3)

On demand
A detailed examination of European international relations from 1890, the
end of the Bismarkian system to the present.

HIST 4416 Twentieth Century America. (3) On demand
An intensive study of the United States during the twentieth century.

HIST 4478 Contemporary Europe. (3) On demand

An examination of European history focusing on major issues since 1945.

HIST 4490 Senior History Seminar. (3) Spring

A study of historiography and research methods and materials.

Prerequisites: Senior History Major or permission of the professor
and the Chair of the Department. This course may only be attempted
twice.

200

1

LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES AND
MODERN LANGUAGES

Introduction

Latin American Studies is a growing program at LaGrange College. It is
an interdisciplinary program that introduces the student to the cultural
diversity and richness of Latin America and its people. Due to the
increasing presence and importance of Latinos in the United States, a
minor in Latin American Studies enhances one's career opportunities and
effectiveness in such fields as business, government, health care,
journalism, law, and social work.

Objectives

While the minor in Latin American Studies currently requires 6 hours of
Spanish language study, students are encouraged to take more Spanish
courses in order to develop basic conversational fluency. In addition, study
abroad is strongly encouraged because it provides the student with total
cultural immersion. At present the College offers only a minor in Latin
American Studies; yet, the hope is to expand and to be able to provide a
major in the near future.

A minor in Latin American Studies consists of the following 18 hours of
course work:

Spanish courses 6 hrs.

LAST 1 104 Latin American Culture 3 hrs.

LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies 3 hrs.

LAST 3110 Special Topics or Spanish 3110 3 hrs.

Elective in either LAST or Spanish 3 hrs.
(3000 level or above)

Assessment of Learning Objecttv^s

Success in achieving the objectives of all majors & minors in this
department will be demonstrated in the following ways:

Completion of each major/minor course with a grade of C or better

Completion of exit exam

201

Course Descriptions (LAST)

LAST 1104 Introduction to Latin American Culture. (3)

A study of the art, literature, history, and anthropology of Latin America
(fulfills LANG 2000 requirement).

LAST 1199 Latin American Travel Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar which provides valuable educational experience
through close contact with the contemporary life and civilization of a
selected Latin American country. Basic academic preparation in the
history and customs of the target culture is undertaken before departure.
Prerequisites: SPAN 1101, SPAN 1 1 02, and SPAN 2 1 03 or

permission of instructor and chair of Latin

American Studies
LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies. (3)
An interdisciplinary approach to the people, culture, development, and
identity of Latin America. Attention will be given to such topics as art,
class, economics, gender, history, literature, music, politics, race, and religion.

LAST 3001 Survey of Latin American Literature I. (3)

A general survey of contemporary Latin American literature.

LAST 3002 Survey of Latin American Literature II. (3)

Focuses on the works of a current major Latin American writer or writers.

LAST 3110 Special Topics. (3)

A study of selected topics from a specific discipline. Since the focus of this
course changes frequently, this course may be repeated for credit.

LAST 3210 States and Politics in Latin America (3)

A comparative study of political systems in Latin America. Topics
considered include: Basic comparative political theory, modem history of
Latin American societies, politics of selected Latin American states, and
the interaction of economic and political factors in Latin America.

LAST 3930 Intercultural Communications. (3)

A study of the cultural risks confronting the business manager in an
international environment. This course will survey the differences in
values and codes of behavior among a number of cultures with the primary
focus being on Latin America. This course will give the student the
opportunity to learn how to read and respond to the organizational culture
of regulators, business associates, and customers across cultural borders.

202

Spanish

As the Latino population increases in the United States, the abihty to speak
Spanish is becoming an asset if not a necessity in the market place. This
need is already occurring in such diverse fields as business, education,
health care, law, and social work. In order to better prepare our students to
meet this growing need in their future fields, we offer a major and minor in
Spanish. While not required, study abroad is strongly encouraged for both
our majors and minors to improve language fluency and cultural
awareness.

A major in Spanish consists of a total of 36 hours. Thirty of these hours
are in Spanish courses above 1 102. Required courses are as follows:

SPAN 2 1 03 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs.

SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish II 3 hrs.

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition I 3 hrs.

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition II 3 hrs.

SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civilization 3 hrs.

SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 4001 Peninsular Spanish Literature 3hrs.

Two electives in Spanish courses at the 3000 level or above. The
remaining six hours of the major consist of two Latin American Studies
electives.

A minor in Spanish consists of 18 hours. Eighteen of these hours are in
Spanish courses above Spanish 1 102. Required courses are as follows:

SPAN 2103 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs.

SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish II 3 hrs.

SPAN 2 1 06 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 hrs.

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition II 3 hrs.

Plus:

One Spanish elective at the 3000 level or above 3 hrs.

Course Descriptions (SPAN)

SPAN 1101 Elementary Spanish I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials
of grammar, and reading of simple prose.

203

SPAN 1102 Elementary Spanish II. (3)

A continuation of Spanish 1101.
Prerequisite: Spanish 1101

SPAN 2103 Intermediate Spanish I. (3)

A review of grammar and syntax with practice in reading selected texts.
Prerequisite: Spanish 1 1 02 or permission of instructor

SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish II. (3)

A continuation of Spanish 2103.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3)

An introductory course designed to introduce the intermediate level
language student to reading and analyzing short literary works in Spanish.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of the instructor

SPAN 2199 Latin American Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar which provides valuable educational experience
through close contact with the contemporary life and civilization of a
selected Spanish-speaking country. Basic academic preparation in the
history and customs of the target culture is undertaken before departure.
Prerequisites: SPAN 1101, SPAN 1 102, and SPAN 2103 or

permission of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition I. (3)

A course stressing practice in speaking and writing Spanish. Not open to
students fluent in Spanish.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2105 or permission of instructor

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition 11. (3)

A continuation of Spanish 3000. Not open to students fluent in Spanish.
Prerequisite: SPAN 3000 or permission of instructor

SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civilization. (3)

This course provides an overview of Spain's and Latin America's cultures
and civilizations.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2 1 06 or permission of instructor

SPAN 3110 Special Topics. (3)

The further development of Spanish language skills by focusing on a
variety of professions or fields of study. Since the focus of this course
changes frequently, this course may be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor

204

SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature. (3)

An advanced course designed to introduce the student to Latin America's
major literary movements and writers.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor

SPAN 4001 Peninsular Spanish Literature. (3)

An advanced course designed to introduce the students to Spain's major
literar>' movements and writers.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor

SPAN 4002 Latin American Women Writers. (3)

This course will introduce the student to major contemporary Latin American
and Latina women writers. Writers and works to be studied will change periodically.
Prerequisite: SPAN 4000 or SPAN 4001 or permission of instructor

Modern Languages

The program in Modem Language is administered by the department of
Latin American Studies. Courses are taught in Spanish, French, German,
and other modem languages (under the LANG label). As for Japanese,
please refer to the Japanese minor.

Minor in French

For students wishing to develop their general understanding of French and
the Francophone world, and/or wish to concentrate in a particular area of
French language study. The French minor consist of 18 credits (12
additional credits beyond the intermediate level).

Required courses : 15 credits

FREN 2103 Intermediate French I 3 credits

FREN2105 Intermediate French II 3 credits

FREN 3000 French Conversation 3 credits

FREN 3001 Advanced Grammar and Composition 3 credits

FREN 3002 French Civilization or

FREN 3003 French Literature (every other year) 3 credits

The remaining 3 hours can come from any 3000 level French course listed
below:

FREN 3004 Francophone Culture and Literature (On demand)

FREN 3110 Special Topics:
Topics will change, so students may take for repeat credit.

205

FREN 3110 Business French (On demand)

FREN 3110 Translation and Reading in French (On demand)

FREN 3110 French Philosophers (On demand)

Total credits: 18 credits

French (FREN)

FREN 1101 Beginning French I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation,
essentials of grammar, and reading of simple prose.

FREN 1102 Beginning French II. (3)

A continuation of French 1101.
Prerequisite: FREN 1101 or permission of instructor

FREN 2103 Intermediate French I. (3)

A continuation of French 1 102 with additional readings.
Prerequisite: FREN 1 102 or permission of instructor

FREN 2105 Intermediate French II. (3)

A systematic and thorough review of French grammar with emphasis on
the production of speech. Not open to students fluent in French.
Prerequisite: FREN 2103 or permission of instructor

FREN 2199 Francophone Travel Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar composed of preliminary academic preparation
followed by contact with the target culture through travel in the selected
French-speaking country.
Prerequisite: FREN 1101, FREN 1 102, and FREN 2103 or
permission of instructor and chair of Latin
American Studies

FREN 3000 French Conversation. (3)

The goal of this course is to help students improve their

(1) vocabulary

(2) aural comprehension: listening skills

(3) oral production: speaking skills
Prerequisite: FREN 2105 or permission of instructor

206

FREN 3001 Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3)

The objective of this course is to allow the participants to improve their
composition skills in French. The course has three major components:
grammar review and refinement; reading and analysis of various kinds of
texts, both literary and journalistic; a variety of composition assignments
involving such techniques as description, analysis, persuasion, and
managing complicated chronologies. The participants can expect to
improve their command of French grammar, to increase their vocabulary,
and to develop appropriate strategies for writing good compositions.
Prerequisite: FREN 2105 or permission of instructor

FREN 3002 French Civilization: Making and Identity of France. (3)

Concentrating on political and social history, rather than "high culture,"
this course is designed to introduce you to the great moments and great
personages who have defined France and what it is to be French across the
centuries. Some high points include Roman Gaul, the Carolingian
Renaissance, St. Louis and the high Gothic Period, Jeanne d'Arc and the
Hundred Years' War, Renaissance and Reform, Louis XIV and Versailles,
the Revolution, Napoleon, Revolution and Restoration in the 19th century,
France at war in the 20th century.

FREN 3003 Introduction to French Literature. (3)

An introduction to representative writers from the Middle Ages to the
Revolution. Attention will be paid to the changing social and cultural
contexts in which the literature was produced; emphasis will be on
enduring humanistic values.
Prerequisite: FREN 2105 or permission of instructor

FREN 3004 Francophone Literature and Culture. (3)

As a four skills course, this FREN 3004 class seeks to improve the reading,
writing, speaking, and listening skills of students studying French
particularly with the goal of preparing those students who wish to go on for
upper division French. The four skills mentioned will be integrated into
the body of the course and will be developed simultaneously.
Prerequisite: FREN 3002 or FREN 3003

FREN 3110 Special Topics. (3)

Topics will change so students may repeat for credit

Prerequisite: FREN 2103 or permission of instructor

Translation and Reading in French

Translation and Reading skills. This course concentrates exclusively on the
cultivation of reading and translation abilities in the French language.
Classes are in English and all work is from French to English.

207

Business French

The trend of internationalizing business and services forces companies to
cope with cultural differences inside a company and when sending
executives and their families abroad. In a foreign country there are more
than language barriers to overcome. Methods which work at home can lead
to failure abroad. Likewise, the most competent manager can damage an
operation if not properly prepared for his or her stay in the host country.
This course is designed to help you cross cultural boundaries, whether you
are planning on living abroad as a student, an intern, or an employee. It is
not meant to be a technical business course, but rather a course that will
help you understand what culture shock is and how you can prepare
yourself for it.

French Philosophers

An introduction to French philosophers and the different philosophical
currents that have shaped French thought and the world at large.

German (GERM)

GERM 1101 Beginning German I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials
of grammar, and reading of simple prose.

GERM 1102 Beginning German II. (3)

A continuation of German 1101.
Prerequisite: GERM 1 101 or permission of instructor

GERM 2103 Intermediate German I. (3)

Continuation of the development of proficiency in listening and speaking,
while expanding the reading and writing skills using materials of a literary
or cultural nature; grammar review included.
Prerequisite: GERM 1102

GERM 2104 Intermediate German II. (3)

A continuation of German 2103.
Prerequisite: GERM 2103

Other Languages and Culture (LANG)*

LANG 1101 Beginning Language L (3) Fall 2006

A course for beginners with intensive practice in oral communications,

pronunciation, essentials of grammar, and where possible, reading of simple

prose.

208

LANG 1102 Beginning Language II. (3) Spring 2007
A continuation of LANG 1 101.
Prerequisite: LANG 1101 or equivalent

LANG 1199 Language Travel Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar which provides further preparation in the target
language and culture through travel in a country which speaks the
language. Academic work is determined by the course instructor.
Prerequisites: LANG 1101, LANG 1 102, and LANG 2103 or consent of
instructor and chair of Latin American Studies

LANG 2000 Culture and Civilization of a Selected Country. (3)

A survey of the civilization and culture of one of the major societies of the
world. The course examines the culture's social and political development,
its customs and traditions, and its contributions to the global community in
terms of art, music, and literature. (LAST 1 104 can fill this requirement.)

LANG 2103 Intermediate Language I. (3)

A continuation of LANG 1 102

Prerequisite: LANG 1 1 02 or equivalent

LANG 2105 Intermediate Language IL (3)

An intensive review of the language grammar with emphasis on the
production of speech. Not open to students fluent in the language.
*Note: These courses are available so that a language other than French,
German, or Spanish may be available from time-to-time.

209

Minor in Japanese studies
Introduction

LaGrange College entered into a cooperative international exchange
agreement with Seigakuin University of Tokyo, Japan in 2003. Students
who wish to complete a minor in Japanese Studies will complete
successfully at least two semesters of Japanese language study at
LaGrange College and at least 6 hours of study at Seigakuin University.
In most cases students will spend one semester at Seigakuin University.
The Japanese Studies Program Director will advise students who wish to
study at Seigakuin University.

Objectives

The exchange agreement between LaGrange College and Seigakuin
University states that its intent "is to promote international friendship
and world peace by encouraging students and faculty from each
institution to develop friendships within and learn more about the
culture of the other country." In addition, the agreement will allow each
student to have an extensive international experience and learn Japanese
language in a total immersion environment.

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Program goals are assessed by meeting the following criteria:

Successful completion of at least two semesters of Japanese study at
LaGrange College with an overall average of B or above.

Admission to the Seigakuin exchange program after review by the
Program Director and the selection committee.

Completion of at least 6 hours of study at Seigakuin University with
grades of C- or above in each class.

Progrvm Overview

1 . Courses Offered at LaGrange College.

JAPN 1101: Beginning Japanese I
JAPN 1 102: Beginning Japanese II
JAPN 2103: Intermediate Japanese I
JAPN 2105: Intermediate Japanese II

210

Students must successfully complete at least 1101 and 1 102 with a grade
of B or better before they can study abroad. It is recommended X\\dX
students complete at least the third semester of Japanese with a grade of
B or better.

2. Courses at Seigakuin University

Seigakuin University has exchange relationships with several
international universities and offers a slate of courses each semester
that serves their needs. These courses are of three types:

Courses taught in English and about Japanese history and culture

Courses taught in simplified Japanese (i.e., using a limited number
of Kanji)

Courses taught in Japanese for regular Japanese Seigakuin students,
but that allow international students to turn in papers and exams
written in English

Courses will cover a broad range of topics, including Japanese language,
history, culture, and economy. In consultation with the Japan Studies
minor advisor, students will select a slate of courses from the Seigakuin
schedule during the pre-registration period at LaGrange College. The
student will register for several sections of this course:

JAPN 3000: Special Topics m Japanese Studies: [Subtitle Varies
According to Course Topic] (variable credit)

In consultation with the LaGrange College Registrar and the Academic
Dean, the Japan Studies advisor will establish correct hours earned and
will develop course subtitles that best describe the contents of each
course. Course credits will be transferred to LaGrange College if the
student receives a course grade of C- or higher.

SELECTION OF STUDENTS

Participation of LC students in the exchange program is necessarily
limited and competitive. Each year the Japanese Studies Director will, in
consultation with a selection committee of faculty and staff, select those
students who are best prepared to pursue studies in Japan and who will
best represent the college. Criteria for selection include:

Japanese language skills, based on semesters in Japanese completed
and grades earned;

ability to articulate clear goals for participating in the program;

211

the maturity to handle the stresses of living in a foreign country;

character that represents the mission and values of LaGrange
College.

Studying overseas requires a great deal of paperwork and planning.
Students who wish to study at Seigakuin University should consult with
the Japanese Studies program advisor as soon as they begin to consider
studying abroad. Students must contact the program advisor no later than
the beginning of the semester before they wish to study abroad. For
example, students who wish to study in Japan in the fall term must
initiate contact with the program advisor no later than the beginning of
the prior spring term. Students who wish to study in Japan in the spring
term must initiate contact no later than the beginning of the prior fall
term.

While the Program Director will advise students through the application
process, the preparation ultimately is the student's own responsibility.

Courses Descriptions (JAPN)

JAPN 1101 Beginning Japanese I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in listening and speaking,
essentials of grammar, and writing of Japanese Kana and simple Kanji.

JAPN 1102 Beginning Japanese II. (3)

A continuation of JAPN 1 101.
Prerequisite: JAPN 1101

JAPN 2103 Intermediate Japanese I. (3)

Study of advanced grammar, reading of texts, and more complex Kanji.
Prerequisites: JAPN 1101 and 1102

JAPN 2105 Intermediate Japanese II. (3)

A continuation of JAPN 2103.

Prerequisites: JAPN 1 101, 1 102, 2103

JAPN 3000 Special Topics in Japanese Studies, (variable credit)

Courses will cover a broad range of topics, including Japanese language,
history, culture, and economy. While a student at Seigakuin University,
students will enroll at LaGrange College for several sections of this
course. Students will work with the Japanese Minor Program Director to
select appropriate credits and subtitles for the courses.

Prerequisites: JAPN 1101 and 1 102 with a grade of B or above
and admission to the Seigakuin exchange program.

212

MATHEMATICS

Introduction

The Mathematics curriculum at LaGrange College provides a solid
undergraduate mathematics foundation. Along with the broad-based
general education curriculum, the Mathematics department seeks to prepare
mathematics majors for careers in industry or teaching, or for graduate
study in mathematics.

Objectives

To be accepted as a major in the Mathematics Department, a student must
have completed Mathematics 2221, have an overall GPA of 2.25 or better,
and a GPA of 2.5 or better in all mathematics courses numbered 2221 or
higher. Students can pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in
mathematics or a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in mathematics.
Students who pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree have more options in
selecting their courses. This is the liberal studies degree in mathematics.
A more in-depth degree is earned by students in the Bachelor of Science program.

The Bachelor of Arts Degree

This degree requires a minimum of 42 semester hours in mathematics
courses, as follows:

MATH 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4)

MATH 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4)

MATH 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4)

MATH 2224 Differential Equations (3)

MATH 3306 College Geometry (3)

MATH 3316 Probability Theory- (3)

MATH 3335 Linear Algebra (3)

MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)*

OR MATH 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory (3)*

MATH 4333 Modern Algebra I (3)**

OR MATH 4343 Analysis I (3)**

MATH 4350 Senior Capstone (3)

* One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one

of the additional courses in the next listing.

** One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy

one of the additional courses in the next listing.

213

plus 3 additional courses

MATH 2261

N4ATH 3305

MATH 3317

MATH 3340

MATH 3342

MATH 3380

MATH 3382

MATH 4333

MATH 4334

MATH 4343

MATH 4344

MATH 4410
ORCSCI 4100

MATH 4495

MATH 4496

MATH 4499

selected from:
Calculus Applications
Number Theory
Mathematical Statistics
History of Mathematics
Complex Variables
Discrete Mathematics
Combinatorial Design Theory
Modem Algebra I
Modem Algebra II
Analysis I
Analysis II
Numerical Analysis
Numerical Analysis
Independent Study
Independent Study
Special Topics in Mathematics

(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)

A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by advisor.

Bachelor of Science Degree

This degree requires
courses, as follows:
MATH 2221
MATH 2222
MATH 2223
MATH 2224
MATH 3316
MATH 3317
MATH 3335
MATH 3342
MATH 3380
OR MATH 3382
MATH 4333
MATH 4343
MATH 4350

a minimum of 48 semester hours in mathematics

Analytic Geometry and Calculus I
Analytic Geometry and Calculus II
Analytic Geometry and Calculus III
Differential Equations
Probability Theory
Mathematical Statistics
Linear Algebra
Complex Variables
Discrete Mathematics
Combinatorial Design Theory
Modem Algebra I
Analysis I
Senior Capstone

(4)
(4)
(4)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)*

(3)*
(3)
(3)
(3)

*One of these courses must be taken. TJie other may be used to satisfy one
of the additional courses in the next listing.

214

plus 3 additional courses selected from:

OR

MATH 2261

Calculus Applications

(3)

MATH 3305

Number Theory

(3)

MATH 3306

College Geometry

(3)

MATH 3340

History of Mathematics

(3)

MATH 4334

Modern Algebra II

(3)

MATH 4344

Analysis II

(3)

MATH 4410

Numerical Analysis

(3)

CSCI 4100

Numerical Analysis

(3)

MATH 4495

Independent Study

(3)

MATH 4496

Independent Study

(3)

MATH 4499

Special Topics in Mathematics

(3)

A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by
advisor. Physics 2121 and 2122 are recommended.

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Assessment of the objectives of the mathematics program is based on the
following:

completion of each major course with a grade of "C" or better,

successful completion of a standardized examination at the conclusion
of MATH 4350 during the senior year.

A survey will be sent to recent graduates of the program during the fall
term of each year. The results of these surveys will be considered and
may result in changes to improve the program.

Minor

A minor in mathematics consists of the following courses: MATH 2221,
plus five additional courses selected from MATH 2222, 2223, 2224, 2261,
3305, 3306, 3316, 3317, 3335, 3342, 3380, 3382, 4333, 4334, 4343, 4344,
4350, 4410, 4495, 4496, and 4499. At least two of the six courses must be
at the 3000 or 4000 level.

Course Descriptions (MATH)

MATH 0100 Basic Mathematics. (3) Fall, Spring

An introduction to algebra. Topics include instruction in real numbers,

graphs, algebraic expressions, equations, and polynomials.

215

MATH 1101 College Algebra. (3) Fall, Spring
A study of sets, real numbers, operations, order, inequalities, polynomial
factoring, functions, graphs, exponents, first- and second-degree equations,
and systems of equations.
Prerequisite: MATH 0100 or satisfactory score on mathematics
placement test

MATH 1114 Introduction to Statistics. (3) Fall, Spring
An introduction to probability and statistics. Topics include descriptive
statistics, probability, normal probability, confidence intervals, hypothesis
testing, and linear regression.
Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or 2105 or 2221

MATH 1117 Quantitative Methods. (3) On demand
A study of finite mathematical models with an emphasis on the quantitative
skills required to solve applications related to business.
Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or 2105 or 2221

MATH 1121 A Survey of Calculus. (3) On demand
An intuitive introduction, using technology, to the concepts and
applications of calculus. Topics include functions and graphing, tangents
to a curve, differentiation and integration, maxima, minima, and area under
a curve.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or 2105 or satisfactory score on
mathematics placement test.
Note: Not open to students who have credit for
MATH 2221

MATH 2105 Precalculus. (4) Fall, Spring
A study of calculus-oriented algebra and trigonometry. Topics include
simplifying algebraic expressions, solving equations, exponential and
logarithmic functions, applications of functions, graphs, and the
trigonometric functions.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or satisfactory score on mathematics
placement test

MATH 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. (4) Fall, Spring
An introduction to differential and integral calculus. Topics include limits,
differentiation and applications, integration and applications, and the
calculus of trigonometric functions.
Prerequisite: MATH 2105 or 1 121 (and permission of instructor) or
satisfactory score on mathematics placement test.

216

MATH 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II. (4) Fall, Spring
A continuation of Math 2221. Topics include the calculus of the
exponential, logarithimic, and inverse trigonometric functions,
techniques of integration, indeterminate forms, improper integrals, the
parametric equations, polar coordinates, and sequences and series.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221

MATH 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III. (4) Fall
A continuation of the study of the calculus. Topics include the conic
sections, functions of two or more variables, partial derivatives, multiple
integrals, and vector analysis.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

MATH 2224 Differential Equations. (3) Spring
A study of first and second order differential equations with
applications, numerical methods, and solution in series.
Prerequisite or Co-requisite: MATH 2223

MATH 2261 Calculus Applications. (3) Interim (as possible)
A study of applications which can be solved using calculus. The course
will utilize technology, in the form of graphing calculators, a software
package (such as Mathematica or Maple), or both.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

MATH 3001 Mathematical Applications for Teachers. (3)

On demand
A study of topics in graph theory, linear programming, scatterplots, least
squares regression, topics in coding theory, exponential growth and
decay, number patterns, symmetry and tilings.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher.

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors

MATH 3002 Geometry for Teachers. (3) On demand
A study of conditional statements, angles, congruent figures, parallel
lines, similar figures, transformations, trigonometric ratios, and two- and
three-dimensional figures.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors

MATH 3003 History of Mathematics for Teachers. (3)

Spring 2008
An historical development of mathematical concepts.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors

217

MATH 3004 Probability and Statistics for Teachers. (3)

On demand
A study of basic probability and statistics and its applications with an
emphasis on the skills required to organize and analyze data as it relates
to the education field.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors

MATH 3006 A Survey of Mathematics for Teachers. (3)

On demand
A study of problem solving techniques selected from the spectrum of
mathematical knowledge required of middle grades teachers.
Prerequisite MATH 1 1 1 or higher

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors

MATH 3101 Fundamental of Mathematics I. (3)

Fall 2007 and Spring 2009
A study of topics in mathematics designed for future elementary and
middle school teachers who are not getting a concentration in
mathematics. Topics will include problem solving, number systems and
the relationships between these systems, understanding multiplication
and division, including why standard computational algorithms work,
properties of arithmetic, and applications of elementary mathematics.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors

MATH 3305 Number Theory. (3) On demand
An introduction to number theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221

MATH 3306 College Geometry. (3) Spring, odd years
A study of the concepts of plane Euclidean geometry, with an
introduction to coordinate geometry and non-Euclidean geometries.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221

MATH 3316 Probability Theory. (3) Spring
An introduction to probability. Topics include random variables,
discrete and continuous distributions, the Poisson process, expectation
and conditional expectation, and problem solving.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

MATH 3317 Mathematical Statistics. (3) Fall 2007
An introduction to the mathematical theory of statistics. Topics include
estimation and maximum likelihood estimates, sampling distributions,
confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing.
Prerequisite: MATH 3316

218

MATH 3335 Linear Algebra. (3) Spring
An introduction to linear algebra and matrix theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 1 121 or 2221

MATH 3340 History of Mathematics. (3) Spring even years
An historical development of mathematical concepts.
Prerequisite: MATH 222 1 or permission of instructor

MATH 3342 Complex Variables. (3) On demand
An introduction to complex variables.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics. (3) Fall, even years
An introduction to discrete mathematics. Topics include set theory,
combinatorics, recurrence relations, linear programming, and
graph theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221

MATH 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory. (3) Fall, odd years
A study of techniques used for constructing combinatorial designs.
Basic designs include triple systems, Latin squares, and affme and
projective planes.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221

MATH 4333 Modern Algebra L (3) Fall, odd years
An introduction to modern abstract algebra.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

MATH 4334 Modern Algebra H. (3) On demand
A continuation of Modern Algebra L
Prerequisite: MATH 4333

MATH 4343 Analysis L (3) Fall, even years
An introduction to Analysis.
Prerequisite: MATH 2223

MATH 4344 Analysis H. (3) On demand
A continuation of Analysis I.
Prerequisite: MATH 4343

MATH 4350 Senior Capstone. (3) Fall

A study of problem solving techniques selected from the spectrum of
Mathematics course work required to complete a mathematics major at
LaGrange College. Topics come from a variety of areas, including
algebra, trigonometry, geometry, calculus, discrete mathematics,
probability and statistics, and mathematical reasoning and modeling.
Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of instructor

219

MATH 4410 Numerical Methods. (3) On demand
An introduction to numerical analysis with computer solutions. Topics
include Taylor series, finite difference, calculus, roots of equations,
solutions of linear systems of equations, and least-squares.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222 and CSCI 1990

MATH 4495 Independent Study in Mathematics I. (Variable)

On demand

This course allows students to pursue a special problem or topic beyond

those encountered in any formal course.
Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outlined in the LaGrange
College Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be
determined by the instructor, based on the material to be studied.

MATH 4496 Independent Study in Mathematics n. (Variable)

On demand

This course allows students to pursue a second special problem or topic

beyond those encountered in any formal course.
Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outlined in the LaGrange
College Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be
determined by the instructor, based on the material to be studied.

MATH 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics. (Variable)

On demand
A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a specialized topic
from the field of mathematics. A prerequisite may be required.

220

MUSIC

Introduction

The Department of Music is committed to developing skilled and
technologically astute musicians within a challenging learning
environment that encourages creativity, scholarship, and musical
excellence. We offer the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Music, as
well as a minor in Music. The B.A. in Music provides a broad study of
music while allowing ample time for extensive coursework in a related
minor. The B.M., a professional music degree, demands more courses
within the music department and is offered in three areas of study:
Creative Music Technologies, Performance (Voice, Piano, Organ,
Guitar, Percussion), and Church Music.

Objectives

To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and
skills required to obtain successful careers in music.

To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and
skills required for admission into graduate study in music.

To provide classes, ensembles, and private music instruction for
non-music majors.

To provide culturally enriching experiences for the college and
community to heighten aesthetic awareness and appreciation of the
musical arts.

Facilities and Resources

The Department of Music is located on the Callaway Campus and is
housed in the Callaway Educational Building. Our facilities include the
Callaway Auditorium, music faculty studios/offices, Callaway Recital
Hall, instructional and rehearsal space, student practice rooms, theory
lab, keyboard lab, composition lab, edit/mix suite, video editing suite,
and two recording studios. Most laboratories are 24/7 facilities and
enjoy a great deal of student use and creative productivity.

General Information for Music Majors

Acceptance into the Department of Music is granted by a music faculty
committee to those students who have submitted an application and
completed an audition/'interview. Please inquire about audition dates,
usually held in early spring. Incoming students who have not auditioned
or interviewed before the committee prior to the beginning of the fall

221

semester should contact the Chair of the Department before enrolHng in
music courses. Admission of all new music students to the Department of
Music, first-year students and transfers, is provisional in nature and will be
evaluated at the end of the first year of study (see Entry Requirements for
Music Majors below).

The Bachelor of Music degree is designed for students who are preparing
for professional careers in music and/or graduate study in music. The
curricula leading to this degree are based on a philosophy that recognizes
the need for rigorous study in all aspects of music. Each program of study
requires a heavy concentration of music courses/experiences, and many
courses are sequential. Therefore, potential music majors are strongly
encouraged to begin taking music courses in their first year. The Chair of
the Department of Music can provide you with advisement and a four-year
suggested course guideline.

The music faculty provides incoming students with a Music Majors
Handbook containing departmental policies and further details about
requirements for music majors.

Music Scholarships

Talent-based scholarships are available for incoming first-year students as
well as transfer students. Audition dates for scholarships are held annually
in the spring. Applicants to the Creative MusicTechnologies degree track
must present two or three original compositions and/or arrangements on
manuscript or any recorded format. Applicants to all other degrees should
be prepared to present two selections of contrasting styles.

Ensembles

Various ensembles are available by audition for both music majors and
non-majors. Our ensembles represent the College and Department of
Music in public performances throughout the academic year, both locally and
abroad.

Both the jazz and guitar ensembles are open to talented students by
audition only. Those interested may audition at the beginning of each semester.

222

Theory 1-2

4 hours

Ear Training 1 -2

4 hours

Literature & Language

of Music 1-2

2 hours

Piano 1

1 hour

Music History 1 {or 2)

3 hours

3 hours

Total:

17 hours

Music Minor

To obtain a minor in Music, students must complete the following courses:
MUSI 1101 and 1102
MUSI 11 13 and 1114
MUSI 11 10 and 1111

MUSI 1103

MUSI 3301 (or MUSI 3302)

Music Electives

Entry Requirement's for Music Majors

In addition to fulfilling the general requirements for admission to LaGrange
College, students desiring to major in music must complete an audition/
interview before the music faculty prior to enrolling in music courses and
take the Music Theory Placement Exam. The results of this exam will be
used to determine the appropriate level of music theory instruction.

Exit Requirements for Music Majors

Students must earn a grade of "C" or better in all music courses.

All music majors must take the Theory Competency Exam upon
completion of MUSI 2202 and MUSI 2214 and must receive a
minimum score of 80 percent in each section. A detailed description of
this exam is included in the Music Majors Handbook.

All music majors must take the Piano Proficiency Exam demonstrating
keyboard skill, receiving a "Pass" on each of the exam's criteria.
Further details about this exam are included in the Music Majors
Handbook.

All music majors must present either a capstone presentation or a
public recital featuring their talent (according to the degree
requirements). Recital requirements vary between the different
programs of study. Consult the Music Majors Handbook for specific
guidelines.

All music majors must attend at least 80 percent of departmentally
sponsored concerts and events each semester of study.

223

Music Core

The following courses are common to all Music Majors and are referred
to as the Music Core. A student testing out of Piano Class 1-3, or those
whose primary applied instrument is piano or organ must take an
additional 3 hours of music electives to substitute for these classes.
Theory 1 and Ear Training 1 fulfills the Fine Arts elective requirement
and is counted as part of the Common Core Program above.

MUSI 1 1 1 & 1 11 1 Literature & Language

of Music 2 hours

MUSI 11 1 , 1 1 02, 220 1 , 2202 Music Theory 1 -4 8 hours

MUSI 1 1 13, 1 1 14, 2213, 2214 Ear Training 1^ 8 hours

MUSI 1 103, 1 104, 2203 Piano Class 1-3 3 hours

MUSI 3310, 3302 Music History 1 & 2 6 hours

Total: 27 hours

Bachelor of Arts in Music

This program of study provides the student with a broad, liberal arts
based music education. The major consists of course work in four areas
of study: 1) academic, 2) performance, 3) music electives, and 4)
capstone presentation. The academic areas include music theory and
music history. The performance component is comprised of Piano Class
(1-3) and applied lessons or ensemble. The music electives consist of
MUSI courses and may not be counted in the academic or performance
areas. MUSI 4486 Special Topics may be taken multiple times for
credit. The capstone presentation should be a senior-level investigation
of a topic approved by the music faculty and may take the following
forms: a) recital, a 30-minute public performance; b) lecture-recital, the
student presents a combination lecture and recital totaling 20-30
minutes; or c) lecture, a 20-30 minute presentation of research on some
music topic appropriate to the student's interests and abilities. The
successful capstone project should bring together each facet of the
student's music education, and thus should be completed in the student's
final semester. The student is encouraged to choose a complementary
minor area of study, including (but not limited to) English, Philosophy,
History, or Theater. The student must adhere to all entrance/exit
requirements common to all Music Majors.

224

In addition to the other degree requirements, students complete the
following Music courses:

Music Core 27 hours

MUSI 1105, 1106 (or 1107, 1108)

Applied Lessons or Ensemble 6 hours

MUSI 4488 Capstone Presentation 1 hour

Music Electives 12 hours

Bachelor of Music in Creative Music Technologies

This program of study prepares the student for an entry-level position in
the music industry or continued study at the graduate level. Students of
this program typically come from backgrounds that include performance,
song writing, composition, electronic and/or computer music. The course
work prepares students for a wide variety of activities, such as film/video
scoring, muhimedia, electro-acoustic concert and studio applications,
music printing, digital audio and video editing, 5.1 audio editing and
mixing, and MIDI applications of every sort.

Internships allow students to tailor their academic work to their specific
career goals and gain valuable experience with industry professionals.
Internships may be repeated for credit.

In addition to the other degree requirements, students complete the
following Music courses:

sic Core

27 hours

MUSI 1105,

1106

Applied Instrument

3 hours

MUSI 1211,

2210,

2211,3210,3211,4210

Composition 1-6

6 hours

MUSI 1107,

1108

Ensemble

2 hours

MUSI 2310

Orchestration

2 hours

MUSI 2390

Audio Engineering

3 hours

MUSI 3369

Music Technology

5 hours

MUSI 3352

Jaz.z Theory & Popular Practice

2 hours

MUSI 3384

Junior Recital

1 hour

MUSI 3366

Basics of Conducting

3 hours

MUSI 4470

Internship

1 hour

MUSI 4484

Senior Recital

1 hour

Music Electives

4 hours

225

Bachelor of Music in Performance
(Voice, Piano, Organ, Guitar, Percussion)

This program of study is designed for students seeking careers as
professional classical performers and/or studio teachers. Students admitted
to this program of study must possess exceptional talent in their principal
applied area, and instrumental and keyboard majors must demonstrate
previous training. The curriculum couples rigorous scholarship with
numerous performance opportunities, thus adequately preparing students
for graduate study in performance.

In addition to the other degree requirements, students complete the
following Music courses:

Vocal Majors

Track:

Music Core

27 hours

MUSI 1105,

1106

Applied Voice

8 hours

MUSI 1107,

1108

Choir

8 hours

MUSI 2239

Diction for Singers

(may be repeated for credit)

3 hours

MUSI 3384

Junior Recital

1 hour

MUSI 3366

Basics of Conducting

3 hours

MUSI 4484

Senior Recital

1 hour

MUSI 4480

Opera Workshop

3 hours

Foreign Language

(Non-Music Required)

6 hours

Instrumental Majors

; Track:

Music Core

27 hours

MUSI 1105,

1106

Applied Instrument

8 hours

MUSI 1107,

1108

Ensemble

8 hours

MUSI 3366

Basics of Conducting

3 hours

MUSI 3352

Jazz Theory & Popular Practice 2 hours

MUSI 3384

Junior Recital

1 hour

MUSI 4484

Senior Recital

1 hour

Music Electives

6 hours

226

Bachelor of Music in Church Music

Through a broad interdenominational curriculum, the degree in Church
Music prepares future leaders for music ministry in the church. The course
of study affirms both the rich heritage of the sacred musical tradition and
contemporary worship styles practiced in many churches today. This
degree is also appropriate for those students pursuing graduate study in
church music at the seminary /graduate school level.

The required internships provide an opportunity for students to practice
their craft in a real-world environment. Students are expected to provide
their own transportation to and from the internship site. Because the
internship experience offers valuable interaction with professionals and
spiritual mentoring, students are encouraged to enroll for as many
internship credit hours as their schedule permits. Internship may be
repeated for credit.

In addition to the other degree requirements, students complete the
following Music courses:

isic Core

27 hours

MUSI 11 05, 1 106 Applied Instrument

8 hours

MUSI 1107, 1108 Ensemble

8 hours

MUSI 3331 Christian Hymnody

3 hours

MUSI 3366 Basics of Conducting

3 hours

MUSI 4470 Internship

1 hour

MUSI 4484 Senior Recital

1 hour

Music or Religion Electives

9 hours

Course Descriptions (MUSI)

MUSI 1100 Music Fundamentals. (3)* Fall and Spring

Provides an introduction to elementary music theory, including scales, key
signatures, staff notation, clefs, rhythm, meter, intervals, and general
music terminology.

MUSI 1101 Theory 1. (2)* Fall

This course is designed to provide the student with the basics of music
theory, including: scales, key signatures, intervals, triads, beginning voice
leading, harmony, figured bass, basic reductive and hierarchic graphing
techniques. Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources and
notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC computer
skills especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in music theory.
Must be taken with MUSI 1113.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 100 or passing score on Theory Placement Exam

227

MUSI 1102 Theory 2. (2) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 1101. This course is designed to provide the
student experience with intermediate-level music theory topics,
including: phrase structure, non-chord tones, voice leading, harmony,
figured bass, basic reductive and hierarchic graphing techniques. Some
lab time will be devoted to internet music resources and notation using
FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC computer skills,
especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in music theory.
Must be taken with MUSI 1114.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1101

MUSI 1103 Piano 1. (1) Spring

Beginning instruction in piano for music majors with no previous

keyboard training. Development of basic reading skills.

MUSI 1104 Piano 2. (1) Fall

Continuation of Piano 1 with additional emphasis on sight-reading.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 103 or permission of Chair

MUSI 1105-1106 Applied Lessons. (1-2) Fall, Spring
Individual instruction in the student's choice of instrument or voice to
develop technical proficiency, repertoire knowledge, and performance
skills. May be repeated for credit.

Prerequisite: Audition and authorization by the Chair
Section A - Voice

Section B - Piano (Classical and Jazz)
Section C - Organ

Section D - Guitar (Classical, Jazz and Bass)
Section E - Percussion
Section F - Brass
Section G - Composition
Section H - Strings

MUSI 1107-1108 Ensemble. (1) Fall, Spring

Performance organization(s) providing ensemble experience. May be

repeated for credit.

Prerequisite: Audition
Section A Concert Choir
Section B Jazz Combo 1
Section C ^Jazz Combo 2
Section D Guitar Ensemble
Section E Chamber Choir

228

MUSI 1109 Beginning Classical Guitar. (1) Fall, Spring

Basic techniques of Classical guitar taught in a classroom setting, intended
for non-music majors. The course includes fundamentals of reading music
and understanding elementary music theory. In addition, students will
study examples of simple folk music and music for worship. A selection
of the most useful guitar chords, suitable for beginners, and basic
accompaniment patterns will be taught to allow the students to accompany
their singing. Students will need to own an acoustic guitar and plan for
daily practice time.

MUSI 1110 Literature and Language of Music 1. (1) Fall

This course will acquaint students with the appropriate language needed
for a precise discussion of music and the literature that corresponds to
musical evolution since notation developed. Students will learn to
distinguish between related genres, i.e., opera and oratorio, concerti and
concerto grossi. Moreover, they will learn to recognize musical styles and
be able to place music in the most likely historical period based on stylistic
observations. Although not a survey course, it will incorporate musical
historical perspectives and highlight those important composers who have
changed the direction of music or perfected a certain style. The course will
also have a strong listening component, thereby encouraging more
discriminate listening.

MUSI 1111 Literature and Language of Music 2. (1) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 1110, this course will place a great emphasis on
listening to and talking about different musical styles and prominent
composers who exemplify those styles. Score study will be an
important component.

MUSI 1112 Music Survey. (3)* Fall, Spring

A broad survey of music aimed at developing aesthetic awareness and

critical analysis of music from diverse styles and genres.

MUSI 1113 Ear Training 1. (2)* Fall

This course is designed to provide the student with basic sight singing and
listening skills. Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources
and notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC
computer skills especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in
music theory and ear training. Must be taken with MUSI 1101.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 100 or passing score on Theory Placement Exam

MUSI 1114 Ear Training 2. (2) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 1114. Must be taken with MUSI 1 102.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 101 and MUSI 1113

229

MUSI 1211 Composition 1. (1) Spring

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the
student. This is a seminar class; therefore, peer evaluation and
commentary is part of the classroom experience. At least one work
must be offered in the recital given by the composition class at the end of the
term.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 and MUSI 1113

MUSI 2201 Theory 3. (2) Fall

Continuation of MUSI 1 102. This course is designed to provide the
student with more advanced knowledge of music theory, including:
basic reductive and hierarchic graphing techniques, chromatic harmony,
modulations, form (binary, ternary, and variations), advanced voice
leading, and advanced part writing. Some lab time will be devoted to
internet music resources and notation using FINALE. Other topics will
include basic MAC computer skills, especially as they pertain to music
theory and CAI in music theory. Must be taken with MUSI 2213.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 and MUSI 1114

MUSI 2202 Theory 4. (2) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 2201 . This course is designed to provide the
student with more advanced knowledge of music theory, including:
reductive and hierarchic graphing techniques, advanced chromatic
harmony, modulations, sonata and rondo form, advanced voice leading,
advanced part writing, and introductory 20**^ century compositional
techniques. Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources
and notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC
computer skills, especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in
music theory. Must be taken with MUSI 2214.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2201 and 2213

MUSI 2203 Piano Class 3. (1) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 1 104 with emphasis on transposition and chord
accompaniment. Upon completion of this course, the student should be
prepared for the Piano Proficiency Exam. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1104

MUSI 2210 Composition 2. (1) Fall

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the
student. This is a seminar class, therefore, peer evaluation and
commentary is part of the classroom experience. At least one work
must be offered in the recital given by the composition class at the end
of the term.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1211

230

MUSI 2211 Composition 3. (1) Spring

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the
student. This is a seminar class, therefore, peer evaluation and commentary
is part of the classroom experience. At least one work must be offered in
the recital given by the composition class at the end of the term.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2210

MUSI 2213 Ear Training 3. (2) Fall

Continuation of MUSI 1114. This course is designed to provide the
student with a more advanced knowledge, sight singing, and listening
skills. Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources and
notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC computer
skills, especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in music theory
and ear training. Must be taken with MUSI 220 1 .
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 and MUSI 1114

MUSI 2214 Ear Training 4. (2) Spring
Continuation of MUSI 2213. Must be taken with MUSI 2202.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2201 and MUSI 2213.

MUSI 2239 Diction for Singers. (1) Fall and Spring
Trains students in the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet to
pronounce foreign language art songs. Practice in transcribing English,
Italian, French, and German art songs and applying the rules of correct
pronunciation. May be repeated for credit.

MUSI 2310 Orchestration. (2) Fall

Techniques of scoring for string, brass, woodwind, percussion instruments
and MIDI instruments.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 and MUSI 1114

MUSI 2390 Audio Engineering. (3) Spring

Classroom instruction in digital and analog audio engineering. Recording
console operation, microphone placement and usage, mixing, tape based
and hard disc recording, mastering, CD burning and troubleshooting.

MUSI 3210 Composition 4. (1) Fall

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the
student. This is a seminar class, therefore, peer evaluation and commentary
is part of the classroom experience. At least one work must be offered in
the recital given by the composition class at the end of the term.
Prerequisite: MUSI 22 1 1

231

MUSI 3211 Composition 5. (1) Spring

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the
student. Tliis is a seminar class, therefore, peer evaluation and
commentary is part of the classroom experience. At least one work
must be offered in the recital given by the composition class at the end
of the term.
Prerequisite: MUSI 3210

MUSI 3301 Music History 1. (3) Fall
The study of the western classical tradition, from earliest antiquity
through Bach. Emphasis on musical analysis and criticism.
Prerequisite: MUSI 11 02 or permission of instructor

MUSI 3302 Music History 2. (3) Spring

Music of the Classical, Romantic, and Modem eras, including the music
of African Americans. Course will emphasize historical analysis and
criticism, aural identification, and research.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 or permission of instructor

MUSI 3331 Christian Hymnody. (3)* as needed
A survey of Christian hymnody in the English-speaking world from its
roots in the early Christian Church to present day practices in worship.
The study of selected hymns and hymn writers associated with a number
of different Christian traditions will be included.

MUSI 3352 Jazz Theory and Popular Practice. (2) Fall
Theoretical foundations of the Jazz tradition, and consideration of
related contemporary style; blues, fusion, rock, gospel, and current
popular idioms. Aural skills emphasized, with keyboard harmony
studies oriented to realizing technical comprehension of the material.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202

MUSI 3366 Basics of Conducting. (3) Fall
Conducting techniques, score reading, rehearsal techniques for choral
and/or instrumental ensembles.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202

MUSI 3369 Music Technology. (5) Fall

Basic studio techniques, music sequencing, music printing, synthesizers,
studio operation.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2390 Audio Engineering

MUSI 3384 Junior Recital. (1) Fall and Spring
A 30-minute public performance of the student's creative work and/or
talent presented during the junior year.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing

232

MUSI 4210 Composition 6. (1) Fall
Continuation of MUSI 321 1. A projects course.
Prerequisite: MUSI 321 1

MUSI 4413 Business of Music Industry. (3)

The study of basic issues pertaining to the music industry: music
copyrights, music synchronization, musical mechanical licensing, standard
music contracts, royalties, artists' advances and contracts, buyouts.
Introduction to the major licensing organizations, i.e., ASCAP, BMI,
SESAC, and the National Academy of Recording Arts & Sciences, the
professional society of musicians.

MUSI 4460 Production Project. (3) January Term
A special projects course with hands-on participation and teamwork
required. Each project is unique; specific content will be publicized in the
semester preceding the course offering.

MUSI 4470 Internship. (1) Fall, January, Spring
A supervised, practical "real world" experience in a professional off-
campus environment. May be repeated for credit.

MUSI 4480 Opera Workshop. (3) Fall, January, or Spring Term
Staged and directed performances of complete compositions and/or
excerpts from operatic literature of several styles and periods.
Prerequisite: Audition.

MUSI 4484 Senior Recital. (1) Fall, Spring

A one-hour public performance of the student's creative work and/or talent
presented during the senior year.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing.

MUSI 4486 Special Topics. (3) Fall or Spring, alternate years
Class instruction for musical topics of a highly specialized nature. The
content of this course will change based upon the expertise of the
instructor and the needs of the students. May be repeated for credit.

MUSI 4488 Capstone Presentation. (1)

The capstone presentation is a senior level investigation of some music-
faculty approved topic and may take the following forms: 1) recital, a 30-
minute public performance; 2) lecture-recital, where the student presents a
combination lecture and recital totaling at least 20-30 minutes; or 3)
lecture, a 20-30 minute presentation of research on some music topic
appropriate to the student's interests and abilities.

* Denotes courses in Music that may satisfy Fine Arts requirement in Core
Curriculum.

233

Nursing
Introduction

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) curriculum consists of two
plans of study. The basic program prepares graduates for entry into
professional nursing practice and confers eligibility for initial licensure
as a registered professional nurse (RN). A degree-completion option is
designed for licensed RNs who wish to earn the BSN degree.

The curriculum provides professional nursing education within a heritage
of Christian faith and liberal arts learning. The nursing major, grounded
in an ethic of caring, encourages independent thought, appreciation for
the discovery of excellence, and commitment to supporting the health of
individuals and society. BSN studies establish a sound foundation for
professional nursing practice, graduate study, and continuing progress
toward personal and professional goals. Faculty and students serve as
resources for the College and community in nursing education, service,
and research. Opportunities for collaborative study with students of other
majors and clinical experience with varied health care providers
emphasize the interdisciplinary nature of nursing practice. As
professional nurses, graduates will be able to assist individuals, groups,
and communities in meeting health care goals.

The BSN program is approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is
accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission.

Objectives

Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program will be able to:

Practice nursing from a knowledge and research base utilizing skills
of critical thinking, and communication, with the ability to expand
knowledge and skills through lifelong learning.

Engage in nursing practice based in a value system consistent with
professional standards of nursing and the philosophy of the nursing
program, characterized by caring and valuing of self and others.

Participate in transitions of health recognizing the opportunities and
limitations imposed by historical, sociocultural, spiritual, legal,
ethical, political, economic, and environmental contexts.

Assume the role of professional nurse, accountable as provider of
care, manager, collaborator, educator, learner, and resource for
individuals, families, groups, and communities in promoting and
restoring health and well-being.

234

Admission to the BSN Program

Students may declare the intent to pursue a nursing major at any
time. However, application for admission to the upper-division program
is made during the sophomore year. Nursing studies begin at the junior
level with the exception of Nutrition (NURS 3305) which may be
completed prior to admission to the nursing program. Admission
requirements are as follows:

A completed Application for Admission to Nursing. An application
form is available from the College Admissions office and in the
office of the Department of Nursing.

Completion of a sufficient number of credits in Common Core and
other required courses to permit an uninterrupted progression in the
nursing major.

A grade of C or higher is required in anatomy, physiology,
microbiology, and English composition courses. Should a student
earn less than a C more than once in any combination of these
courses, the students will be ineligible to enter the nursing program.
A limit of five years applies to completion of anatomy, physiology,
and microbiology courses.

A cumulative overall GPA of 2.5 or higher at the time of entry into
the nursing program, includmg all courses completed or attempted
at any institution.

An interview with a member of the nursing faculty may be required.
An applicant may request an interview if desired.

Applicants are required to provide a current urine drug screen and a
criminal background check. These documents must accompany the
Application for Admission to Nursing.

An applicant who has completed any program of study leading to
licensed employment in the health care area (such as registered or
practical nursing, emergency medical technician) must present the
license in person.

Unlicensed students enrolled in the nursing program may not be
employed by any health care agency in the capacity of licensed nursing
personnel. They shall not represent themselves in any practice setting as
nursing students unless engaged in planned programmatic learning
activities which are part of the nursing curriculum.

235

Admission to the BSN Completion Option

The BSN Completion Option is open to Registered Nurses who have
graduated from an Associate Degree or Diploma program in Nursing
and who hold a valid license to practice as a Registered Nurse.
Current Georgia RN licensure is required prior to entering a clinical
nursing course.

In addition to RN licensure, the general admission requirements above
apply to RN applicants, with the following exceptions:

RN students who enter the nursing sequence on a full-time basis
must have completed all Common Core requirements and all
required non-nursing courses through the junior level.

No time limit applies to the completion of anatomy, physiology, or
microbiology courses.

Thirty (30) previously earned Associate or Diploma nursing
semester credits may be accepted toward the BSN degree, subject to
the terms of the Georgia RN-BSN Articulation Agreement (the
complete Agreement is available in the office of the Department of
Nursing). These 30 semester credit hours represent previously
completed nursing courses in Adult Health, Child Health, Maternal
Health, and Mental Health and are not intended to equal the actual
number of previously earned nursing credits. Normally, no more
than 30 hours of Associate Degree or Diploma nursing course
credits may be applied toward fulfilling any requirements of the
BSN degree.

Twenty-four (24) additional nursing course credits must be earned
at the upper division level (3000 and 4000 courses). Up to 9 of
these credits may be earned through challenge examinations on a
one-attempt basis. A minimum of one year of nursing practice
experience within the past three years is required for eligibility for
challenge examinations.

Matriculation Requirements

An accepted student must possess a level of physical and emotional
health sufficient to enable him/her to meet nursing program
requirements and the standards of professional nursing practice.

Prior to beginning the first clinical nursing course, a medical
examination is required which documents the student's level of
health and immunization including current documentation of the
Hepatitis series and TB skin test.

236

Professional liability insurance (purchased on a group basis through
the College) and basic cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)
certification is required prior to beginning the first nursing course and
must be continued throughout all clinical nursing courses.

Curriculum

Nursing courses are offered in a 4-1-4 semester sequence during the junior
and senior years of study. The total BSN curriculum can be completed in
four academic years (8 semesters) and includes 45 credit hours in the
Common Core, 1 9 credit hours in other required and elective courses, and
58 credit hours in nursing courses. Included in these hours are two elective
and one required interim courses which compose 9 hours of required
interim hours. Selected courses required for the BSN degree may fulfill
certain Common Core Requirements; these and other required non-nursing
courses are:

BIOL 1 148 and BIOL 1 149 Human Anatomy and

Physiology*

MATH 1101
CORE 1120, 1140

PSYC 1101
PSYC 3302

ENGL 1101, 1102
BIOL 3320
RLGN2310

College Algebra*

Problem Solving/Computer
Applications

Introduction to Psychology*

Human Growth and
Development*

Rhetoric and Composition*

Microbiology *

Bioethics

* These courses are prerequisite to entering the nursing courses.

Fall: NURS 3305

NURS3310
NURS 3311
NURS 3400

Junior Year

Nutrition and Health*

(may be completed in advance)

Health Promotion I: A Focus on Aging

Health Assessment Across the Life Span

Health Restoration I: A Psychiatric Mental
Health Focus

237

Interim:

NURS 3312 Issues and Trends in Nursing

Spring:

Fall:

NURS 3331 Pharmacology in Nursing*

NURS 3340 Health Promotion & Restoration in Pediatrics

NURS 3350 Health Restoration II: A Life Span Focus

Senior Year

NURS 4330 Health Promotion II: A Focus on Mother,
Infant, & Family

NURS 4405 Concepts in Clinical Nutrition

NURS 4430 Health Restoration III: A Focus on Complex
Problems Across the Life Span

NURS 443 1 Research in Nursing*

Spring:

NURS 4432 Senior Capstone in Nursing*

NURS 4440 Concepts in Health Promotion III: A
Community Focus*

NURS 4450 Transition & Leadership

Nursing courses designated above by an asterisk are required of RN
students enrolled in the BSN-completion option. RN students also
complete two RN only courses:

Junior Level NURS 3313 Transitions: A Seminar for

Registered Nurses (Fall)

Senior Level NURS 4460 Transitions & Leadership for

Registered Nurses (Spring)

Information regarding the program length and costs is provided to the
National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission and is available
from that organization at 61 Broadway - 33'^* Floor, NY 10006, 800-669-
1656 Ext. 153.

238

Progression

1. A grade of C (75%) or higher is required for successful completion
of all nursing courses. Course syllabi and the BSN Student
Handbook detail requirements for achieving a passing grade of C or
better. A grade of D, F, or WF is a failing grade.

2. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 must be maintained throughout
the period of enrollment in nursing courses. A nursing major whose
GPA falls below 2.0 will be placed on departmental probation and
has one semester in which to raise the GPA to 2.0 or higher. Failure
to achieve a 2.0 in one semester will result in withdrawal from the
nursing program. A 2.0 GPA is required for entrance into senior
level courses.

3. Students earning a D or F in any nursing course may repeat the
course one time. The course may be repeated, and if the student
passes, he/she is eligible to continue the nursing program. However,
any other failure in that or any other nursing course will result in
dismissal from the program.

4. All Common Core and other required non-nursing courses, with the
exception of Bioethics and an interim elective must be completed
prior to beginning the senior level nursing courses.

5. Students who fail a course in the first semester of the program must
compete for readmission with the next year's applicant pool.

6. Students must successfully complete all Junior level clinical courses
before proceeding to Senior level clinical courses.

7. The faculty of the Department of Nursing reserve the right to
dismiss at any time a student whose health, conduct (academic
dishonesty, professional conduct), general attitude, clinical
performance, or scholastic standing make it inadvisable to retain the
student in the program. Students are expected to display qualities
that are desirable in professional persons.

Progression in BSN Completion Option

In addition to the guidelines above, the following policies apply to
progression in the BSN Completion Option:

A valid Georgia RN license must be maintained throughout
enrollment in clinical nursing courses.

239

All previously earned ADN or Diploma nursing credits will be placed in
escrow when the RN student enters the nursing program. Upon
satisfactory completion of 6 credit hours of BSN nursing courses, the
escrowed credits will be transferred to the student's permanent academic
record. Should the RN student not be successful in the initial 6 hours of
nursing course's, the previously earned nursing credits will not be
applied toward the BSN degree.

Assessment of Learning Objectives in the Major

Standardized achievement tests are administered at intervals throughout the
nursing program. These tests are included within specific nursing courses.
During the final semester of nursing studies, all students must complete
a comprehensive assessment of learning in the major at a pre-determined
level required for graduation: Non-RN students will complete a
standardized comprehensive examination in nursing. RN students will
complete an essay-type examination. A description of these assessment
processes will be provided to students during the first semester
nursing studies.

Course Descriptions (NURS)

Course credit hours and corresponding clock hours are shown in
parentheses. One class clock hour/week equals one credit hour; three
laboratory or practice clock hours/week equal one credit hour.

NURS 3305 Nutrition and Health (1) Fall
An introduction to nutrition concepts and current dietary trends,
focusing on health promotion. Nutrients are explored with regard to
sources, dietary requirements, and health implications. Student interests
are incorporated.

Prerequisite: None.

NURS 3310 Concepts in Health Promotion I: A Focus on Aging.

(2 hrs. class 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Fall
A foundation course to introduce and develop concepts, practices and
processes of health promotion in professional nursing, emphasizing the
needs of the elderly. The skills of communication, problem solving, and
critical analysis in nursing are included.

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program.

Corequisites: NURS 33 11, NURS 3400

240

NURS 3311 Health Assessment Across the Life-span.

(3 hr. class, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A study of the health assessment process appHed to persons of all ages,
with emphasis on building knowledge and skill in data acquisition,
organization, and interpretation.

Prerequisite: RN status or Corequisite: NURS 3310, NURS 3400

NURS 3312 Issues and Trends in Nursing. (3) Interim
An introduction to professional nursing practice and the varied roles of
the nurse in multiple practice settings. The significance of research in
nursing practice and inquiry as a means of defining the nursing role
is included.

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program.

NURS 3313 Transitions: A Seminar for Registered Nurses. (2) Fall
A study of varied perspectives and conceptual bases of the professional
nursing role. The research process and research significance in nursing
practice is introduced.

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program, RN status.

NURS 3331 Pharmacology in Nursing.

(3 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
Pharmacologic concepts and skill essential for nursing practice,
including the basic science of drugs, determination of dosage, nursing
implications, and medication administration techniques.

Prerequisites: NURS 3310, 33 11, 3400

Corequisites: NURS 3340, 3350

NURS 3340 Health Promotion and Restoration in Pediatrics.

(2 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Spring
A course designed to assist students in developing pediatric nursing
knowledge and skills. An understanding of growth and development
provides a basis for the nursing care in health promotion and restoration of
well and ill children in a variety of clinical settings.

Prerequisites: NURS 3305, NURS 3310, NURS 3311,

NURS 33 12, NURS 3400
Corequisites: NURS 3331, NURS 3350

NURS 3350 Concepts in Health Restoration I:

A Life-span Focus. (3 hrs. class, 12 hrs. lab/clinical
per week) (7) Spring
The foundation course in nursing care of individuals and families who
are experiencing challenges to health, emphasizing understanding and
skill in health restoration.

Prerequisites'. NURS 3310, NURS 33 1 1, NURS 3312, NURS 3400
Corequisites: NURS 3331, NURS 3340

241

NURS 3400 Concepts in Health Restoration I:
A Psychiatric Mental Health Focus.
(2 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Fall
Course provides the student with a foundation in psychiatric and mental
health nursing with a focus on therapeutic communication, influences
affecting mental health and illness, and nursing care for mental health
maintenance and restoration.

Prerequisites: Admission to BSN Program
Corequisites: NURS 3310, NURS 3311

NURS 4330 Concepts in Health Promotion H: A Focus on
Mother, Child, & Family.
3 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (5) Fall
A study of nursing care of mother, newborn, and family, including
selected women's health care issues. The nursing role in health
promotion is emphasized, with examination of physical, developmental,
and psychosocial challenges to health.

Prerequisite: NURS 3310, NURS 3311, NURS 3400
Corequisites: NURS 4405, NURS 4430, NURS 4431

NURS 4405 Concepts in Clinical Nutrition. (1) Fall
A study to recognize the value of nutritional assessment in
comprehensive nursing care. The nursing role in understanding dietary
needs as they relate to various body systems and diseases is included.
Prerequisites: NURS 3305, NURS 3310, NURS 3340, NURS 3350

NURS 4430 Concepts in Health Restoration HI: A Focus on
Complex Problems Across the Life Span.
(3 hrs. class, 12 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (7) Fall
A study of advanced nursing care relevant to acutely ill patients with
complex health problems. Learning experiences emphasize
collaboration and critical analysis necessary in providing and
coordinating care.

Prerequisites: NURS 3331, NURS 3350, NURS 3340, NURS 3400
Corequisites: NURS 4405, NURS 4330, NURS 4431

NURS 4431 Research in Nursing. (3) Fall
A course designed to assist students in developing a sense of inquiry,
including research designs, sampling strategies, data analysis methods,
and the use of research in clinical nursing practice.
Prerequisites: NURS 3312 or NURS 3313

242

NURS 4432 Senior Capstone in Nursing. (2) Spring
A seminar to assist students in synthesizing learning related to the roles
and practices of professional nurses, exploring the health care system
and the legal-ethical, sociopolitical, cultural, and professional issues
influencing contemporary nursing.

Prerequisites'. All Junior-Level Nursing & Senior Fall Courses
Corequisites: NURS 4440, NURS 4450, NURS 4460

NURS 4440 Concepts in Health Promotion III:
A Community Focus.

(3 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Spring
A course directed toward the knowledge and skills necessary to the
practice of community health nursing. Emphasis is placed on the
promotion and protection of the health of individuals and groups within
the context of community. A research project is completed focusing on
a problem or issue in community health.

Prerequisites'. NURS 4330, NURS 4430, NURS 4431, All Junior-
Level Nursing Courses
Corequisites: NURS 4432, NURS 4450, NURS 4460

NURS 4450 Transition & Leadership.

(2 hrs. class per week, 180 total hours clinical
practice) (6) Spring
A course to facilitate the transition to professional practice. Leadership
and management roles assumed in clinical practice and increasing
autonomy in patient care are guided through preceptorial experiences.
Prerequisites: All Junior-Level Nursing Courses and NURS 4405,

NURS 4330, NURS 4430, NURS 443 1
Corequisites: NURS 4432, NURS 4440

NURS 4460 Transition & Leadership for Registered Nurses.
(2 hrs. class per week, 108 total hours clinical
practice) (4) Spring
A clinical practicum to facilitate RN transition to professional practice.
Principles of leadership are examined as they relate to Nursing Practice
for the RN.

Prerequisite: All nursing courses
Corequisites'. NURS 4440, NURS 4432

NURS 4495 Independent Study in Nursing. (Variable)

On demand
For students meeting requirements, the opportunity to pursue special
interests beyond those in the formal course of study.

Prerequisite: Completion of 2/3 nursing major, 3.0 GPA,

and permission.

243

The Oikos Program

Introduction

The Oikos Program is an interdisciplinary minor program sponsored by
the departments of Biology, Political Science, Religion, and Sociology
& Anthropology. Oikos is the Greek word for "house." It is the root
word for both ecology and economics, and thus points to the dual
aspects of ecological and social and responsibility that are central to the
mission of the Oikos Program. The uniting theme across disciplines is
how we might contribute to a just, sustainable, and peaceful future.

Objectives

Using the expertise unique to each academic discipline, students
will explore the root causes of injustice, ecological degradation, and
social conflict.

Students will explore creative responses to these realities and will
imagine possibilities for future social policy.

Students from various disciplines will form a coherent learning
community around a common theme.

Oikos students will engage in genuine servant leadership: i.e.;
understand the systemic roots of social problems and engage in
transformation of the world in which they live.

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Mastery of the Oikos curriculum is demonstrated by the following:

Completion of each course with a grade of C- or better and a GPA
of 2.0 or better in the minor.

Successful completion and defense of a senior research project that
explores an Oikos theme in great depth. (See discussion on OIKS
4000 below.)

Program Overview

The advisor for the program is the Oikos Program Director. The Oikos
minor requires successful completion of the 5 courses described below
(16 hours in total) with a grade of C- or better in each course and a GPA
of 2.0 or better in the minor.

244

Course Descriptions

SOCI 1320 Oikos Seminar on Social Justice (3) Spring 2008

An introduction to issues of diversity and social justice in the United
States. The course provides students with theoretical frameworks for
understanding the dynamics and intersections of oppression and an
opportunity to expand their awareness of various forms of oppression.
Prerequisites', none

RLGN 2320 Religion, Violence, and Social Change (3)

An examination of models of non-violent social change that are
grounded in religious faith commitments. The course will focus on the
Christian faith tradition but will work comparatively with figures and
movements from Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, and Islam. The course
will include practice in the skills of peace-building that are guided by
the principles of restorative justice.
Prerequisites: none

POLS 2320

or Seminar on Ecological Sustainability and Policy (3)

SOCI 2320

A survey of sustainability as a political, economic and socio-cultural
part of our lives. The course is divided into three major segments. First,
it assays how our lives are conducted and considers the ecological cycles
and processes that make life possible. Second, it examines the ground
solutions to the issue of a sustainable lifestyle and attempts to implement
this goal. Finally, it surveys the arena of ecological politics in order to
engage the issue of how can we achieve this as a society.
Prerequisites', none

BIOL 3334 General Ecology (4)

or
BIOL 3370 Toxicology (4)

General Ecology is an introduction to the basic principles and concepts '
of ecology with emphasis on environmental sampling, analysis, and
characterization. Toxicology is an introduction to the principles of
toxicology and the cellular, physiological, and ecological effects of
toxicants, with an emphasis on the environmental and physiological
effects of toxicants relating to the nervous system, cardiovascular
system, and respiratory systems.

Prerequisites'. The prerequisites for BIOL 3334 are BIOL 1101,

1 lOlL, and BIOL 1 102, 1 102L. The prerequisites for
BIOL 3370 are BIOL 1101, 1 lOlL, and BIOL 1102,
lI02LorBIOL 1148 and 1149.

245

OIKS 4000 Capstone Research Project (3)

A research project and presentation that explores in great depth an issue
at the intersection of peace and nonviolence, social justice, and
ecological sustainability. When the student is completing a major that
already requires a senior research project, the student will generally
register for the departmental capstone course instead of OIKS 4000. The
student will work out a common topic in consultation with the Oikos
program director and the faculty member who teaches the capstone
course in the student's major. In those rare cases in which the student is
earning a major that does not require a senior project, or if the student
cannot develop a topic that is acceptable to his or her major advisor, the
student may register for OIKS 4000 instead of a departmental capstone
course. In this case the student will choose a topic in consultation with
the Oikos program director.

Prerequisite: Completion of all other Oikos courses with a grade of
"C-" or better and a GPA of 2.0 or higher in the minor, or
permission of the Oikos Program Director.

246

Physics
Introduction

The physics curriculum at LaGrange College serves two basic purposes:

1) an introduction to the physical sciences, oriented towards
developing problem solving, and reasoning skills suitable for the
core requirements of the college.

2) provides courses that support programs in mathematics, chemistry,
biology, computer science, dual-degree in engineering, and
education, and preparation for health professional schools
including medicine, dentistry, veterinary, pharmacy, and
physical therapy.

Course Descriptions (PHYS)

PHYS 1101 Introductory Physics I.

(3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A non-calculus-based introduction to elementary kinematics, dynamics,
energy, momentum, fluids, and thermodynamics. The three hour
laboratory illustrates the concepts introduced in class.
Prerequisite: MATH 2105

PHYS 1102 Introductory Physics II.

(3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of Physics 1101 and an introduction to sound and waves,
electric charge. Coulomb's Law, electric and magnetic fields, and
optics. The three hour laboratory illustrates the concepts introduced in
class.
Prerequisite: PHYS 1101

PHYS 2121 General Physics I.

(3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A calculus-based introduction to particle dynamics, energy and
momentum conservation, rotational dynamics, hydrostatics, and
thermodynamics. The three-hour laboratory illustrates the concepts
introduced in class.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

PHYS 2122 General Physics II.

(3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of Physics 2121 covering wave mechanics, electricity
and magnetism, simple circuits, optics. The three-hour laboratory
illustrates the concepts introduced in class.
Prerequisites: PHYS 2121

247

PHYS 3201 Introduction to Modern Physics (3hrs. lee, 3 hrs.
lab per week) (4) Fall

During the early twentieth-century, two momentous theories were
proposed: the theory of relativity and the quantum. This course will
introduce these theories and supporting experimental evidence, as well,
many of the theories that were developed in the twentieth-century.
Topics to be studied include: the Birth of Modem Physics, Special
Relativity, Quantum Theory, Atomic Physics, General Relativity, and
Cosmology. The laboratory involves experiments that explore the
quantum nature of matter and energy.

Prerequisites: PHYS 1 102 or PHYS 2122 with a grade of C or higher,
Corequisite: MATH 2223

PHYS 3302 Physical Chemistry: Chemical Dynamics and
Quantum Mechanics.

(3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring of even years
A study of basic principles of physical chemistry focusing on gas
kinetics, chemical dynamics, quantum mechanics, and atomic and
molecular spectroscopy. This course is co-listed as CHEM 3302.
Prerequisites: MATH 2222, PHYS 1 102 or PHYS 2122

248

Political Science
Introduction

The political science program is designed to provide students with the
knowledge and skills they will need to become active, useful citizens in
modern democratic polities. For students who concentrate in political
science or who take only occasional courses, this means that the political
science program will develop your capacity to understand political
organizations and political processes, to analyze the forces affecting
political decisions, and to form judgments about your obligations and
rights as a citizen. It also means that the political science program will
provide you with the skills necessary to begin a career in business, public
service, consulting, or journalism or to continue your education in
graduate studies or law school.

Objectives

Students majoring in political science at LaGrange College will acquire
basic knowledge of these areas:

the values, processes, and institutions that affect collective
decision-making and contemporary politics in the United States,

the comparative analysis of the values, processes, and institutions
that affect collective decision-making and contemporary politics in
other countries,

the relations between and among states, especially those affecting
international conflict and international cooperation,

the ethical dimensions of public policy issues, political practices,
and constitutional and legal questions.

Students majoring in political science at LaGrange College will also
acquire the basic skills necessary to comprehend and perform modem
political analysis. These include:

ability to analyze the foundations of and differences between
normative and empirical inquiry,

knowledge of the basic elements of research design and methods in
normative, empirical, and historical studies of politics,

knowledge of basic data management and analysis and of the use of
computers in political research,

ability to convey findings in both written and oral presentations.

249

Course of Study

The Department of Political Science offers both a major and minor
course of study in political science.

For a Major in Political Science

Demand Sequence for the Program in Political Science (POLS)

U.S. Government

POLS 1101

OR
POLS 1102
POLS 2210
POLS 2220
POLS 3300
POLS 4430

Introduction to Political Science

Comparative Politics

International Relations

Research Methods in Political Science

Senior Seminar in Political Science

Students majoring in political science must also complete an additional
1 8 semester hours of elective courses chosen from among the three and
four thousand level courses listed for the program in this catalog. At
lease one of these courses must be in the field of American politics and
public policy (POLS 3310, 3311, 3312, 3313, 3314, or 3315) and one in
the fields of international relations (POLS 3320, 3321, 3322, 3323) or
comparative politics (POLS 3350, 3351, 3352, 3353). Political science
internships (POLS 4400) can earn up to a full semester (1 2 hours) of
credit toward graduation, but usually only three (3) hours will be
credited toward completion of the major course. This limit can be
waived by the Department under special circumstances. Completing the
full semester program in the Capital Hill Internship Program can be
substituted for the required completion of POLS 4430 with approval of
the Department. Completion of the interim term program earns elective
credit only.

For a Minor in Political Science

Demand Sequence for the Program in Political Science (POLS)

POLS 1101

OR
POLS 1102
POLS 2210
POLS 2220

U.S. Government

Introduction to Political Science
Comparative Politics
International Relations

250

Students minoring in political science must also complete an additional
6 semester hours of elective courses chosen from among the three and
four thousand level courses listed for the program in this catalog. In the
minor course of study, political science internships cannot substitute for
elective course credit.

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Assessment of the objectives of the program in political science is based
on successful completion of each major course with a grade of "C-" or
better, successful completion of required overall credit hours with a 2.0
average, and successful completion of POLS 4430: Senior Seminar in
Political Science or the full semester program in the Capital Hill
Internship Program. To enroll in POLS 4430 students must have
completed POLS 1 101, 11 02, 2210, 2220, and an additional nine (9)
semester hours of elective courses in the political science program. In
special circumstances, these requirements may be waived by permission
of the faculty of the program.

Special Opportunities

LaGrange College is a charter member of the United Methodist College
Washington Consortium that sponsors the Capital Hill Internship
Program in Washington, D.C., for students of political science and other
disciplines. The program in political science also supervises a variety of
internships in local and state government and in Georgia's legal
community. Students interested in pursing one of these opportunities
should consult with the program faculty. The program also includes
service learning opportunities in several of its courses. Again, students
should consult with program faculty concerning these courses prior
to registration.

Course Descriptions (POLS)

POLS 1101 United States Government. (3)

An introduction to political science through an analysis of the political
system of the United States. Topics considered include: basic concepts
of political science, federalism, civil liberties and civil rights, basic
governmental institutions, elections and public opinion, political parties
and groups, and domestic and foreign public policy.

POLS 1102 Introduction to Political Science. (3)

An introductory course which focuses on the nature of the discipline of
political science and which deals with the way political scientists study
politics through an overview of the major topics of the discipline.

251

POLS 2210 Comparative Politics. (3)

An introduction to comparative analysis of political systems. Topics
considered include: basic concepts of comparative theory, modem
political history in developed and developing areas, the interaction of
political and economic factors in developed and developing areas,
politics and state institutions in selected countries, and comparative
aspects of domestic and foreign public policy.

POLS 2220 International Politics. (3)

An introduction to the interaction of nation-states in the global
system. Topics considered include: war and power, economic and
social interdependence, and problems specifically associated with
developing nations.

POLS 2320 Seminar on Ecological Sustainability and Policy (3)

A survey of sustainability as a political, economic and socio-cultural
part of our lives. The course is divided into three major segments. First,
it assays how our lives are conducted and considers the ecological cycles
and processes that make life possible. Second, it examines the ground
solutions to the issue of a sustainable lifestyle and attempts to implement
this goal. Finally, it surveys the arena of ecological politics in order to
engage the issue of how can we achieve this as a society.
Prerequisites', none

POLS 3300 Research Methods in Political Science. (3)

A study of basic social science research methods as applied in political
science. Topics considered include: research design and data collection,
measurement and causality, fitting models to data with various methods,
graphic analysis, and the use of statistical software. (This course is
cross-listed as SOCI 3900.)

POLS 3310 State and Local Government. (3)

A study of state and local government in the United States. Topics
considered include: the political cultures and social environments of
American states and communities, political processes in states and
communities, the structure of state and local political institutions, and
policy issues facing states and communities.

POLS 3311 Congress and the Presidency. (3)

A study of the institutional interactions of the executive and legislative
branches of the United States government. Topics considered include:
the President and policymaking, Congress and policymaking,
institutional constraints on executive and legislative policymaking;
foreign policy, civil rights policy, economic policy and budgeting, and
social welfare policy.

252

POLS 3312 Public Administration and Public Policy. (3)

An introduction to the study of public administration and public policy.
Topics considered include: theoretical approaches to the study of public
administration, the historical and consthutional basis for public
administration in the United States, the organization and management
of public institutions, the social, political, and legal environments of
public institutions, the role of political processes in public
administration, the analysis and evaluation of public policy, and the
ethical basis of public administration.

POLS 3313 American Judicial Institutions. (3)

A study of judicial institutions in the United States. Topics considered
include: the functions of legal and judicial institutions, the structure and
powers of national and state court systems, the legal profession, judicial
selection, judicial procedure, court administration, and policy formation
by judicial institutions.

POLS 3314 American Constitutional Law:Institutions. (3)

An introduction to the study of constitutional law as it applies to
government institutions in the United States. Topics considered include:
basic concepts of constitutional analysis, historical development of
present legal institutions and regimes, judicial policy decisions in
different areas of law, and the social, political, and economic factors
affecting those decisions.

POLS 3315 American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties and
Civil Rights. (3)

An introduction to the constitutional liberties and rights accorded
American citizens. Topics considered include: basic concepts of
constitutional analysis, historical development of present legal
interpretations and regimes, judicial decisions in different areas of law,
the social, political, and economic factors affecting those decisions, and
their effect on governing in the United States.

POLS 3320 Analysis of Foreign Policy. (3)

An introduction to how structures, institutions, outside actors, and
political culture produce American foreign policy. Topics covered
include: recent history of U.S. foreign relations, the roles played by both
the President and the Congress, the roles, functions and structures of
U.S. State Department, the Defense Department, intelligence agencies
and the National Security Council, the policy making process and the
measurement of outcomes, roles played by the public, interest groups,
and other actors. Current major foreign policy issues will be discussed
and examined as case studies.

253

POLS 3321 International Political Economy. (3)

A study of international economics and trade through the analysis of the
factors influencing past and present changes. Topics covered include:
current and past international finance systems and mechanisms of
exchange, the role of the state and other actors, an examination of
comparative advantage, various strategies states employ such as import
substitution or export promotion, the nature and impact of formal and
informal barriers to trade, the GATT and WTO, the problems, failures,
successes and prospects of the international economic system and its
impact on domestic politics.

POLS 3322 International Organizations. (3)

A study of the current international system. Topics covered include: the
nature of "systems", the recent history of global affairs and the evolution
of the international system to its present state, selected theoretical
analyses of international systems, the nature, roles and functions of the
various actors in the system, how advances in technology have
fundamentally changed the world, and the evolving roles of both states
and supranational institutions.

POLS 3323 International Conflict. (3)

A study of the conditions that produce war and peace in international
relations. Topics considered include: an examination of recent conflicts
in the international system, theories concerning the potential sources and
determinants of war with an emphasis on the theory of realism and
competing theories, and theories of war settlement and potential sources
of future interstate tension.

POLS 3340 Themes in Political Philosophy. (3)

An introduction to the basic ideas of political philosophy. Topics
considered include: the social and historical context of political theory;
the development of major ideas in political philosophy; critical analysis
of theoretical arguments; and the relation of political theory to
contemporary politics. (This course is cross-listed as PHIL 3420.)

POLS 3341 Modern Political Theory. (3)

An overview of liberalism, communism, and fascism, the three primary
political ideologies that have shaped the twentieth century.

POLS 3350 The Politics of Development. (3)

A comparative study of the political systems in developing countries.
Topics considered include: basic comparative political theory, modem
history of developing societies, and an overview of theories explaining
economic and political change in developing countries.

254

POLS 3351 States and Politics in Developed Areas (3)

A comparative study of the political systems of developed societies. Topics
considered include: basic comparative theory, modern history of developed
societies, political systems of selected states, and the interaction of political
and economic factors in developed societies.

POLS 3352 States and Politics in Latin America (3)

A comparative study of political systems in Latin America. Topics
considered include: Basic comparative political theory, modern history of
Latin American societies, politics of selected Latin American states, and
the interaction of economic and political factors in Latin America. (See
also LAST 3210)

POLS 3353 States and Politics in Africa. (3)

A comparative study of political systems in Africa. Topics considered
include: Basic comparative political theory, modern history of African
societies, politics of selected African states, and the interaction of
economic and political factors in Africa..

POLS 4400 Political Science Internship, (credit may vary)

A supervised internship opportunity for students to work for approved
public or private organizations.

POLS 4410 Selected Topics in Political Science. (3)

This course examines particular issues related to topics in political science
selected by program faculty.

POLS 4420 Directed Study in Political Science. (3)

A supervised course of independent study available to selected students.
The course provides an opportunity for close cooperation between program
faculty and students on research projects and presentations.

POLS 4430 Senior Seminar in Political Science. (3)

A seminar course on a major subject of national or international concern
based on individual research and assigned readings.

255

Psychology
Introduction

The goal of this department is to acquaint the student with basic principles
of behavior and the research methods necessary to understand them.

Objectives

A student who graduates from LaGrange College with a major in
psychology will:

recognize the importance of an EMPIRICAL approach in
attempting to understand behavior,

be familiar with the concepts, terms, and explanatory principles
characteristic of major psychological theorists and be able to
evaluate them critically,

be able to identify and discuss examples of the major "types"
of learning, to wit: classical, operant, observational, and
information processing,

be familiar with generalizations regarding physiological correlates
of behavior,

be familiar with the major historical developments in psychology,

be familiar with the terminology of the current edition of the
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric
Association (DSM-IV-TR),

be able to describe how clinicians of different theoretical
orientations (e.g., psychoanalytic, humanistic, cognitive, behavioral,
and physiological) explain and treat psychological disorders,

be able to list and discuss the various objective and projective
personality assessment techniques including the Rorschach ,

the Thematic Apperception Test, the MMPI, the NEO-PI-R, and
the MBTI,

recognize the basic philosophical (e.g.. What is personality?) and
methodological issues (e.g.. How do we quantify and measure
personality?) in psychological research,

be familiar with the sections of an APA style research report
including the kinds of information typically found in each.

256

be familiar with the standard procedures for summarizing data
(including construction of frequency tables), the calculation of
measures of central tendency (means, medians, and modes), the
calculation of measures of dispersion (range, variance, and standard
deviation), and correlation coefficients,

be familiar with the logic of hypothesis testing including the
statement of research and statistical hypotheses, the notion of Type I
and Type II errors, the power and efficiency of a statistical test, and
the major inferential techniques used in psychology (especially

T- test, analysis of variance, and chi-square),

recognize the concepts and principles of psychology as exemplified
in everyday situations.

A major in psychology consists of 37 semester hours (12 courses)
beyond the introductory course (PSYC 1101). (See note 4 below)
Twenty-five of these hours come from the following categories:

Methods (Both Required - See note 1 below)

PSYC 2298, PSYC 2299
Experimental Content (Select Two)

PSYC 4455, PSYC 4465, PSYC 4470
Social/Personality/Development Content
(Select Three See note 2 below)

PSYC 3321, (PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358), PSYC 3350, PSYC 4460
Advanced Special Topics (Required - See note 3 below)

PSYC 4480

Notes:

1 . Since this department views psychology as a research-based
discipline, it is strongly recommended that the student complete
PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 as soon as possible after the major
is declared.

2. Students may take either PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358 but not both to
satisfy this requirement. If a student takes both, one course counts
toward the 12 hours of major electives.

3. PSYC 4480 will be offered once per year during January term and
will involve advanced study of a specialized topic. Topics will
vary from year to year.

4. PSYC 1101, Introduction to Psychology, is the prerequisite to all
2000 level and above psychology courses. Some courses have
other prerequisites.

257

Major Electives

An additional 12 hours of major courses will be selected by the student.
A student may select any 3000 or 4000 level psychology course beyond
those counted in the required areas. Any of these courses, ANTH 2000,
SOCI 2500, and BIO 1 148, may be applied toward the major with the
approval of the advisor.

Minor

A minor in psychology consists of PSYC 1101 and five additional courses
with the approval of the chair of the department. Any course that is listed
in the current bulletin as counting toward the major in psychology also
counts toward the minor. The exception is that a maximum of two of the
major courses offered outside the psychology department may be counted
toward the minor (i.e., at least four of the courses for the minor must be
taken in the psychology department).

Assessment of Learning Objectives

The accomplishment of the psychology objectives by students majoring in
Psychology will be demonstrated by obtaining an acceptable score on the
Area Concentration Achievement Test (ACAT) in psychology. Normally,
this test will be given during the student's final semester at
LaGrange College.

Career Options

Students who complete the major in psychology have a wide variety of
career options. Psychology is a very broad field that overlaps many
different. areas. Some of the jobs taken by recent psychology graduates
include management and supervisory positions in business and industry
and positions in community and state service agencies. A psychology
major also serves as good preparation for advanced study in law, social
science, counseling, and psychology.

Miscellaneous

No course with a grade below "C-" may be applied toward the major in
psychology. The only exception is PSYC 4000 in which a grade of Pass
must be obtained. Additionally, a student must maintain a "C" average
(2.0) in the major in order to graduate.

258

Course Descriptions (PSYC)

PSYC 1101 Introduction to Psychology. (3) Fall, Spring
A survey of major topics in psychology including research methods, basic
neuroanatomy, learning, perception, personality and abnormal behavior.
Prerequisite to all other psychology courses

PSYC 2298 Behavioral Statistics. (3) Fall

Introduction to the measurement of behavior and quantitative methods of
data analysis emphasizing parametric statistics and their application to the
behavioral sciences. May be taken simultaneously with PSYC 1101.

PSYC 2299 Research Methods. (4) Spring
A survey of various types of research design, including the strengths and
weaknesses of each. The laboratory includes practice in designing and
conducting experiments, as well as analysis and reporting of results.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 1101

PSYC 3302 Human Growth and Development. (3) Fall
A study of human life beginning with conception. Important
developmental phenomena are considered in the light of major
theories of development.

PSYC 3304 Educational Psychology. (3) Spring
Application of psychological principles and research to the teaching/
learning process. Major topics include behavioral and cognitive
approaches to learning, classroom management, and test construction
and interpretation.

PSYC 3321 Social Psychology. (3) Fall

A course dealing with behavior as affected by social influences. Major
topics include social perception, social communication (verbal and
nonverbal), altruism, attitudes, aggression, and prejudice. Also, applied
areas such as forensic psychology are considered.

PSYC 3330 History and Systems of Psychology. (3) On demand
A study of the historical background of psychology, with emphasis upon
the major schools of thought.

PSYC 3341 Human Sexuality. (3) Fall

This course involves a multidisciplinary examination of human sexual
behavior and intimate relationships. Typical topics considered include
male and female sexual response, gender roles, sexual disorders and
dysfunctions, gender identity, legal and cross-cultural aspects of human
sexuality, sexual orientation, and relationship issues related to sexuality.
May be taken simultaneously with PSYC 1101.

259

PSYC 3350 Abnormal Psychology. (3) Spring

A survey of the causes, characteristics, current theories, and treatment of

psychological disorders.

PSYC 3351 Introduction to Counseling. (3) Fall

An introduction to counseling approaches, methods, and assessment

techniques. Emphasis is placed on individual counseling.

PSYC 3357 Psychology of Religion. (3) On demand
Psychological interpretation of religious experience and growth.

PSYC 3358 Psychology of Aging. (3) On demand
Human aging is examined from physiological (e.g. sensory and
cardiovascular changes), psychological (e.g. memory and intellectual
changes) and sociological (e.g. adjusting to retirement) perspectives.
Also, death and disorders associated with aging such as Alzheimer's
Disease are explored.

PSYC 3380 Special Topics in Psychology. (3) Fall
A course offered at the sophomore/junior level focusing on a specialized
topic from the field of psychology.
Prerequisites: A prerequisite may be required.

PSYC 4000 Internship in Psychology. (3) On demand
This course requires 120 hours of supervised experience (observation,
work, etc.) in a local agency or office and selected readings.
Application for internship must be submitted in the term or semester
prior to placement. Students are then selected on a competitive basis for
enrollment. Grading is on a Pass - No Credit basis.
Prerequisite: Major in psychology with junior or senior standing and
permission of department

PSYC 4400 Individual Research. (3) On demand
Under supervision of a faculty member, the student will develop a
project on a topic that is psychological in nature. The emphasis will be
on analyzing and synthesizing scientific literature with the goal of
producing a literature review and/or research proposal. A successful
proposal may lead to data collection and analysis. The result of the
project will be a paper written in APA style.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299

PSYC 4455 Cognitive Psychology. (3) Spring 2009
An information processing analysis of topics in perception, thinking,
learning, and memory.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor.

260

PSYC 4460 Psychology of Personality. (3) Fall
A critical study of major personality theories, principles and instruments
of assessment, and relevant empirical research.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor

PSYC 4465 Physiological Psychology. (3) Spring 2008
Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology will be explored and will provide a
foundation for examining biological aspects of various behaviors (e.g.,
sensory processes and sleep). Also, the psychopharmacology of selected
drugs and genetic influences on behavior will be considered.

PSYC 4470 Behavior Analysis and Its Applications. (3) Spring
A survey of principles, research findings, and applications of classical,
operant, and observational learning.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor

PSYC 4480 Special Topics in Psychology. Interim
A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a specialized topic
from the field of psychology.
Prerequisites: A prerequisite may be required.

261

RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY

Introduction

As a field of inquiry within the liberal arts, the study of religion affords
all students an opportunity to hone the critical thinking and
communication skills that are an asset to any profession. Students who
are considering church-related vocations also may tailor their courses
either to prepare for such careers directly after completion of the degree
or to provide a foundation for graduate study in religion or theology.

The Religion and Philosophy Department offers two major plans of
study: the religion and philosophy major, and the religion major with a
concentration in church leadership. The department also offers three
minor programs: religion, church leadership, and philosophy.

Program Objectives

The courses offered in the Religion & Philosophy Department seek to
achieve the following academic goals:

Scholarly analysis of received religious and philosophical traditions

Deep engagement with a variety of contemporary perspectives on
these traditions

Creativity in formulating responses to these traditions

Theoretical understanding and practice of servant leadership

Development of skills in undergraduate research and writing

The faculty in the department also believes that students who complete
a major course of study in Religion & Philosophy should have the
foundational knowledge and skills to:

Pursue seminary or graduate study

Perform as a professional in a field of ministry

Assessment of Learning objectives

Success in achieving the objectives of the Religion & Philosophy major
will be demonstrated in the following ways:

Successful completion of all major courses with a grade of C- or
better and earning an overall major GPA of 2.0 or better.

Satisfactory completion and defense of the Senior Project or Paper.

262

The Religion and Philosophy Major

The Religion and Philosophy Major is a traditional liberal arts study of
the field. It is especially suited for those with a general interest in
religion and philosophy or those who wish to prepare for graduate study
of Religion.

The major consists of 1 1 courses in addition to the exploratory course in
Religion that is taken as part of the core (RLGN 1 101-05), yielding a
total of 12 courses. The Religion major must include at least 2 courses
in each of these areas: Biblical Studies, Historical Studies, and Ethics
and Theological Studies. The major also requires at least one course in
the area of Philosophy. In addition, all Religion & Philosophy majors
will complete a senior thesis or project. Thus, of the 12 courses required
for a Religion major, at least 8 courses must conform to the following
guidelines:

Biblical Studies (2 courses). Minimum requirement is one course in
Old Testament and one course in New Testament at the 2000-level
or above. Courses: 2110, 2111, 2120, 2121, 3110-3160.

Historical Studies (2 courses). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the
core), 2210-2230, 3210-3220.

Ethics and Theological Studies (2 courses). Courses: 1 105 (if not
taken for the core), 2310, 3310-3350.

Philosophy (1 course). Courses: any of the philosophy courses,
which are listed under Area IV in the course listing below.

Senior Thesis or Project (1 course). Course 4620 is normally taken
in the fall of the senior year. The student should choose a project
director from within the department and work with this director to
refme a topic in the semester prior to which the student enrolls for
the course. Thus, most students should select a topic and project
director by the end of the spring semester of the junior year.

Students are free to choose any other religion or philosophy department
courses for the remaining 4 courses. Internships may be taken for up to
1 full course of credit, with permission of the department chair. At least
6 courses in the major must be numbered at the 2000-level or above.

263

The Religion & Philosophy Major with a
Concentration in Church Leadership

The Church Leadership Concentration is designed to prepare students
for future careers in church service. Many of our graduates take
positions in Christian Education or Youth Ministry directly after
graduation. Others enroll in seminaries as a preparation for ordained ministry.

LaGrange College is one of only nine colleges in the nation that is
authorized by the United Methodist Church to offer certification
programs in Youth Ministry and Christian Education. United Methodist
students who complete our Church Leadership program ftilfill all of the
educational requirements needed for professional certification in these fields.

The major consists of 1 1 courses in addition to the exploratory course in
Religion that is taken as part of the core (RLGN 1 101-05), yielding a
total of 12 courses. The Church Leadership concentration requires
successful completion of the following courses:

Biblical Studies (1 course). Courses: 1 102 or 1 103 (if not taken

for the core requirement), 21 10, 21 1 1, 2120, 2121, 31 10-3 160.

Historical Studies (1 course). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the

core), 2210-2230, 3210-3220.

Ethics and Theological Studies (1 course). Courses: 1105 (if not

taken for the core), 2310, 3310-3350.

Philosophy (1 course). Courses: any of the philosophy courses,

which are listed under Area IV in the course listing below.

Church Leadership and Youth Ministry (4 courses). Courses:

3510-3560.

Internship (1 course). Course: 3550, scheduled in consultation

with the Church Leadership Program Director.
Senior Thesis or Project (1 course). Course 4620 is normally taken
in the fall of the senior year. The student should choose a project
director from within the department and work with this director to
refine a topic in the semester prior to which the student enrolls for
the course. Thus, most students should select a topic and project
director by the end of the spring semester of the junior year.

At least two of the courses in Areas I-III must be at the 2000-level or
above. In addition, students seeking certification in Christian education
by the United Methodist Church must complete United Methodist
Studies (3210). Students who do not seek United Methodist certification
may choose any religion department course for the remaining to fulfill
the remaining course requirements for the major.

264

The Religion & Philosophy Major with Honors

Students who maintain a 3.5 grade point average in departmental courses
and who receive "A" grades on their senior theses or projects may graduate
with honors.

The Religion & Philosophy Minor

A minor in reHgion requires completion of 3 courses in addition to the
exploratory religion core requirement: 4 courses in all. At least 2 courses
must be at the 3000-level or above.

The Church Leadership Minor

A minor in Church Leadership consists of 4 courses in addition to the
exploratory religion core requirement: 5 courses in all. The minor includes
at least two courses taken at the 3000-level or above in Area I, II, III, IV, or
VI. In addition, the minor includes at least 2 courses taken in Area V
(Church Leadership).

The Philosophy Minor

No major program currently is offered in philosophy. A minor consists of
4 courses in Area IV, of which at least 2 courses must be taken at the 2000-
level or above.

The Church Music Program

The church music program is administered through the music department in
cooperation with the Religion and Philosophy department. See the Music
Department section of the catalogue for a program description.

Course Descriptions

Core Exploratory Courses:
Explorations of the Christian Faith

RLGN 1101 Introduction to Christianity. (3) Spring 2008

An introduction to the Christian tradition of faith through a study of its

central symbols, sacred texts, and practices.

RLGN 1102 Jewish Origins in Context. (3) Every term
A study of the Hebrew bible, commonly called by Christians the Old
Testament, in the context of the ancient near eastern world. The course
also will ask students to reflect on the impact of the Hebrew bible on
Western civilization and its implications for the contemporary world.

265

RLGN 1103 New Testament Writings in Context. (3) Every term
A study of the New Testament writings in the context of Greco-Roman
civilization. The course also will ask students to reflect on the impact of
Christian scriptures on Western civilization and consider their
implications for the contemporary world.

RLGN 1104 Dialogue with World Faith Traditions. (3)

Fall 2007
The course will place the insights of the Christian faith in dialogue with
those of major living world religions.

RLGN 1105 Moral Traditions and Contemporary Social

Problems. (3) Spring 2008
A study of contemporary ethical issues in the light of the moral
traditions central to the Christian faith. The course will examine such
issues as marriage and family, war and peace, racism, abortion, and the
environment. Servant leadership component.

Religion and Philosophy Departmental Courses
Area I: Biblical Studies

RLGN 2110 Introduction to Biblical Hebrew L (3)

A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Biblical
Hebrew.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2111 Introduction to Biblical Hebrew H. (3)

A continuation of RLGN 2110.
Prerequisite: RLGN 2110

RLGN 2120 Introduction to Hellenistic Greek L (3) Fall
A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Hellenistic or
Koine Greek, which includes the language of the New Testament.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2121 Introduction to Hellenistic Greek IL (3) Spring
A continuation of RLGN 2120.
Prerequisite: RLGN 2120

RLGN 2130 Readings in New Testament Greek. (3)

Selected readings from New Testament texts with some attention to
developing intermediate Greek grammar.
Prerequisite: RLGN 2120 and 2121

RLGN 3110 The Law. (3)

A detailed study of the first five books of the Old Testament.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

266

RLGN 3120 The Prophets. (3)

A detailed study of prophetic movements in Israel and of the individual
prophets, their historical background, lives, messages, and contributions to
the religious life of Israel.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

RLGN 3130 The Writings. (3)

An examination of wisdom, apocalyptic and poetic literature of the Old
Testament.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

RLGN 3140 The Life and Teachings of Jesus. (3)

A study of the message of Jesus within the context of the synoptic gospels
and its application to contemporary society.
Prerequisite: RLGN 11 03, or permission of professor

RLGN 3150 The Apostolic Age. (3) Spring 2008
An examination of the origin and expansion of the early Christian Church,
with studies in the Epistles and the Acts of the Apostles.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor

RLGN 3160 The Gospels. (3) Fall 2007

An examination of one of the four canonical gospels with emphasis on the
historical context, history of interpretation, and modem appropriations of
the text.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor

Area II: Historical Studies

RLGN 2210 Early Church History. (3)

A survey of the history of the Christian Church from the close of the
Apostolic age to the end of the Middle Ages.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2220 Modern Church History. (3) Fall
A history of the Christian Church from the reformation era to the modern
period.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2230 Race and Religion in America. (3) Spring
This course will examine the role that religion played and continues to play
in American race relations and racial identities. The course will emphasize the
history and the theorists of the civil rights contemporary era.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 3210 United Methodist Studies. (3) Fall 2007
A survey of the history, theology, and polity of the United Methodist Church.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

267

RLGN 3220 A History of Christian Political Thought. (3)

A study of the impact of the Christian theorists and the institutions of the
Church on the development of poHtical theory in the West.
Prerequisite: A reHgion core course

Area III:
Theology, Ethics, and the Social Scientific Study of Religion

RLGN 2320 Religion, Violence, and Social Change. (3)

An examination of models of non-violent social change that are
grounded in religious faith commitments. The course will focus on the
Christian faith tradition but will work comparatively with figures and
movements from Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, and Islam. The course
will include practice in the skills of peace-building that are guided by
the principles of restorative justice.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 3310 Contemporary Christian Thought. (3) Fall
A survey of the development of Christian thought, with particular
attention to the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3320 The Ethics of Sexuality, Marriage, and Gender. (3)

A study of the moral issues related to sexuality, gender roles, and family
life. Topics will vary per offering, but may include ethical reflection on
such topics as the meaning and purpose of sexuality, gender roles, pre-
marital and extra-marital sexuality, homosexuality, and family structure.
(This course is cross-listed as WMST 3320.)
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3340 Sociology of Religion. (3)

A sociological analysis of the interplay between religion and culture.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3350 Psychology of Religion. (3)

Psychological interpretation of religious experience and growth.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

Area IV: Philosophy

PHIL 1410 Introduction to Philosophy. (3) Spring 2008
A survey of major philosophical themes and figures that were formative
in Western civilization.
Prerequisite: None

268

PHIL 2410 Moral Philosophy. (3) Fall

A study of the major philosophical understandings of morality and the
good life.
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 2420 Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (3) Fall 2007
A historical survey of classical and medieval philosophy.
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 2430 Modern Philosophy. (3)

A historical survey of the philosophies of the Renaissance through the
post-modem era.
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 2440 Elementary Logic. (3)

An introduction to the logic of propositions with attention to the
structure and evaluation of informal arguments. The rhetoric of
persuasion and its use of logic and emotions also will be discussed.
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 3410 Philosophy of Religion. (3)

An investigation of problems related to philosophical reflection on
religious thought and experience.

Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy or
permission of professor

PHIL 3420 Themes in Political Philosophy. (3)

An introduction to the basic ideas of political philosophy. Topics
considered include the social and historical context of political theory,
the development of major ideas in political philosophy, critical analysis
of theoretical arguments, and the relation of political theory to
contemporary politics. (This course is cross-listed as POLS 3340.)
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 3430 Bioethics. (3) Spring 2008

A study of the ethical issues raised by the practice of nursing, medicine, and

biomedical research.

Prerequisite: None
PHIL 4410 Selected Topics in Philosophy. (3) Spring

A seminar course on a major subject of concern in philosophy based on
individual research and assigned readings.

Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy or
permission of professor

269

Area V: Church Leadership Courses

RLGN 3510.Christian Education in the Local Church. (3) Fall 2007
A study of issues confronting those participating in a local church
setting. Required of all students in the Internship.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3520 Christian Worship. (3)

The study and practice of Christian worship in its historical and
contemporary contexts. Topics will include the theology of worship,
sacraments, liturgy, and the place of music in worship.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3540 Youth Ministry. (3)

The study and practice of ministry to persons from adolescence through
young adulthood.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3560 Congregational Leadership. (3) Spring 2008
The study of the leadership styles and skills necessary for leadership of a
religious institution. Topics may include congregational dynamics,
leading institutional change, working with volunteers, avoiding burnout,
and racial and gender issues in leadership.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3550 Internship. (1-6) As scheduled
Supervised participation in the local church setting. May be repeated for
credit up to 6 hours.
Prerequisite: Two courses from Area V

Area VI: Capstone and Other Courses

RLGN 4610 Selected Topics in Religion. (3) Spring
A seminar course on a major subject of concern based on individual
research and assigned readings.
Prerequisite: Permission of professor

RLGN 4620 Senior Thesis or Project. (3) As scheduled
A directed study normally taken in the fall of the senior year. The
student should choose a project director from within the department and
work with this director to refine a topic in the semester prior to which
the student enrolls for the course. Thus, most students should select a
director and topic by the end of the spring semester of the junior year.
Prerequisite: Application to Religion Department Chair

270

SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY

Introduction

The mission of the Sociology department is to equip students with
an entry-level knowledge of sociological concepts, theories, and
research strategies.

Description of Major

Sociology is the study of human social relationships and institutions.
Sociology's subject matter is diverse, ranging from crime to religion,
from the family to the state, from the divisions of race and social class to
the shared beliefs of a common culture, and from social stability to
radical change in whole societies. Unifying the study of these diverse
subjects of study is sociology's purpose of understanding how human
action and consciousness both shape and are shaped by surrounding
cultural and social structures.

Anthropology is the holistic and comparative study of human practice
and behavior. Anthropology, a sister discipline to sociology, has
traditionally focused on the investigation and analysis of human action
through the lens of culture and by means of ethnographic fieldwork. Its
initial subject matter was the study of small-scale, non-industrial groups
primarily outside the developed world. Through a four field (cultural/
social anthropology, physical anthropology, linguistics and archeology)
approach, anthropologists strove to make relevant generalizations about
human behavior and society. In the last forty years, the scope and focus
of anthropology has broadened and, now, anthropologists investigate all
aspects of life in the industrialized world as well. Anthropology
provides a global perspective on life and today, with its global focus,
anthropology offers preparation for effective living in a rapidly
changing world that is complementary to the sociological perspective.

Degrees Offered: We currently offer a major in Sociology.

The department requires a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.25 to declare
a major in Sociology.

271

General Objectives

Students majoring in Sociology will acquire a basic knowledge of the
following areas:

the "sociological imagination," or ability to link individual
biography with history and culture;

the difference between micro- and macro-level groups and
processes, and the interconnections among them;

the importance and necessity of theory in the process of learning;

the strengths and weaknesses of various research methods, and the
appropriateness of each for various research questions;

the social bases and biases of what constitutes knowledge or
conventional wisdom;

the opportunities as well as constraints that are imposed on us by
social structure.

Requirements for the Sociology Major

Sociology majors are required to complete the following courses,
totaling 30 semester hours. All courses for the major must be completed
with a grade of "C" or higher. The only exception is as follows:

One grade of "C-" will be allowed to count toward the major so long as
it does not occur with any of the following three courses:

Math Statistics

Research Methods

Development of Sociological Thought

These courses must be satisfied with a grade of "C" or higher.
Furthermore, under no circumstances will a "D" grade count toward the
major.

Foundation (15 hours)

SOCI 1 000 Principles of Sociology

SOCI 2000 Social Problems and Policy

SOCI 3000 Social Change

SOCI 4000 Development of Sociological Thought

SOCI 4200 Social Inequality

Research (6 hours)

MATH 1114 Introduction to Statistics

SOCI 3900 Research Methods in Social Science

272

Major Eiectives (9 hours)

Students may complete the major by electing 3 other courses from the
following list:

SOCI 2500
SOCI 3300
SOCl/RLGN 3340
SOCI 3400
SOCI 3500
SOCI 3600
SOCI/ANTH 3800
ANTH 1000
ANTH 2000
LAST 1104
RLGN 2230
WMSTllOl

Marriages and Families
Sociology of Childhood
Sociology of Religion
Criminology

Gender & Society
Sociology of Education
Special Topics in Sociology/Anthropology
Introduction to Anthropology
Cultural and Social Anthropology
Introduction to Latin American Culture
Race & Religion in America
Introduction to Women's Studies

One appropriate Interim course may count towards the elective
requirement, with approval of the department chair.

Requirements for the Sociology Minor

A minor in sociology consists of five courses.

All students planning to minor in sociology must take the following:

SOCI 1 000 Principles of Sociology

SOCI 2000 Social Problems and Policy

SOCI 3000 Social Change

Students must choose two courses from the following list, one of
which must be at the 3000 level or higher:

SOCI 2500
SOCI 3300
SOCI/RLGN 3340
SOCI 3400
SOCI 3500
SOCI 3600
SOCI/ANTH 3800
SOCI 4000
SOCI 4200
ANTH 1000
ANTH 2000
LAST 1104
WMSTllOl
RLGN 2230

Marriages & Families

Sociology of Childhood

Sociology of Religion

Criminology

Gender & Society

Sociology of Education

Special Topics in Sociology or Anthropology

Development of Sociological Thought

Social Inequality

Introduction to Anthropology

Cultural and Social Anthropology

Introduction to Latin American Culture

Introduction to Women's Studies

Race & Religion in America

273

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Mastery of the curriculum for a major in Sociology is measured by:

Completion of all major requirements with a "C" or higher in every
course (One grade of "C-" may count towards the major, so long as
the grade is not awarded in any of the following courses: Statistics,
Research Methods, and/or Development of Sociological Thought.
These courses must, in all cases, be completed with a grade of "C"
or higher).

To graduate with a major in Sociology, students must complete all
required coursework with a major GPA of 2.25 or higher.

Course Descriptions (SOCI)

SOCI 1000 Principles of Sociology. (3) Fall and Spring
A study of the fundamental concepts and principles of the discipline, with
emphasis on socialization, social institutions, social interaction, social
stratification and inequality, as well as mechanisms of social control.
Familiarization with the distinction between macro- and micro-level
sociological processes will be emphasized.

SOCI 1320 Oikos Seminar on Social Justice (3) Spring 2008

An introduction to issues of diversity and social justice in the United
States. The course provides students with theoretical frameworks for
understanding the dynamics and intersections of oppression and an
opportunity to expand their awareness of various forms of oppression.
Prerequisites: none

SOCI 2000 Social Problems and Policy. (3) Spring
Using a special topics approach, this course provides the most current
assessment of social problems and the policies created in an attempt to
remedy these social ills.

SOCI 2320 Seminar on Ecological Sustainability and Policy (3)

A survey of sustainability as a political, economic and socio-cultural part
of our lives. The course is divided into three major segments. First, it
assays how our lives are conducted and considers the ecological cycles and
processes that make life possible. Second, it examines the ground solutions
to the issue of a sustainable lifestyle and attempts to implement this goal.
Finally, it surveys the arena of ecological politics in order to engage the
issue of how can we achieve this as a society.
Prerequisites: none

274

SOCI 2500 Marriages and Families. (3) Fall
This course offers a multi-disciplinary perspective on contemporary
marriages, families, and other intimate relationships. Students will
become familiarized with competing models and theories on family
relationships. In addition, the course explores cross-cultural variation in
family systems as well as diversity and change within the American
population. Topics to be covered include: mate selection, sexuality,
marital structure, marital happiness, divorce, parenting, and alternative
family forms.

SOCI 3000 Social Change. (3) Fall or Spring
An analysis of the sources, patterns, and consequences of social and
cultural change. The roles of socio-economic, political, technological
and other factors in processes of change at institutional and societal
levels are investigated.

SOCI 3300 Sociology of Childhood. (3) Fall or Spring

A sociological analysis of current issues confronting America's children

and a consideration of sociological perspectives on children and

childhood.

SOCI 3340 Sociology of Religion. (3) On demand

A sociological analysis of the interplay between religion and culture.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

SOCI 3400 Criminology. (3) On demand

A muhi-disciplinary examination of criminal behavior and corrections,
with an emphasis on competing theories regarding the origins and
incidence of criminality. The course will explore the history of laws and
the criminal justice system, as well as various categories of crime.
Special attention will be given to the social forces underlying criminal
and deviant behavior.

SOCI 3500 Gender & Society. (3) On demand

Students will become aware of the gendered society in which we live,
the norms, values, and patterns of communication associated with each
gender and how these affect personal life choices and social status.
Specifically, students will become aware of how our basic social
institutions, such as the economy, the family, education, religion, and
the political system are gendered institutions with differing ideals and
expectations for women and men.

275

SOCI 3600 Sociology of Education. (3) On demand

This course will examine, from a sociological perspective, the structure and
process of education in contemporary society, and its effects. The primary
focus will be on U.S. public education. Topics include the contribution of
sociology to understanding education and teaching; the relationship of
education to other social institutions such as families and religion; the
effects of socio-demographic variables on learning outcomes, etc.

SOCI/ANTH 3800 Special Topics in Sociology or Anthropology.

(3) On demand
This course will involve in-depth exploration into a unique topic in either
Sociology or Anthropology. The course content will rotate from year to
year. Students may repeat the course for credit so long as the topic changes
and with departmental approval.

SOCI 3900 Research Methods in Social Science. (3) Fall

A study of basic social science research methods. Topics considered
include iresearch design and data collection, measurement and causality,
fitting models to data with various methods, graphic analysis, and the use
of statistical sofhvare.

SOCI 4000 Development of Sociological Thought. (3) Spring

This course is an introduction to the development and current state of
sociological theory. It focuses on the most influential figures in the
development of sociological theory and their legacy in contemporary sociology.
Prerequisites: SOCI 1000 and a minimum of two other SOCI

courses, each completed with a grade of "C" or

higher; senior status preferred.

SOCI 4200 Social Inequality. (3) Fall

This course will examine social inequality, a topic which is at the core of
sociological analysis and research. The classical perspectives on inequality
will be examined, as well as the contemporary extensions of these
approaches. Particular attention will be paid to class, race, and gender as
separate and as intersecting axes of inequality.

Prerequisite: SOCI 1 000, with a grade of "C" or higher

276

SOCI/ANTH 4500 Sociology/Anthropology Internship. (3-6 hours)

On demand
This course requires 120 hours of supervised experience (per 3 credit
hours) in a local agency or office, selected readings, as well as an oral
presentation given in one of the SOCI/ANTH courses. Applications for
internships must be submitted to the department chair in the term or
semester prior to placement. Students may select a graded or Pass/No
Credit option. Course may be repeated twice (for 3 hours credit) for a
maximum of 6 hours credit. This course will not count towards the
major in Sociology.

Prerequisites: Completion of SOCI 1 000 with a grade of "C" or

higher, as well as two other SOCI/ANTH courses

with grades of "C" or higher.

ANTH 1000 Introduction to Anthropology. (3) On demand

An introduction to the scientific study of the origin, the behavior, and
the physical, social, and cultural development of humans.

ANTH 2000 Cultural and Social Anthropology. (3) On

demand

A study of comparative cultures and social structures with special

emphasis upon the ethnography of non-modern groups.

277

THEATRE ARTS

Introduction

The Department of Theatre Arts offers a pre-professional training program
emphasizing the practical aspects of theatre and the importance of process.
It is the beUef of the faculty that the training process must prepare students
for the real world of theatre. Faculty teaching in the Theatre Arts program
are experienced, working professionals. With the belief that theatre is both
an art form and a business, the curriculum provides a strong undergraduate
foundation in theatre performance, design, production and literature.

Offering a B.A. in Theatre Arts, majors must successfully complete 24
common core hours designed to foster an appreciation for, and an
understanding of each area of theatre. In addition, students must complete
1 8 additional track courses in their area of interest: performance, technical,
design or a combination of the three, to complete the theatre arts degree
composed of a total of 42 major hours.

Objectives

The following objectives are established as a basis for the training program
in Theatre Arts. Upon application for graduation, the Theatre Arts major
will be expected to:

understand the basic theoretical concepts behind each of the four major
areas within the discipline: performance, design, production and literature,

have an extensive artistic vocabulary in their specific area of concentration,

have the technical knowledge pertaining, but not limited to the
student's chosen area of concentration,

demonstrate an understanding of auditioning and/or portfolio presentation,

be knowledgeable of viable avenues of employment and sources noting
such information,

have an understanding of opportunities for graduate studies and
employment in theatre and the performing arts.

278

Graduation Requirements for the
Theatre Arts Major

A student pursuing a major in Theatre Arts must meet all of the following
criteria on an ongoing basis:

Satisfactory completion of all degree requirements as outlined in the
catalogue.

Participation in all departmental productions and activities, including
auditions, production crews, work calls and production strikes as
assigned by faculty.

Attendance at all scheduled departmental meetings and activities.

Admission to the Theatre Arts Major

In order to be admitted and to continue as a Theatre Arts major, a student
must meet the following criteria:

A. Overall grade point average of 2.25 or better. Scholarship
recipients must maintain a 3.0 grade point average or better;

B. Writing proficiency-a grade of "C" or better in English 1 101, 1 102;

C. Theatrical Proficiency-a grade of "C" or better in all Theatre
Arts courses;

D. Prognosis for Success- evaluation during Theatre courses
pertinent to:

1) attendance

2) attitude

3) cooperation

4) oral and written skills

5) enthusiasm and dedication to the Theatre Arts program;

E. Transfer students wishing to continue as a Theatre Arts major
must provide evidence of all of the above plus the following:

1) past participation in departmental productions

2) acceptance as a major is subject to approval by a majority of
the LaGrange College Theatre Arts faculty.

A student that does not meet all of the above criteria each semester may be
placed on probation. After the probationary period, the student will be re-
evaluated by the Theatre Arts faculty. If it is determined that the student
has failed to meet the above criteria satisfactorily, the student may be
removed as a major.

279

Requirements for the Theatre Arts Major

A total of 42 semester hours are required for the Theatre Arts Major.
CORE course requirements (24 hours):

THEA 1101

Drama Survey I

3

THEA 1102

Drama Survey II

3

THEA 1180

Stagecraft

3

THEA 1184

Acting I

3

THEA 2110

Introduction to Design

3

THEA 2330

Script Analysis

3

Two

Theatre Arts Electives

6

Common core hours

24

TRACK COURSE REQUIREMENTS

Performance Track (18 hours)

THEA 2200/01 Stunts/Fights for Stage,

TV and Film I 3

THEA 2205 Movement for the Actor 3

THEA 22 1 Voice and Diction 3

THEA 2351 Acting II 3

THEA 4451 Auditioning 3

One Theatre Arts Elective 3

Total Performance Track Hours 18

Technical Track (18 hours)

ARTD1152

Basic Drawing

3

THEA 2283

Stage Management

Or

THEA 3420
THEA 3360
THEA 3370
Two

Theatre Management

Scenic Design

Directing

Theatre Arts Electives

3

3
3
6

Total Technical Track Hours

18

280

Design Track (18 hours)

ARTD 1152

Basic Drawing

3

ARTD 1153

3-D Design

3

ARTD 22 11

Life Drawing

3

THEA 3360

Scenic Design

Or

THEA 3381

Lighting Design

Or

THEA 3385

Costume Design

3

THEA 3370

Directing

3

One

Theatre Art or

Art & Design Elective

3

Total Design Track Hours 18 hrs.

Theatre Arts Major Hours 42

Requirements for the Theatre Arts Minor

A total of 1 8 semester hours are required for the Theatre Arts Minor.

THEA 1184
THEA 2200/01

Acting I
Stunts

3

3

THEA 2205

Movement for the Actor

3

THEA 2210

Voice & Diction

3

Two courses of the following:
THEA 2351 Acting II
THEA 3305 Period Styles
THEA 3345 Musical Theatre

3

THEA 4451

Auditioning

6

18 hrs.

Course Descriptions (THEA)

THEA 1101 Drama Survey I. (3)*

A survey of the discovery of theatre beginning in ancient Greece
continuing through the rise of Realism. Students will study theatre as a
developed art form through reading, viewing and discussing plays
representing diverse eras of history.
Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I.

THEA 1102 Drama Survey II. (3)*

A survey of the discovery of theatre from the rise of Realism through
contemporary drama. Students will study theatre as a developed art form
through reading, viewing and discussing plays representing diverse eras of history.
Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I

281

THEA1180 Stagecraft. (3)*

A course designed to provide the student with theoretical and working
knowledge of technical theatre. An emphasis is placed on the fundamental
techniques and processes used in theatre productions. Students will work
on a departmental production.

THEA 1184 Acting I. (3) *

A course designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of acting for
the stage. Course will include achievement of a simple objective, self and
sensory awareness, relaxation, concentration and beginning scene and
text analysis.

THEA 2110 Introduction to Design. (3)*

A course designed to introduce students to the fundamental elements of
the design process, with emphasis on script analysis and visual communicatioa
Prerequisites: Basic Drawing highly recommended for Design and
Technical Track Majors

THEA 2200 Stunts /Fights for Stage, TV and Film I. (3) *

A performance course covering basic stage movement, acrobatics, faints,
falls, flips, kicks, slapstick comedy, hand-to-hand combat, and stage
weapons when applicable.

THEA 2201 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV and Film 11. (3) *

A continuation of THEA 2200, adding period weaponry such as, but not
limited to quarterstaff, broadsword, rapier, dagger, food fights, etc. for
the stage.

THEA 2205 Movement for the Actor. (3) *

A course designed to develop body awareness by exploring movement
connected to impulse and instinct, focusing on integration of the mind,
body and spirit.

THEA 2210 Voice and Diction. (3)

To introduce students to the process of voice production, methods of
Linklater's freeing the voice with emphasis on relaxation and breathing,
and applicable techniques for working with text.

THEA 2283 Stage Management. (3)

A course designed to provide student with introduction to, and basic
training in, the area of stage management.

THEA 2285 Theatre Practicum. (1-3)

Designed for students to gain practical experience in and outside their
area of focus.
Prerequisites: Roles/responsibilities for credit must be approved by faculty.
(May be taken for 1-3 hours of credit per semester.)

282

THEA2286 Makeup for the Stage. (3)*

A study in the theories and appHcation of stage makeup. Topics may
include corrective, old age and character makeup, as v/ell as prosthetics.

THEA2330 Script Analysis. (3)

A study of major genres of dramatic literature designed to provide the
director, actor, designer, dramaturge and/or technician with basic
guidelines for text analysis. Students will develop and utilize skills to
thoroughly analyze text.
Prerequisite: THEA 1 101 or 1 102

THEA2351 Acting II. (3)

A continuation of THEA 1 1 84 which explores further character
development through advanced scene work and improvisational exercises.
Prerequisite: THEA 1184

THEA 3272 Creative Dramatics. (3) On demand
A course which introduces methods of creating, designing and utilizing
drama to enhance teaching skills and foster the educational
development of students.

Highly recommended for early childhood and secondary

education majors

THEA 3305 Period Styles of Acting. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to period styles of acting and
movement which may include: Greek, Elizabethan, Comedy of Manners,
Farce, Realism and the Theatre of the Absurd.
Prerequisites: THEA 1 184, THEA 2351

THEA 3310 Playwriting/Screenwriting. (3)

A course designed to stimulate critical and creative thinking through the
creation of original material. Students will be guided in the completion of
writing a play/screenplay.
Prerequisite: THEA 2330, grade B or better in ENGL 1 101 & 1 102,
or consent of instructor

THEA 3345 Musical Theatre. (3)

A practical study of techniques and styles of musical theatre.
Prerequisite: THEA 1184

THEA 3360 Scenic Design. (3)

An advanced study of the Scenic Design process. Students will apply the
principles of design to scenery through intense practical assignments.
Emphasis is placed on communication through Drafting, Renderings and Models.
Prerequisite: THEA 21 10

283

THEA3370 Directing. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to the director's role in
interpreting, choosing, rehearsing and staging a play. Course includes
direction for performance of a short play.
Prerequisites: THEA 11 84, THEA 2110, THEA 2330

THEA3381 Lighting Design. (3)

An advanced study of the Lighting Design process. Students will apply the
principles of design to lighting through intense practical assignments.
Emphasis is placed on communication through Rendering, Magic Sheets,
and Lighting Plots.
Prerequisite: THEA 21 10

THEA 3385 Costume Design. (3)

A course that acquaints the student with the basic skills needed to design
theatrical costumes, which includes patterning and cutting/draping.
Prerequisite: THEA 2110

THEA 3420 Theatre Management/Arts Management. (3)

A course which introduces the fundamentals of Arts management. Course
will investigate and navigate through the conflicting issues, strategies and
opportunities in management in the Arts.

THEA 4451 Auditioning. (3)

A course designed for developing audition techniques and examining
guidelines for audition procedures with emphasis on practical auditions,
resume, headshots, selection of audition material and compilation of an
audition portfolio.
Prerequisite: THEA 1184, THEA 2351

THEA 4470-2 Special Topics. (1-3)

A series of courses designed to provide students with advanced
material/study in either performance or design tracks.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor

THEA 4484 Senior Thesis. (3)

A course in which senior Theatre Arts majors bring their training and
emphasis into focus. Senior thesis projects may be track-specific special
projects in acting, design, directing, stage-managing or pla>'writing.
All proposals must be approved by the Department Chair and are
subject to scheduling and faculty supervisory commitments.

* Denotes courses in Theatre Arts that may satisfy Fine Arts
requirement in the Core Curriculum.

284

WOMEN'S STUDIES

Introduction

Women's Studies is an interdisciplinary field of study which
complements a liberal arts education by drawing upon a variety of
disciplines to gain a critical awareness of the female experience.
In developing this awareness and in presenting its diversity, courses
explore gender as well as race, ethnicity, culture, age, and social class
as categories of analysis. While exploring these issues, the courses
also promote the development of skills in critical thinking, speaking,
and writing. Courses focus on women's past and present roles in
culture, politics, the family, the arts and sciences, health care business,
and religion.

Objectives

A minor in Women's Studies consists of twelve semester hours: Three
of which must be WMST 1101: Introduction to Women's Studies. Of
the remaining nine hours, six must be taken at the 3000 level. This
flexibility coupled with the interdisciplinary nature of the field, permits
students to design a minor which best reflects their academic and future
career interests. (Only cross-listed courses taken during or after the fall
of 2000 may be applied to the minor in Women's Studies.)

Course Descriptions (WMST)

WMST 1101 Introduction to Women's Studies. (3)

This course will provide a better understanding of the female experience
and the evolution of women's roles within one's own culture and that of
others. In developing this understanding emphasis will be placed on the
great diversity of women's individual lives by considering such factors
as race, age, marital, and class status.

Cross-Listed Courses
WMST 3500/SOCI 3500:

Gender & Society.
WMST 3110/LAST 3110:

Special Topics/Latin American Women Writers. (3)
WMST 2500/SOCI 2500:

Marriages and Families. (3)
WMST 3345/ENGL 3345:

The Rise of the English Novel. (3)

285

WMST 3320/RLGN 3320:

The Ethics of Sexuality, Marriage, and Gender. (3)
WMST 3340/ENGL 3340:

Restoration and Eighteenth Century English Literature. (3)
WMST 4400:

Advanced Library Research in the Social Sciences

and Humanities. (2)
PHIL 4410:

Philosophical Theory: Gender and Sexuality (3)
WMST 4478:

Women in Ministry (3)
WMST 4500:

Advanced Library Research in the Sciences. (2)

Also, Interim term courses are ojfered in Women 's Studies.

mJ^

l^^lk^lll^H^^^K^ ^^H

J^n^

ff

^^^^'^^

^Pr^^H

m

f f ' f ' ^

^^'M

"-^

. "> \f

m^ '^ ^

;PI

yi ^,s^^^:

#

^^B|l2^fts-

1%

i^^^i#*^ ^^^^.^^^

286

Faculty

David OkiAhearn (1995)

Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy; Chair of the Religion

Department

B. A. Austin College; M.Div., Southern Methodist University; Ph.D.,

Emory University

Toni P. Anderson (1999)

Professor of Music; Chair of the Music Department

B.M., Lamar University; M.M., New England Conservatory of Music;

Ph.D., Georgia State University

Elizabeth Appleby (2006)

Assistant Professor of Latin American Studies and Modem Languages
B.A., Seton Hill College; J.D. , M.A.,University of Pittsburgh;
Ph.D. Ohio State University

Terry Austin (2006)

Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics
B.S., Ph.D., University of Florida

Kim Barber Knoll (1995)

Professor of Theatre Arts; Chair, Division of Fine and

Performing Arts; Chair of the Theatre Department

B.S., University of Tennessee; M.F.A., U. of California at Los Angeles

Linda A. Mason Barber (2006)
Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., University of Florida; M.S.N., University of South Florida

David M. Barrett (2003)

Associate Professor of Business

B.S.M.E., Tufts University; M.B.A., Georgia State University; Ph.D.

Georgia State University

Charlene Baxter (1976)

Assistant Professor; Librarian for Public and Technical Services
A.B., West Georgia College; M.L.S., George Peabody College
for Teachers

CindiBearden(2001)

Associate Professor of Business

B.S., Jacksonville State University; Master of Accountancy, University

of Alabama, Certified Public Accountant

287

Jon Birkeli (1987)

Ely R, Callaway, Sr. Professor in International Business; Chair of the

Business Department

A.B., Lenoir-Rhyne College; Ph.D., University of South Carolina

Sandra Blair (2000)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

B.S.N. LaGrange College; M.S.N. Georgia State University

Frank W. Brevik (2006)

Assistant Professor of English

B.S. Troy State University; M.A. University of Manchester; Ph.D.,

University of Louisiana at Lafayette

Marcia Langham Brown (1996)

Associate Professor of Art and Design

B.F.A., Guilford College; M.F.A., University of Georgia

Joseph J. Cafaro( 1984)
Professor of History

A.A., Manatee Junior College; B.A., Florida Atlantic University;
M.A., Ph.D., Florida State University

Angela N. Cauthen (2006)

Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., Shorter College; Ph.D., University of Georgia

Susan R. Cody (2002)

Assistant Professor Sociology

B.A., Jacksonville University; M.A., University of Florida; Ph.D.,

University of Florida

John Granger Cook (1994)
Professor of Religion

B.A., Davidson College; M.Div., Union Theological Semmary; Ph.D.
Emory University

Mary Lou Dabbs (1999)

Assistant Professor; Electronic Resources Librarian

B.A., Florida Presbyterian College; M. Ln., Emory University

Nina Dulin-Mallory (1989)
Professor of English

B.A., Clemson University; M.Ed., LaGrange College; Ph.D.,
Auburn University

Steven Earl Edwards (1992)

Associate Professor of Theatre Arts

B.A., Texas Wesleyan University; M.A., University of Arkansas;

Ph.D., Texas Tech University

288

Charles H.Evans (1981)
Professor of Psychology
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

Gordon Jeffrey Geeter (1990)

Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education

A.S., Andrew College; B.S., Tennessee Wesleyan College; M.S.S., United

States Sports Academy

F. Stuart Gulley (1996)

Assistant Professor of Religion

B. A., Vanderbih University; M.Div., Emory University;

Ph.D., Georgia State University

Heather A. Haas (2001)

Associate Professor of Psychology

B.S. Rocky Mountain College; M.S. University of St. Andrews; Ph.D.

University of Minnesota

Melvin H. Hall (2002)

Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S. Cuttmgton University College; M.A., University of California at

Berkeley; Ph.D. Auburn University

CeliaG. Hay (1996)

Associate Professor of Nursing

Diploma, Piedmont Hospital School of Nursing;

M.S., Georgia State University, Ph.D. Georgia State University

B. Joyce Hillyer( 1995)

Associate Professor of Education

A.S. Southern Union State Junior College; B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.

Auburn University

John C.Hurd( 1974)
Professor of Biology
B.S., Alabama College; M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University

Seok Hwang (2005)

Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.S. Yeungnam University; M.A. University of Wisconsin;

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin

Lee E.Johnson (1990)

Fuller E. Callaway Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Auburn University; M. M., Indiana University

289

Dorothy M. Joiner (2001)

Lovick Com Professor of Art History

B.A. St. Mary's Dominican College; M.A. Emory University; Ph.D.

Emory University

Donald Jolly (1961)

Professor of Mathematics

B.S. University of Southern Mississippi; M.S. University of Illinois;

Ph.D. Auburn University

(Retired from full-time teaching in 1995)

Bill Kovack (2006)

Assistant Professor of Business

B.A. Michigan State University; MBA Michigan State University

Charles P. Kraemer (1978)

Professor of Psychology; Chair of Psychology Department; Director of

Undergraduate Research

B.A., LaGrange College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

Jennifer Langdon (2005)

Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.S., U. Nebraska-Lincoln, M.S., U. Nebraska-Lincoln, M.S. U.

Nebraska-Lincoln, Ph.D., U. Nebraska-Lincoln

John D.Lawrence (1970)

Fuller E. Callaway Professor of Art and Design, Chair of the Art Department
B.F.A., Atlanta College of Art; M.F.A., Tulane University

Jermifer Lawson (2006)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

B.S.N., A.S.N., State University of West Georgia

TracyL. R. Lightcap(1991)

Associate Professor of History and Political Science, Chair of Political
Science Department

A.B., University of the South; M.A., University of South Carolina;
Ph.D., Emory University

Alvin B. Lingenfelter (2003)

Assistant Professor of Religion

B.A., Mississippi College; Masters of Divinity, Duke Divinity School.

Donald R. Livingston (2001)

Associate Professor of Education, Chair of the Education Department
B.S. Drexel University; M.Ed. West Chester University; Ed. D. Georgia
Southern University

290

Sharon M. Livingston (2006)
Assistant Dean

B.S. Drexel University; M.S. West Chester University;
Ph.D., Georgia State University

Sarah Beth Mallory (1993)

Associate Professor of Biology, Director of the Interim Term and

Core Curriculum

B.S., M.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D. Auburn University

Todd Lee Matthews (2006)

Assistant Professor of Sociology/ Anthropology

B.A. Salisbury University; M.A. University of Tennessee;

A.B.D., Mississippi State University

Greg A. McClanahan (1988)

Professor of Mathematics; Chair, Division of Science and Mathematics,

Chair of Mathematics Department

B.S., M.S., Auburn University; Ph.D., Clemson University

WilliamJ. McCoy, IV (1991)

Professor of Chemistry/Physics, Chair of Biology, Chemistry, and Physics

Departments

B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina

Linda H.McMullen( 1999)

Assistant Professor of Organizational Leadership and Director of the
Evening College; B.S., Geneva College; M.S., Geneva College

Walter Y. Murphy

A.B., Emory University; M.Div., Emory University; LL.D., Bethune-
Cookman College; D.D., LaGrange College (1980-1996)

Francis A. O'Connor (1997)

Associate Professor of Latin American Studies, Head of Sociology &
Anthropology Department

B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Idaho State University;
Ph.D., University of Iowa

Debbie Ogle (2003)

Assistant Professor of Music

B.S., University Montevallo; M.M., University of Alabama

William G. Paschal (1994)

Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., Saint Joseph's College; Ph.D., Indiana University School of

Medicine

291

Loren L. Pinkerman (1998)

Assistant Professor; Director of Banks Library

B.A., Westmar College; M.A.T., Colorado State University;

M.L.S., Indiana University

Amanda R. Plumlee (1996)

Professor of Latin American Studies and Modem Languages, Chair of

Latin American Studies and Modem Languages

B.S., UTC of Chattanooga; M.A., Ph.D., University of Tennessee

Melinda Pomeroy-Black (2005)
Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A. Rhodes College; M.S. Virgmia Tech; Ph.D. Virginia Tech

Margaret Reneke (1999)

Associate Professor of Art and Design
B.F.A., University of Georgia; M.F.A.,
Virginia Commonwealth University

Fay A. Riddle (1980)

Professor of Computer Science, Chair of the Computer Science

Department

B.S., H. Sophie Newcomb College of Tulane University; M.S.,

Ph.D., University of Florida

Arthur Robinson (1998)

Assistant Professor; Public Services Librarian

B.A., Trinity College; M.L.S., Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington

Lydia W. Rosencrants (1999)

Boatwright Assistant Professor of Accountancy

Associate Professor of Accountancy, Chair of the Accountancy

Department

B. S., University of Richmond; Ph.D., Michigan State University

Maranah A. Sauter (1983)

Professor of Nursing; Chair of the Professional Programs Division
A.A., B.S., Georgia Southwestem College; M.S., Georgia State
University; Ph.D., Medical College of Georgia

Laine Allison Scott (1998)

Associate Professor of English, Chair of the English Department
B.A., The College of William & Mary; M.A., Middlebury College;
M.A., Salisbury State University; Ph.D., University of Alabama

292

I

I

Bailey Brooks Shelhorse, Jr. (1968)

Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science
A.B., LaGrange College; M.A., Louisiana State University; M.Ed.,
Washington State University; M.S., University of Evansville;
Ph.D. Georgia State University

Kevin L.Shirley (1998)

Associate Professor of History; Chair, Division of Humanities and

Social Sciences

B.A., M.A. (history), M.A. (religion), Ph.D., Florida State University

JayK. Simmons (1997)

Associate Professor of Political Science;
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
B.A., Birmingham- Southern College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Alabama

JackC. Slay, Jr. (1992)
Dean of Students

B.A., M.A., Mississippi State University;
Ph.D., University of Tennessee

Timothy N. Taunton (1984)

Professor of Art and Design

B.A., University of Arkansas-Little Rock;

M.F.A., Louisiana State University

Brenda W. Thomas (1989)
Professor of English

A.B., Samford University; M.A., Auburn University;
Ph.D., Georgia State University

Charles A. Thompson (2001)

Associate Dean and Director of LaGrange College at Albany
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Wichita State University;
Ph.D. University of Missouri

Nathan Tomsheck (2004)

Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts

B.F.A., Whitworth College; M.F.A., Yale School of Drama

Ginger Truittt (2006)

Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., LaGrange College

JohnA. Tures(2001)

Associate Professor of Political Science

B.A., Trinity University; M.S. Marquette University;

Ph.D., Florida State University

293

Mitchell Turner, (2002)

Associate Professor of Music
B.S., Georgia Southern University;
M.M., University of Georgia;
Ph.D., University of Georgia

John M.Williams (1989)

Associate Professor of English

B.A., M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., Georgia State University

Phillip R.Williamson (1969)

Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education;
B.S., M.S., Troy State University

Anthony Wilson (2004)

Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Oglethorpe University; M.A., Vanderbilt University;

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University

Joycelyn Wilson (2007)

Assistant Professor of Education

B.S. University of Georgia; M.A. Pepperdme University,

Ph.D., University of Georgia

Margie Yates (2005)

Assistant Professor of Education

B.X. University of Georgia; M. Ed. Columbus State University;

Ph.D., Auburn University

Carol M. Yin (1991-1994, 1996)

Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.A.M., Ph.D., Auburn University

Kuo-chuan Yin (1994)

Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., National Chung Hsing University; M.S., Ph.D., Aubum University

294

Adjunct Faculty

Lisa Adams

Instructor of Business

B.A., LaGrange College; M.F.A., University of Alabama;

M.Ed., State University of West Georgia
Ethyl L. Ault

Instructor of Education

M.Ed., Georgia State University

Michael Bishop

Writer in Residence

B.A., University of Georgia; M.A., University of Georgia;

Honorary Doctorate, LaGrange College

Linda Buchanan

Instructor of Education

B.A., George William College; M.A., Eastern Kentucky;

Ph.D., Georgia State

Patricia Callaway

Instructor of Music

B.A., Emory, M.M., State University of West Georgia;

D.M.A, University of Georgia

James Anthony Criswell
Instructor of Music
B. Med., Columbus State University; M.M., Samford University

Andrea Fernandez

Instructor of Freshman Cornerstone

B.A., College of Wooster; M.S., Miami University

Anton Flores

Instructor of Sociology

B.S.W., Georgia State University; M.S.W., University of Georgia

Kevin Howard
Instructor
B.A., College of Wooster; M.S., Morehead State University

Eric Jones

Instructor of Music

B.F.A. Music, California Institute of the Arts; M.F.A. Music,

California State University, Northridge

295

Takemi Kapamaya

Instructor of Modem Foreign Language

B.A., Kyoto Sangyo University, M.A., Himeji Dokkyo University

Ashley McNair
Instructor
B.S., M.A.T. LaGrange College

Kristen B.Miller

Instructor of English

B.A., LaGrange College; M.A. Auburn University

Christiane B. Price

Instructor of Modem Foreign Language

M.A., Freie Universitat; Ph.D., Emory University

Tracy Clahan Riggs

Instmctor of Theatre Arts

B.F.A., Catholic University; M.F.A., Florida Atlantic University

Thomas P. Steele

Instructor of Religion

B.A., Newberry College; M. Div., Lutheran School of Theology;

D. Min., McCormick Theological Seminary

Jessica Taylor-Edwards
Instructor of English

B.A., University of West Florida; M.S., Florida State University;
M.F.A. Georgia College and State University

Pamela Tremblay

Instructor of Comerstone and Physical Education

A.B.J, University of Georgia; M.Ed., Ed.S., State University of West

Georgia

Paul M. Wolkoff

Instmctor of Wellness and Physical Education
B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology; M.Ed.,
East Tennessee State University

President Emeritus

Walter Y. Murphy

A.B., Emory University; M.Div., Emory University; LL.D.,
Bethune-Cookman College; D.D., LaGrange College (1980-1996)

296

I

Retired Faculty Members

Professors Emeritus

Nancy Thomas Alford, B.S., M.S. (1969-2007)

Sybil L. Allen, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1976-1994)

Roland B. Cousins, B.S., M.S., D.B.A. (1990-2005)

Sue M. Duttera, Ph.D. (1986-2002)

Santiago A. Garcia, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (1977-1995)

Luke K. Gill, Jr., B.B.A., M.S.W., J.D. (1971-2002)

S. G. Homsby, B.S.Ed., M.A., Ph.D. (1966-2005)

Sandra K. Johnson B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1983-2005)

Richard Donald Jolly, B.A., M.S., Ed.D. (1961-1995)

Evelyn B. Jordan, A.A, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1977-2001)

Walter Dickinson Jones, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. (1962-1982)

Frank R. Lewis, A.B., M.L.S. (1973-1996)

Charles Franklin McCook, A.B., S.T.B., S.T.M., Ph.D. (1961-1994)

Frederick V. Mills, A.B.,S.T.B., M.Th., M.A., Ph.D. (1967-2007)

Maynard L. Reid, B.S.E., M.S.E., Ed.D (1973-1995)

John L. Shibley, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (1950-1986)

Associate Professors Emeritus

Julia B. Burdett, A.A., B.A., M.P.E., M.S.W. (1974-1997)

Patrick M. Hicks, B.S., M.S. (1958-1998)

Jennifer S. Harrison, Baccalaureate, M.Ed., Ph.D. (1995-2005)

Assistant Professors Emeritus

Martha M. Estes, B.A., M.A. (1982-1991)
Marvin D. Johnson, B.A., M.A. (1995-2006)

297

Board of Trustees

Officers

Chairman William M. Hodges

Vice Chairman Richard W. Story

Second Vice Chairman F. Stuart Gulley

Secretary Nancy N. Durand

Treasurer Phyllis D. Whitney

Members

George W. Baker, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2010

A. Quillian Baldwin, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2009

J. Barry Bennett, LaGrange, Georgia Alumni Trustee

J. Kennerly Boatwright III, LaGrange, Georgia 2010

David E. Boyd, Atlanta, Georgia 2008

Hal N. Brady III, Columbus, Georgia 2008

James F. Bruce, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2008

H. Speer Burdette III, LaGrange, Georgia 2011

Robert L. Carmichael, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2008

Janet Gipson Caswell, Atlanta GA 2008

Donald L. Chambers, Jr., Social Circle, Georgia Ex Officio

Robert B. Copeland, LaGrange, Georgia 2009

George W. "Buddy" Darden, Marietta, Georgia 2009

G. Lindsey Davis (Bishop), Atlanta, Georgia Ex Officio

E. Malone Dodson, Alpharetta, Georgia 2011

Nancy N. Durand, LaGrange, Georgia 2010

Gamett J. Giesler, LaGrange, Georgia 2009

Edmund C. Glover, LaGrange, Georgia 2010

William G. Griffin, Jr., Rome, Georgia Ex Officio

Elizabeth C. Harris, Cartersville, Georgia 2011

Ellen Hudson Harris, Franklin, Georgia 2008

Scott D. Hawkins, Atlanta, Georgia 2009

William M. Hodges, Atlanta, Georgia 2010

Pat H. Holder, LaGrange, Georgia 2011

SGA President, Jane Holik Ex Officio

John S. Holle, LaGrange, Georgia 2011

Wayne Hunter, LaGrange, Georgia 2010

Robert L. Johnson, West Point, Georgia 2009

Harold A. Lawrence Jr., LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio

Kathy R. McCollum, Augusta, Georgia 201 1

Charles M. Miller, Cornelia, Georgia 2008

298

Polly C. Miller, Columbus, Georgia 2011

Stanley Moor, Atlanta, Georgia Ex Officio

Marie T. Moshell, Columbus, Georgia 2010

H. Andrew Owen, Jr., Atlanta, Georgia 2009

Peggy Cobb Schug, Charlotte, North Carolina 2010

Jason Slaughter, McDonough, Georgia 201 1

Charles W. Smith, LaGrange, Georgia 2009

Richard W. Story, Gainesville, Georgia 2011

Stanley E. Thomas, Newnan, Georgia 2009

James L. Waits, Atlanta, Georgia 2008

Almonese Brown Clifton Williams, Atlanta, Georgia 2010

Ricky Wolfe, LaGrange, Georgia 2008

Howard J. Wright, LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio

Alumni Representatives

J. Barry Bennett, LaGrange, Georgia

Consultants

Linda R. Buchanan, Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention

F. Stuart Gulley, President

William G. Paschal, Faculty Representative

Walter Y. Murphy, President Emeritus

B. David Rowe, Vice President for Advancement

Jay K. Simmons, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean

Phyllis D. Whitney, Executive Vice President for Administration

Legal Counsel

Daniel W. Lee, LaGrange, Georgia

President's Advisory Council

Ray C. Anderson, Atlanta, Georgia
Carolyn M. Bernard, Athens, Georgia
Samuel G. Candler, Atlanta, Georgia
J. Philip Cleaveland, LaGrange, Georgia
Lovick P. Com, Columbus, Georgia
William B. Fackler, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia
John J. Flynt, Jr., Griffin, Georgia
Charles L. Foster, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia
Clifford C. Glover, West Point, Georgia

G. Sanders Griffith III, Columbus, Georgia
Charles D. Hudson, LaGrange, Georgia

L. Bevel Jones III, Decatur, Georgia
J. Smith Lanier II, West Point, Georgia

299

C. Stephen Lynn, Nashville, Tennessee
Walter Y. Murphy, LaGrange, Georgia
Howard R. Park, LaGrange, Georgia
S. Cliff Rainey, LaGrange, Georgia
John W. Stewart, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia

Administrative Officers and Staff
President's Cabinet

Frank Stuart Gulley (1996) - President

B.A., Vanderbilt University; M.Div., Emory University; Ph.D.,
Georgia State University

Quincy D. Brown (1997) - The Elizabeth Walker Lanier Campus
Minister and Director of Servant Leadership
B.S., DeVry Institute of Technology; M.Div., Emory
University; D.Min., Interdenominational Theological Center

Linda R. Buchanan (1997) - Vice President and Dean for Student Life
and Retention

B.S., George Williams College; M.S., Eastern Kentucky
University; Ph.D., Georgia State University

B. David Rowe (2000) - Vice President for Advancement

B.S., Southwestern University; M.Div., Emory University;
Ph.D., Georgia State University

Jay K. Simmons (1997) -Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
B.A., Birmingham- Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., The
University of Alabama

Phyllis D. Whitney (1998) -Executive Vice President for
Administration
B.S., M.A., Murray State University

300

Administrative Staff

Rebecca

Anderson

2000

Lauren

Allen

2006

Nate

Baughman

2005

Charlene

Baxter

1976

Eva

Beaulieu

2006

David

Beard

2005

Jackie

Belcher

2000

James

Blackwood

1997

Jennifer

Bleimeyer

2006

Andrea

Brace

2006

Dawn

Briggs

2000

Kelly

Britsky

1997

Quincy

Brown

1997

Susan

Brown

1999

Daniel

Brunner

2006

Linda

Buchanan

1997

Dialleo

Burks

2006

Devon

Bums

2005

Amanda

Carmical

2006

Myrtice

Carpenter

2005

Becky

Carter

1999

Diane

Celorio

2001

Karen

Clark

2004

Jennifer

Claybrook

1999

Steve

Close

2005

Austin

Cook, 111

1981

Tina

Couch

2005

Lynn

Cox

2003

Mary Lou

Dabbs

1999

Stacey

Davis

2005

Sandra

Dennis

1972

Admin. Assistant, Social and Behavioral

Sciences

Graduate Assistant, Women's Basketball

Resident Director, Boatwright Dorm

Librarian for Public and Technical Services

Assistant Athletic Trainer

Webmaster

Financial Aid Counselor

Director of Information Technology, Chief

Security Officer, Informational and

Instructional Technology

Admin. Assistant., Assistant Dean's Office

Community Studies

Admin. Assistant, Lamar Dodd Art Center

Women's Basketball and Volleyball Coach,

Senior Women's Administrator

The Elizabeth Walker Lanier Campus

Minister, Director of Servant Leadership

Swimming Coach

Graduate Assistant , Football

Vice-President and Dean for Student Life

and Retention

Graduate Assistant, Football

Coordinator, Advancement Services

Community Studies

Tennis Coach

Accounts Receivable Specialist, Business

Office

Director of Career Development and

International Student Advisor

Development Writer

Softball Coach, Volleyball Assistant Coach

Tennis Coach

Postmaster

Help Desk Technician, Information

Technology

Financial Aid Counselor

Electronic Resources Librarian, Library

Serials Assistant

Human Resources Coordinator

301

Rob

Dicks

2001

Lyndsey

Dodd

2005

Marion

Edwards

2004

Sean

Englert

2006

Vickie

Evans

2005

Jane Marie

Fatkin

2006

Rory

Favor

2006

Andrea

Fernandez

2004

Johnnie

Freeman

2005

Brandon

Fetner

1999

Tanner

Garrard

2006

G. Jeffrey

Geeter

1990

Jason

Goodner

2001

Ryan

Grice

2006

F. Stuart

Gulley

1996

Patrick

Hall

2006

Ron

Hamilton

2003

Susan

Hancock

1975

Tracy

Harden

2004

Shirley

Harrington

1997

Dean

Hartman

2000

Warren

Haynes

1998

Wylene

Hemdon

1979

Jimmy

Herring

1974

Kevin

Howard

1999

Patti

Hoxsie

2000

Janet

Hughes

2004

John

Hughes

2002

Melissa

Hunt

2004

Robin

Hurst

2004

Judith

Jackson

2006

Stacy

Jackson

2000

Wendy

Jennings

2006

Lori

Knopp

1998

Jennifer

Knox

2005

Catherine

Kostilnik

1993

Tony

Kunczewski

2005

Assistant Athletic Trainer

Admission Counselor

Bishop in Residence

Residence Director, Boatwright Hall

Admin. Assistant, Evening College

Admission Counselor

Graduate Assistant, Football

Director Student Activities and Services

EveningAVeekend Library Assistant

Database Administrator, Information

Technology

Admission Counselor

Men's and Women's Soccer Coach

Assistant Director of LaGrange College

at Albany

Assistant Baseball Coach

President

Graduate Assistant, Football

Assistant Director for Media Relations

Admin. Assistant., Alumni and Family

Relations

Receptionist, Admission Office

Campaign Director

Director of Communications and Marketing

Men's Basketball Coach

Parking

Registrar

Head Baseball Coach

Assistant Controller, Business Office

Assistant to Vice President for Advancement

Sports Information Director

Bookstore

Admin. Assistant, Division of Humanities and

Social Sciences

Resident Director, Pitts Hall

Assistant Director of Publications

Admin. Assistant, LaGrange College at Albany

Admin. Assistant, Nursing Department

Field Placement, Office Administrator

Director, Center for Community Studies

Assistant Coach, Football

302

Susan

Laforet

1994

Anita

Laney

1974

Sharon

Livingston

2006

Kristen

Lockman

2006

Dale

Lomax

2006

Derrick

Manley

2005

Cynthia

Mayfield

2006

Kirby McCartney 1983

Linda

McGiU

2000

Patricia

McKay

1998

Lmda

McMuUen

1999

Ashley

McNair

2004

Carolyn

McNeamey

2000

Tiffany

Mixon

1999

Brandon

Mobley

2000

Todd

Mooney

2005

Brad

Moore

2006

Lisa

Morgan

1991

Jack

Morman, Sr.

1992

Lynn

Murray

2006

Sharon Newton

2000

Charles

Peek

2006

Mike

Petite

2003

Loren

Pinkerman

1998

Martha

Pirkle

1994

Kathy

Pill man

2000

Marty

Pirrman

1999

Keita

Placid

2006

Carly

Pryor

2005

Alexis

Raley

2005

Michele

Raphoon

2005

Michelle

Reeves

1998

J.R.

Revere

2006

Admin. Assistant, Division of Natural

Sciences and Mathematics

Bookstore Director

Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs

Assistant Coach, Women's Soccer

Assistant Coach, Men's Basketball

Admission Counselor

Admin. Assistant, Communications and

Marketing

Admin. Assistant, Student Life; Resident

Director, Hawkes Hall

Switchboard Operator/Receptionist

Admin. Assistant, Registrar's Office

Director, Evening College

Head Coach Cross Country; Assistant

Coach Women's Basketball

Admin. Assistant, Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean

Support Manager, Information Technology

Systems Analyst, Information Technology

Head Coach, Football

Assistant Director, Sports Information

Assistant to Library Director; Circulation Manager

Pool Operations Manager

Coordinator of Employer Relations, Career

Development Center

Admin. Assistant, Career Development

Center

Assistant Coach, Swimming
Assistant Coach, Women's Soccer
Director, William and Evelyn Banks Library
Director of Alumni and Family Relations
Application Coordinator, Admission
Controller, Business Office
Graduate Assistant, Men's Soccer
Admission Counselor
Data Manager, Community Studies
Departmental Assistant, Theatre
Assistant Director, Financial Aid
Graduate Assistant, Football

303

Carla

Rhodes

2005

John

Rhodarmer

2006

Lee

Richter

1993

Brenda

Riley

1989

Arthur

Robinson

1998

Tammy

Rogers

1992

Rebecca

Roth

2006

David

Rowe

2000

Cynthia

Saines

2006

Laine

Scott

1998

Ann

Sellman

2002

Wells

Shepard

2004

David

Shonts

2005

Jay

Simmons

1997

Jack

Slay

1992

Sylvia

Smith

1985

Nancy

Spradlin

2001

Ronald

Stafford

2005

Eva

Stephen

2005
2007

Barbara

Storie

1992

Charles

Thompson

2001

Emma

Trammell

1992

Pamela

Tremblay

1998

Glenda

Turner

1993

Darlene

Weathers

1988

Mary

Weiss

2005

Phyllis

Whitney

1998

David

Wiggins

2003

Jennifer

Wiggins

2006

Phillip

Williamson

1969

Sandra

Williamson

1999

Joan

Wilson

2001

Mary

Wilson

1994

Paul

Wolkoff

1997

Executive Secretary to the President

Graduate Assistant, Baseball

Golf Coach

Admin. Assistant, Business Department

Public Services Librarian, Library

Director of Donor Relations

Associate Director, Annual Giving

Vice President for Advancement

Assistant Registrar

Director of Writing Center

Admin. Assistant, Music Dept.

Director of Admission

Assistant Coach, Football

Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean

Dean of Students

Director of Financial Aid

Accounting Assistant, Business Office

Network Manager, Information

Technology

Evening/Weekend Library Assistant

Assessment Coordmator, Education Dept.

Admin. Assistant, Athletics; Health,

Physical Education and Recreation

Associate Dean and Director of LaGrange

College at Albany

Information Specialist, Admission Office

Director of Counseling

Resident Director, Candler Hall

Manager, Campus Bookstore

Leadership Secretary, Advancement

Executive Vice President for

Administration

Acquisitions Assistant, Library

Library Assistant

Athletic Director

Accounts Payable Specialist, Business Office

Admin. Assistant, Development Office

Resident Director, Henry Hall

Athletic Trainer

304

Index

A

Abbreviations 1 12

Academic

Calendar 5

Divisions 110

Forgiveness 76

Honors 79

Policies 66

Programs 90

Acceleration 71

Accreditation 14

Adjunct Faculty 295

Administration 300

Admission and Enrollment 23

Advanced Placement 71

Advisers 69

Albany Campus 15

Appeals 65

Application, Admission 23

Art and Design 113

Assessment in the Major 96

Associate Degree 15

Athletics. = 59

Attendance, Class 70

Auditing, Charges 29

Awards and Recognition 105

B

Biology 122

Board of Trustees 298

Business and Accountancy.. 129

C

Calendar, Academic 5

Campus Buildings 16

Career Development Center.... 62

Chaplain 61

Charges and Fees 29

Chemistry 147

Computer Science 158

Conduct 48

Core Program 90

Counseling 63

Course Repetition 70

Credit Balances 32

Credit By Examination and

Exemption 93

College Level Examination

Program (CLEP) 93

Credit through USAFI and

Service Schools 71

Cultural Enrichment 79

D

Dean's List 79

Declaration of Major 69

Degree Requirements 77

Degrees Offered 94

Dentistry 97

Departments 108

Directory 2

Divisions, Academic 106

Dormitories 16

Residence Programs 53

E

Education 169

Endowed Lectureships 105

Engineering 98

English 180

Evening College 15

Evening College Degrees 104

F

Faculty 287

Federal Tax Credits 31

Financial Aid 35

Student Policies 40

Sources 41

LC Academic Scholarships ...41

Fine Arts Scholarships 42

Grants and Scholarships 43

Loans 45

Financial Information 29

305

Foreign Languages (See Latin
American Studies)

Fraternities 56

Fraud, Suspected 47

French 205

G

German 208

Grade and Credits 73

Graduate Degrees 104

Graduation Requirements 80

H

Harassment Policy 49

Health and
Physical Education 189

Health Services 62

History of the College 12

History 196

Holidays (See Academic Calendar)

Home Schooled Students 25

Honor Code 66

Honor Societies 57

HOPE Scholarship 44

Housing Requirements 53

I

Incomplete Grade 73

Independent Study 96

Information Technology

Campus Network 86

Cell phone and Pager Policy 88

Data Security 88

Email accounts 84

Personal Web Pages 85

Remote Access 87

Responsible Use Policy 82

Student Computer

Configurations 85

User Account 83

User Awareness 82

Wireless Network 86

Interdisciplinary Major 95

International Students and

Studies 28,72

Internship (consult indiv. depts..)
Intramural Sports 60

J

Japanese Studies 210

Joint Enrollment 26

Journalism 99

L

LaGrange College

At Albany 15

Campus 16

Evening College 15

Mission 12

History 102

Latin American Studies and

Modern Languages 201

Law 99

Library 16

Load, Course 77

Loans 45

M

Majors 94

Mathematics 213

Medicine (M.D.) 100

Minors 97

Mission Statement 12

Music 221

N

Nursing 234

Non-degree student 27

Non-traditional student (See
Evening College Bulletin)

O

Oikos Program 244

Optometry 100

Organizations, Student 57

Honorary 57

Religious 57

Service 57

Special Interests 57

Orientation 68

306

Overload, Course 71

P

Payment of Charges 29

Petition, Academic 81

Pharmacy 101

Physical Therapy 101

Physics 247

Placement, Course 92

Political Science 249

Pre-Professional Programs ...97

President's Cabinet 300

Probation, Academic 74

Psychology 256

Publications, Student 56

R

Readmission 27

Refund Policy 32

Registration and Academic

Advisers 69

Religion and Philosophy 262

Religious Life 61

Requirements:

Admission 24

Degree. 77

Graduation 80

Residence Programs 53

Retired Faculty Members 297

Room and Board 30

S

SAT 23

Sociology and

Anthropology 271

Spanish 203

Scholarships 41

Sexual Harassment 49

Social Life 48

Sororities, Social 56

Staff 301

Status

Full-time 77

Part-time 77

Student
Classification 78

Conduct and Honor Code 48, 66

Development 52

Employment 46

Government 55

Grade Appeals 75

Housing 53

Life 48

Organizations 55

Publications 56

Repayment Policy 34

Suspension 48, 67, 74

T

Teacher Education and

Certification 169

Testing

ACT 23

SAT 23

CLEP 71

Fee 30

Theatre Arts 278

Time Restrictions:

Major 96

Core Program 93

Financial Aid 38

Transcripts 81

Transfer

Admission 26

Credit 38

Transient

Admission 27

Work 71

Tuition and Fees 29

Tutoring Center 63

V

Vehicle Registration 64

Veterinary Medicine 101

W

Withdrawal 70

Women's Studies 285

Work Opportunities 46

Writing Center 183

307

i*

. -^^Sft^

308

309

310

311

312

r 2

> o
O^
^

" an
OH

> ?o

O

a
r

_ iu 03

^ 3 ;:;

3 " ^

m O op

'T n> ,

h, O ri

c ^. -^

!U
U)
O